THINGS

AND

WORTH

HOW

DOING

TO

DO

THEM

THE

and

LINA

By

the

by

What

Girl

Work

The

Girl's

Field

of

for

Ideas

authors.

Book

$2.00.

How

or,

to

the

by

Illustrated

All

by

The
the

American
and

by

author.

to

Book

Cheaper

and

New

Boy's

American

$2.00.

author.

American

Ideas

$2.00.

for

Ideas

New
or,

the

New

author.

the

Book.

of

trated
Illus-

Sport.

$2.00.

Boy's
How

by

Handy
of

Book.

Illustrated

Trades

BOYS

BEARD

Handy

Doors.

Outdoor
Edition

FOR

C.

Forest

Illustrated

Boys.

#2.00,

authors.

New

the

by

DANIEL

of

Out

Do

Do.

Others.

and

and

Jack

The

and

BOOKS

By

The

trated
Illus-

the

by

Handy

BEARD

for

Them.

$2.00.

authors.

The

Illustrated

Illustrated

Play.

Yourself

THE

Do

to

$2.00.

Make

American
Amuse

How

BEARD

extra).

Can

and

and

Girls.

(postage

$2.00

GIRLS

B.

authors.

for

Recreations

The

ADELIA

Doing

Worth

Things

FOR

BOOKS

BEARD

Handy
Do

It.

Book

Illustrated

What
or,

by

the

author.

to

Things
^

Worth
Doing
AND

How
To Do Them
BY

Beard

Lina

and

B. Beard

Adelia

York

New

Charles
Scrib

m"ym

ners

"ons

1906

of

LIBRARY

Two

Copies

NOV

CONGRESS

'^

Received

1906

CopyrleM

Entry

fv,

CLASS

XXcNo,

2^T.

AT?
COPY

B.

Copyright,

CHARLES

1906

SCRIBNER'S

SONS

SPECIAL

The

this

illustrations

NOTICE

publishers

unauthorized

of

by

printing

book,

and

or

give

hereby

the

diagrams,

of

any

warning

of

portion

of

reproduction

are

that

expressly

the

the

any

text

of

forbidden.

the

TO

OUR

LITTLE

BARBARA

NIECE

BEARD

PREFACE

know

We
restless

her

to

blood

find

it must

of

our

things
and

eyes

attention,
There
health

the

are

merry

the
and

In

this,

that

girl

inspiration

July

our

3,

but

1906.

to

hands

which
the

the

skill

bring

for

girls, we

found

well

worth

the

further

full

to

of

open
our

stimulate

are

which

are

the

to

the

of

scores

only

not

and

fingers

mind.

book

will

joy

claim

to

there

make

to

is

only

that

and

body

the

best.

games

fourth

friends

for

active

vitality of

and

and
need

no

world

forward

better

young

nor

have

We

crowding

and

willing

energy

have

we

our

for

making

breadth

things

frolics
the

things

charming

them

the

for

doing.

is between

choice

renew

the

worth

is

pleasure

true

palling
ap-

veins,

there

But

while,

worth

find

to

and

and

worth

really

ears

neither

brings

the

her

through

be

rather

is in

It

right.

their

must

times

at

another.

or

way

something

accomplishing

delightful

one

which

that

doing

in

vent

and

joyously

and

swiftly

so

girl simply

energy,

natural

is but

elders,

coursing

ceaseless

this

with

sympathize

normal

The

activity.

and

something,

doing

of

for

longing

and

know

We

girls.

our

also

see

experiments

are

doing,

giving
and

it

of

some

is

our

their

worth

and

find

in

pastime

and

frolics.

The

Authors

in

the

hope
them

CONTENTS

PART

SHOWS

PARTIES,

AND

ENTERTAINMENTS

CHAPTER

Fourth

Lawn

July

of

Frolic

Decoration,

Ground

Charades,

6;
the

Hurling
Ascension,

the

Make

Lance,

Sun-bonnet,

Myth,

7;

Pandora

12;

Pantomime

4;

Shuffle

Fireworks,

Daylight

10;

The

11;

Invitation,

Firecracker

3;

To

Race,
11;

Box,

10;

Balloon
The

12;

loons,
Bal-

13.

II

CHAPTER

Circus

Wonderful
Mademoiselle

Rosebud,

Bob,

18;

Home

at

Give

To

16;

Wonderful

the

Moving

with

Novel

Party

Easter

Egg

Tennis,

Shower

3^;
of

Number

Paper,

Game,

42;

of

Eggs,

The

36;

Magic

Doorway
The

Punch

Stage,
50;

Judy,

Judy's
53.

45;

and

33;

To

Head,

Move,

33

Prepare
The

the

Eggs,

Game,

39;

34;

terfly
But-

43.

IV

Show

Make
51;

38;

Kettle,

Dye

Judy

to

Games
To

Rackets,

CHAPTER

Power

20.

Easter

New

with

15

III

CHAPTER

Horse

the

Elephant,

Animals

Punch's
The

Baby,

45

Head,
52;

46;
Drama

Punch's
of

Punch

Dress,
and

Contents

chapter

v
PAGE

Merrymaking

Hallowe'en
Novel

of

Ways
Black

55;

Bowls,
Bean

Telling Fortunes,
Cats,

Bag

Pair

56;

The

59;

66;

Old

Race,

The

Stone

55;
of

Wedding

Test,

Blarney

70;

55

Invitation

Game,

The

Queen

Titania,

of

Stage,

The

and

Game,

Pumpkin

Forfeit,

93;

Pictures

Woman's

101;

98;

Post-Office,

The

Rings,

107;

Daisy Valentine,

Valentine,
Love's

no;

Wild
A

West

Show

Panorama,
A

Tent,

113;
123.

on

97

Costume,

Man's

98;

The

102.

IX

Valentines

Original

Stamps,

107;

World

109;

Palette,

CHAPTER
The

92;

Puritan

Valentine

104;

Story,

Thanksgiving

with

Heart

90;

Thanksgiving
95.

Pantomime,

Entertainment

Valentine

Court,

85;

VIII

for

Dress,

Game

Games,

CHAPTER

83.

85

Rapid-Transit

Lantern,

Properties,

Wings,

82;

VII

Pumpkin

92;

Moving

Puritan

Fairy Airships,

75

Costume,

CHAPTER
Impromptu

65;

Orange

Apple,

66;

Rite,

Fairies

the

79;

Party

Vesper

and

VI

CHAPTER
Thanksgiving

Cups

71.

of

Titania,

75;

The

Screen,

CHAPTER
Dance

Rings

Slippers, 58;
61;

Witch

of Grass,

When

103

the

Valentine,

Bell
109;

in.

Table

Pasting Pictures,

113
120;

The

Performers,

120;

Contents

xi

XI

CHAPTER

PAGE

Roof

Picnic

Sunflowers,
and

Brook

with

Hollyhocks,

Apples,

130;

Brook,

the

Roses,

129;

the

On

Roof,

Peep

Magic

in

Japanese

133;

Dance

of

Cow

The

Garden

Dolls,

Flags,
Card,

Chicks,
The

145;

To

159;

You

Game,
The

157;

Little

Claus

Out

Marking

153;

The

158;
Choice

Mice,

The

147;

Flower

Game,

of Sides,

Little

Beds,
A

,159;

157;

Tally

160.

XIV
His

with

Reindeer

Reindeer,

Christmas

170;

165;

Cards,

Santa

Sleigh

and

Living
How

Christmas
to

173
The

173;

Up

Managing

Girls'

Committee,

163

Christmas

Tree

Prepare,

Get

168;

XV

Peaked

Hat,

CHAPTER

to

Claus,

172.

CHAPTER

Bouquet,

Blind

153

Rackets,

Sleigh, 164;
Gifts,

How

Three

143;

Life

139;

The

Moon,

Can

Determine

Santa

the

XIII

CHAPTER

Jolly

132;

134.

149.

if

Flower

New

Tag,

Over

Jumped

CHAPTER
Your

Picnic,

XII

Easter

141;

the

Girl,

Sun-bonnet

Plant

Peaches,

130;

137

Fairy Waters,

144;

127

Plums

Show

Slides, 138;

The

Pick

to

Country

131;

CHAPTER
The

Flowers

and

....

127;

Crossing

Cross

to

174;

To

Decorate,

177.

XVI

Fair
179;

Blackbirds,

184;

Office, 187;

Decorations,

Express

179

Blackbirds,
Office,

187;

181;

186;

Postmaster,

Packages

Letters,
192.

187;

for

the

Post-

xii

Contents

CHAPTER

XVII
PAGE

Camping

Out

Camping

Outfit,
A

200;

Your

in

Fine

Fishing,

Back

Yard

Tent,

194;

Pail,

194

Table,

197;

Camp-fire,

201;

The

Fun

with

Pole,

207;

Grounds,
of

The
A

211;

Tether

Cover

for

Pattern

Sphinx,

214;

the

on

The

Object

THE

OF

WORLD

XIX
219

Pyramid,

The

219;

Making

225;

220;

Carving

Palm,

Date

the

the

ful
Wonderthe

Making

227;

228.

Colossus

XX

Rhodes

of

Rhodes,

of

Features,

238;

233
To

233;
The

of

Alexandria

and

Colossus,

the

Make

Pedestal,

234;

Mark

the

240.

XXI

CHAPTER
Pharos

Court

II

CHAPTER

The

207;

Egypt

of

Cheops's Home,

Island

207

Rackets,

WONDERS

SEVEN

Pyramids

Ball,

the

CHAPTER

The

Out

202;

215.

MINIATURE

Camels,

Spring,

Ball

the

for

PART

The

201;

199;

Boat,

XVIII

Home-Made

Game,

the

204.

CHAPTER
Outdoor

198; Safe,

the

Mausoleum

of

Halicar245

NASSUS

The

First

Lighthouse,

248;
The

The

Mausoleum

245;

Marble
of

The

Steps,

Building Lot, 246;

252;

Halicarnassus,

An
255.

Artificial

The

tion,
Founda-

Island,

254;

Contents

CHAPTER

xiii

XXII
PAGE

The

Statue

Zeus

of

of

Throne

Olympia

at

White

259

Cardboard,

265;

Inlaying

267;

Winged

the

Victory,

with

Ebony,

Temple

of

Ionic
of

Diana

269;

The

Columns,

271;

Steps,

Gardens

The

Plan,

Cella,

The

274;

Side

Last
and

Trees,

Bulls,

293;

287;

285

; To

The

Find

the

the

Statues,

The

294;

Paper,
For

303;

272;

285

To

Arches,

Planting

Make

Stone

283;

Shrubs

Broad-fronted

Shrubbery,

297.

III

FOR

MAKE

280;

Babylonian
Centre,

Steps, 289;

GIFT

HOME,

DAYS

FAIRS

XXV

CHAPTER

Christmas

Foundation,

The

281;

AND

New

Diana,

XXIV

279;

Building

Two

TO

Goddess

Row

Steps, 276.

PART

THINGS

Outer

279

Openings,

Platform,

270;

The

271;

The

Babylon

of

Twelve

Drapery,

269

Ground

King's Wife, Amytis,

the

267;

XXIII

CHAPTER
Hanging

The

Ephesus

at

Column,

Marble

Footstool,

264;

268.

CHAPTER
The

Dais,

Upper

263;

Throne

Decorations

Holly,

Mistletoe,

310;

303

304;

Holly

Stems,

311;

Berries,

Ropes

307;

of

Wreaths,

Evergreen,

310;
312.

xiv

Contents

XXVI

CHAPTER

Doll

House

Pasteboard

of

and

Windows

Room,

Living

315

Doors,

Window

318;

PAGE

316,

Doorknobs,

317;

Frieze,

Sash,

319;

The

323;

Book

Shelves,

Window

317;

322;

Rug

Tissue

324;

Glass,
the

for

tains,
Cur-

Paper

324.

XXVII

CHAPTER

The

Making

of

Bayberry

Bushes,

Bayberry

for

Ready
Moulds,

Candle

326;

the

Candles,

Toys

"

Little

Wax

the

Little

Place,

341;

for

Patterns

Bathing

Launching

344;

Swim

that

the

Raft,

Raft,

Weave

to

Invented

Method

Directions
To

352;

the

by

for

Blue

341;

Rope,

Little
the

338

The

340;

Lumberman,

Mermaid,

345.

XXIX

349

Author,

349;

White

and

the

Lengthen

Life

Toy

Rafts

on

Loom

without

330;

Candle

331;

Ride

and

Making

345;

CHAPTER

How

People, 338;
For

Wax,

XXVIII

People

the

329;

334.

CHAPTER

Water

Berries,

The

Bayberry

330;

Candlewicks,

331;

326

Leaves,

The

Cotton

Warp,

To

353;

Weaving
Rag,
Make

Board,
To

350;

Weave,

Heavier

349;

Rug,

357-

CHAPTER

How

to

Your

Make

Cards

Representing

Tulip
Card,

Bud,

361;

363;

Easter

Pig, 367;
Chair,
373;

Own

370;

The

Easter

Easter
The

Flowers,

368;

Gifts

and

358;

The

Bloodroot,

Bells, 364;

Spoon,

373;

Cards

Dainty

Strawberry,

Sail Boat,

XXX

To
An

371;

Napoleon,

Make

Umbrella,

Doll's
375;

Cross,

Cradle,

Turtle,

Josephine,

366;
The

369;
372;

360;

Easter

363;
the

358

Bird's
379.

The

Egg
The
Doll's

Nest,

Contents

CHAPTER

xv

XXXI
PAGE

Candlesticks

Home-Made
The

388;

Glazing,

How

394;

395;

The

of

CHAPTER

What

Make

to

Skin,

400;
or

Canoe

Fairy

CHAPTER

Little

Columbus

Paper

Columbus's

408;

Spar,

The

410

Nest,

Ferdinand

and

CHAPTER

How

to

Friends

Make

Sails,

The

411;

405

408;

Deck-Fence,

409;

Crow's

412;

416;

Banana

403.

Mizzenmast,

Deck,

Mainmast,

Wigwams,

413;

Lamp,

399
from

Ship

the

Make

To

Main-Topsail,

412;

Made

Paper

His

Forward

The

395;

396.

XXXIII

and

Ship, 406;

Work,

Pottery,

Apples

and

Lantern

Apple

401;

Oranges

Coracle,

Orange-skin

An

Blending

393;

Unfinished

Coloring

China

387;

XXXII

Bananas,

op

Table,

Handle,

Preserve

to

Methods

Other

Strong

387;

Coil, 389;

Close

Decoration,

of

Tools,

Modelling

Clay, 385;
Saucer,

385

411;

412;

sprit,
BowA

410;

Paper

The

Isabella,

The

Jigger

Flag,
Sail,

417.

XXXIV

with

Stars

the

418

"

Ursa

Major,

Bears,

Starry

Ursa

418;

Northern

Taurus,

423;

Castor

428;

426;

the

Pollux,

423;

about

the

Lion,

422;

Orion,

424;

425.

Painting

Dyes,

Tale

Fairy
Leo,

421;

and

XXXV

CHAPTER

Stencil

420;

Cassiopeia,

421;

Crown,

Minor,

and

Portiere,

Stencilling

Laundering,

How

438.

to

427;

Cheese-cloth

Make
To

Stencils

the

Make

Curtains,

for

Design
433;

426

The

Stencilling,
Tassels,

435;

CHAPTER

FOURTH

OF
FROLIC

LAWN

'HIS

is

not

be

to

but

party,

genuine, fun-provoking

dress

of

they
in

nearly

by issuing

invitations

your

Decorate
and

them

make

provide
in

worn

uniform

the

the

not

but,

like

stiffness

of

as

number

blue

of

badges
new

members

make

only

of

in

possible

as

with

the

scene

will

acquaintances,

and

of

one

band
3

guests

your

the

of

form

Japanese
for

of

each

This

buttonhole.

order,

an

keeping

and

flags, one

and

too

ments,
refreshshould

be

with

the

for

thing
some-

giant

crackers.
fire-

flutteringflags,floating

bunting,

small

the

in

Grounds

Your

hat, hair, belt,

will

together

festive

red, white, and

streamers,
Also

as

ing,
danc-

no

possible.

as

Prepare
novel

the

perhaps,
and

be

active

entertainment

ordinary

except,

day

for

nothing

tennis,

no

way

comfortable

in

is to

There

frolic

July

appropriate

games.

as

of

one

every

lawn

formal

Fourth
with

JULY

gayer
have

the

guest,

to

little touch

and
effect

bringing

lanterns.

the

merrymakers.

of

rating,
exhila-

more

of

be

dispelling

party

closer

For

will

you

the

ball of soft white

Cut

and

paper,
the red

inches

of

make

square

Fig.

three-quartersof

i.

"

long and

Lay the

inch

an

Place
there

the"candle
the

out

paper

will be

an

on

long edge

of the

red

each

while

four

inches

that

will

The

end.

you

red

of red paper
paper

to

the

have

easiest way
end

at each

edges

roll it

Paste
on

the

the
posite
op-

smoothly,

paste that edge also

place (Fig. 2).

write

and

prepare
the

to

note

be

firecracker
cover.

up

that

so

(Fig.i).

end

Now

paper

even,

the candle.

oblong

cylinderand

in

do

to

perfectcylinder.

tissue paper

then

Cylinder in red

Of
about

measure

edge

2."

Make

square.

table, bringing

Fig.

tissue

wide, the circle six

stillwrapped around

and

the

white

invitation.

candle, keeping the

cylinderon
inch

pieceof

the red tissue paper.

on

the

required.

three inches

across

of

more

paper,

writing paper.

circular
for

cylinder

of the paper

even

cylindricalroll

paste the side edge down

Pull

also be

writing paper

paper

tissue

unlined

writing paper

this is to roll the paper

one

stringwill

the

Invitations

bright red
white

some

six inches

diameter, and

the paper

of

of red tissue paper,

square

oblong
in

and

cotton

oblong

an

sheets

paper,

Entertainments

Firecracker

Giant

several

need

tissue

white

and

and

Parties, Shows,

of

put

tion
invitain

the

envelope.

Fourth

from

inside

wide,

around

for

the

the

edge

below

the

the

the

blue

blue, half

with

red

ink

colors

around

the
and

above

straightacross

or

inch

an

circle,using water

invitation

border,

of

centre.

the party is to be

Although
does

person

of the tissue paper

Write

purpose.

just inside

circle

irregularband

edge, paint an

to

Strokes,

Brush

Short

With

Frolic

Lawn

of July

harmonize

not

therefore

informal, a

with

it is better

the

impersonal

in the first
of

nature

invitation

the

word

to

written

note

cracker,
fire-

something

like this:
Miss
at

an

informal

six o'clock.

When

requests the pleasure of the

Brown

Mary

lawn

frolic

Active

games.

the

ink

is

Fig.

and
little,
The
the

tie

on

stringshould
middle

quite dry pinch

it look

centre, making

3.

the
be

the

Wednesday,

on

"

something

The

point

about

ten

(Fig.3). Drop

one

Fourth

the

like

of invitation

note

piece
inches
end

Misses
of

paper

looks

like

the

long
of

July,

the

company

from

four

flower, twist

to

the

together at

paper

of

Green's

it

this.

white
and

cotton
must

be

string.
tied

string through

at

the

and

Parties, Shows,
hold

cylinder and, taking

its

Crush

envelope.

fills the

Fig.

Write

(Fig.4).
on

the

deliver

Giant

"

of

the

the

is well

adapted

to

Out-of-door

Shuffle

the

The

the

of

the centre

from

the

long string,"

perfectgiant firecracker,and
would

be

and

broken

Entertainment
of

will

acting
with

hold

Fireworks.
with

opens

give
and

Divide

the

the

of

the

at

the

for the

not

vigorous game

too

opportunity of taking part

Stake

Provide
back

of

Charades.

out

the

flags,driving their

upright.

stage and
room

all

resting.

groups

them

green

frolic:

lawn

Lance.

programme

This

July

Charades.

Pantomime

and

it

inside.

"Pull

words,

until

mail.

Fourth

Pantomime

the

Daylight

of the

invitation

end

into

Race.

Hurling

to

invitation

each

at

paper

invitation

an

the

following
Order

stage

with

almost

such

spoiledin going through

The

and

draw

stringextending

firecracker

now

for

by hand,

red

the

the address

outside

end,

extra

leaves

4.

the

the

in

and

opening

of

Entertainments

or

seats

side

four

and
of

corners

sticks

into

the

audience

for

arrange

screen

nately
alter-

the

your

ground
in front

as

dressing

actors.

party into

two

sides

of

equal

numbers

and

let the

have

you
Cut

down

large circle
the

inches

creased
of the

the

line
straw

of

edge

within

the
as

from

rather

top of the

Fig.

along

5.

"

the

the

and

in

is

of

crown

for the

newspaper

then

cut

Slash

Fig. 8,

fit the

pin

in

"

from

place

Fold

down

wrapping

line.

High peaked hats, wide

quickly manufactured

new
stiff,

crown,

creased

shown

hat

Fold

Fig. 6.

costume

of the

Fig. 7; Fig. 8 gives the pattern

made

upon

Entertainments

and

Parties, Shows,

to

the

marvelously good.

and

straw

bonnet

like this.

hole

from
paper

the

in

hat;

the

inner

brim

over

hat.
it

press

it

crease

centre

edge
the

two
to

the

crown

the hat band.

two

corners.

collars,and
paper

paper;

man's

boy's

even

short

capes

the effect of the

may

be

impromptu

of jfuly

Fourth

Fig.

7.

A most

"

Fig. 8.

"

Cut

becoming

the

Lawn

newspaper

boys' hat brims

Frolic

bonnet.

like this.

10

The

in

next

order, is

girls,short

skirts,held
times

slippersmany
the

foot

the

hands

well

shoe

Race,

the

above

of

is too

Its

funny.

large,worn

too

largestsized

ankles, and

shoe

small.

For

shoes

low

ordinary shoes.

over

the

for the

requisites
are,

without
the

or

Unless

touching

it with

must

vide
pro-

boys

you

slippersobtainable, having

only

uppers

at

toes.

The

should

course

shaven

lawn.

point and
as

it is

lifted out

the

the
the

be

can

Shuffle

and

new

Entertainments

and

Parties, Shows,

fast

The
the

at

the

word

in

The

the

in

to

their

the

starting

shufflingalong

race,

advantage

the

over

the distance

cover

than

smoothly

over

in line at

the

on

no

one

large shoes,

ridiculous

equally

have

boys

feet

stand
off

start

easier for

no

hundred

one

must

"go,"

for it is

shufflingalong

about

contestants

possible.

as

in this game,

look

be

for

absurdly

girls

quickly,

the

other, and

frantic

efforts

both
to

win

race.

After

restingfrom

the shuffle

race

Hurling

the

allow

your

guests

try their

to

skill at

From

limb

the

ground

small

covered

like

Provide

tipped
On
of
are

five feet
end

about

with

white

long
"

of each

by

space

the

the

on

the

or

the

six feet from

eighteen inches

in

the

diameter,

tissue paper.

round,
kind

five

green,

used

for

taperingstake, white
propping

stake, or lance, should

blue, which

hurtlingthrough
the

suspended

hoop,

player with

red, white, and

hurt

have

tree

drumhead

the blunt

sent

wooden

each

and

Clear
be

of

Lance.

will make

streaks

be

plants.

up

tied streamers

of color

as

they

air.

far side

fallinglances,then

of the
have

hoop

each

that

no

one

player in turn

may
throw

her

his

or

the

lance

trials in
at

least

Fourth

succession, and
she

player wins

lance

the

Let

Strings of

be

be
It

"

is

that

idea

good

Independence

do

surprise,and

to

get

old
brou

form

tree, bunches

to

for your

guests

ing
send-

hidden

explode,

to

for

darkness

and

background

do

Balloons

"rht in.

you

included

ascension.
to

myth

it for

should
of

should

for it be

part of the ceremony,

one

Grecian

what

may

you,

but

not

Pandora

be

have

in

store

used

in

her

as

the

either

mentioned,
and

come

balloon

as

but

that

an

and

in

complete
of

none

for them.

patrioticspeeeh,

make

country

our

observed,

kept secret,

being

You

be

may

programme

of

of without

thought

custom

preparation

suspect

early days

the

In
be

to

not

was

always

balloon

some

short.

the

Ascension

display.

part of the

all the

observances

the

frequently in

most

tree

need

not

time-honored

guests may

should

from

Balloon

of the

the

This

way.

old

and

make

to

Day"

ascension, and

your

rounds

hoop

used.

especialfeature

new

the

Fireworks.

torpedoes

The

an

three

three

have

may

through

passes
are

sending

hoop.

Daylight

barrels, harmless

may

player

succeeded

stretched

fireworks

lance

and

paper

of

firecrackers

other

any

has

the

Each

There

out.

end,

through

farewell

her

11

Frolic

piercing the

ring.

unless

the

at

Burst

under

the

is counted

who,

of

object

entirelythrough

once

her

the

with

lance

Lawn

of July

The

that, too,

introduction

speech yourself or
let it be

case

but

wonderful

in

some

box

way
must

quite
the
be

and

Parties, Shows,

12

The

it

remember,

earth

which

with
and

told

are

it

It does

filled

was

all of the

carried

and

out

In this

the box

case

is to be

flags,or red, white,

in

easilylifted.

With

and

suddenly

raise

the

things that

and

the

then

blue
In

sky

of the

can

be
and

Then
lifted.
is

the

open

box,

or

thus

men,

the

As

escape.

we

marks
re-

your

speaker.

bunting, and
let the

to

having

lid that

speaker step

barrel.

will set

This

originalPandora

Pandora

inside,without

balloons.

mischief, for

good-sizedsugar-barrel,
wrapped

blue

away

together
al-

box, but

will burst
air with

out

like
and

color

finallydisappear

is

forward
free not

number

of

volleyof

movement,
view

from

in

overhead.

preparing your

smooth

well

and

been

Box

the
filling

moment

sailingupward

the

it

to

to

have

rubber, toy balloons, that

gas-filled,

fireworks, for

the

the

have

to

appear

blessings for

lid of the

in the

were

charms

might bring trouble

she

winged

final words

the

from

her,

her

in front

placed

form

by

induced

Pandora

general,

that

not

close

in
to

will

you

in order

blessingsexcept hope
to

mankind

that worked

with

being brought

are

endowed

gods

curiositythat

was

and

Hephaestus

Pandora,

charms, however,

cask, which

allowing

commanded

them.

upon

her

Zeus

other

the

vexation

that

beautiful

this most

for, as
effectively

punish Prometheus,

to

was

stealingfire

for

Myth

quite appropriately and

used

be

can

Entertainments

see

box

choose

nails to

long splintersor

that the

cover

spool fastened

easilygrasped by

the

has
on

handle

with

hand.

barrel that is

screw

perfectly

piercethe fragile
or

knob
will

by
serve

which
very

CIRCUS

-=

==-

MODERN

T"HE

CONTINUOUS

XRIUMRH

PERFORMANCES"

MADEMOISELLE

ROSEBUD
IN

AND

THRILLING

HER

FEATS

HORSEBACK

DARING

UISIRARAL.L_EL.ED

E3

E3

THE

TRICK

I ISI

COME

DON'T

FEATURES

NOVEL

AND

EI

SEE

FUN

MISS

TH

14

L_

E_. F"

FOR

SHOW

IM

ALL

II

CHAPTER

AKE

^=*=^

poster

your
like

the

the

Paint

big

of

show

have

must

carefully

it will

Have

doors

of

out

is

there

the

chalk

it with

of

Be
on

the
real

and
built

all

spicuous
con-

family

all the

show

your

course,

fore
be-

directions

very

of

large table,

Almost

or

the

on

place

any

will

floor,

or

where

do

into

line

marked

the

cover

ridge

narrow

then

in

forty inches

about

ring

circle

your

diameter,

similar

will

sawdust

either

with

that

to

look

outline

just

like

or

earth

of
the

ring

circus.

sure

to

have
Place

comb.

lively march.

Let

Following
you

in

it up

where

out

day

on

surface.

level

large rings ;

gay

seeing.

ground.

bare

circus

meal

corn

around

the

on

top

on

good-sized

Make

dry

circus

your

worth

well

be

follow

if you

and

audience,

an

page.

colors

and

tack

it,for, of

see

possible

as

opposite
in

paper

place
will

the

lettering

sheet

the

nearly

as

on

one

MALS
ANI-

MOVING

WITH

HOME

AT

CIRCUS

WONDERFUL

can

the

make

kind

some

all

piece
the

of music
of

method

various

be

given
other
15

your
the

over

paper

music

at

for

show,

if

and

comb

sprightly

and

gay.

making

the

horse

moving

animals.

music

only

play

and

phant,
ele-

16

Parties, Shows,
Fig.

and

shows
Rosebud

Mademoiselle

standing
Kentucky

Entertainments

firm

and

upright

without

charger leaps high

in

the
the

slightesttremor
air

over

her

as

outstretched

an

banner.

Fig.

10

of

gives the pattern

the

horse

rider, which

you

trace

stiff

on

not

to

cardboard,

will

imposing, but

the

size of

good.

design, let

the

white, and

give him

form, shaping
neck,
the

draw

ink

and

lines which

and

more

cut

remain
pen

be

size

outlined

When

with

the

the

pattern is very

horse

larged
en-

this is not

as

necessary,

the

If

twice

given they

out

can

heavy.

too

and

head

the

and

rating
sepain

legs, as

Fig. 9.
Paint

face,
flesh

Mademoiselle's

arms,

color;

neck

and

waist,

her

skirt, stockings,

slipperslightblue
a

full

double

and

; make

tissue-

With

Circus

Animals

Moving

17

jy

Fig.

paper

skirt of

tissue

paper

and
Cut

narrow

the

this

stripof

Pattern

"

color

same

through
tying

10.

the

and

rider.

by gathering a

strip of light-blue

lengthwisecentre, foldingthe edges

double

the

of horse

same

skirt around

blue

paper

the little
and

gether
to-

lady'swaist.

fasten

one

end

18

Parties, Shows,

around

each

around

the

horse

Be

will be
as

four

body

the

holes

inches

from

knots

the

make

black

Be

the

between

body
other

of

the

Sew

pin

four

the

and

stand

and

ends

strand

thread

horse

knot

of the

seventeen

through

the

second

all four

in each

length,

same

rate
sepa-

against the

in each

animal

they should

thread

be

may

the

on

tag down

to

thread

against

rest

firmly inserted

tightup against each

tape

in

are

horse.

likewise

(Fig.n),

threads
in

one

the

with
which
hand

side

where

the

the floor in the

of his

ends

are

of the

centre

other

the

ring,allowing little

hand

such

ring.

while

you

Ends
fasten

ends

are

and

the

circle,as

the

(Fig. n) together and

the two

circus

all of the

Slide

tie

knots

horse

the

ring.

do
hold

the

Tie

each

the

Tie
E

horse.

these knots;

that

tag of black

togetherand

circus

horse,

threads

the

thread,

of the

in

as

rightplaces that

when

horse.
then

and
side

eight knots,

body.

gallops

should.

Run

particularabout

very

body

she

as

large needle,

in the

large knot

of the

tied in the thread

to

with

steed

joined ends.

in the

close up

air

Move,

to

in making
difficulty

no

piecesof strong

together,and

tied

the

well-trained

Ability

fortyinches, for leading the

hole

the

freelyin

perfectly; then

thread

the

have

to

balance

alone,

about

float

Horse

through

sure

positionthere
Use

the

Give

holes

may

walk

Entertainments

ring.

four

Fig. 10.

that it may

wrist

To

pierce

and

of the

to

threads

the front

near

the

them

other

walk

Rosebud

performers always

two

slowly
to

do

ride
when

piece of pasteboard;
and

of the

horse, E

threads, G
around

the

demurely

H, then

and

and

H, in

outside
around

they first enter

of
in

real

With

Circus

the

After
of
the

ring,the

stand

and

horse

paper

alone

has

audience

black

1.

"

duly impressed by

Threads

showing

with

top of

the banners

spool.

Place

ring;then again take

Make
This

rider

the

done"

dance

Horse

remove

around

the

up

Run

each

how

and

three

or

make

to

the

of each

end

various

at

threads

the banners

the

two

out

banners,
tissue-paper
a

the

novel

horse

sight

aid, around

invisible,let
being practically

bring

you

19

moving, apparentlywithout

threads

while

Fig.

been

rider

Animals

Moving

the horse

brightlycolored

dance.

scarf

pasted

distances

on

around

the
the

and

Jump
and

ring, sometimes

Over

Each

let the horse

on

Banner.

with

his hind

his

pretty

feet, as

in

and

Parties, Shows,

20

and

Fig. 12,

again
her

easilyretains

his fore

on

Entertainments

feet

(Fig. n),
than

footing,looking more

while

little Rosebud

like

ever

real circus

rider.

Fig.

gives the

13

different

Bob

them

Make

diagram;

parts of

Wonderful

the

all of stiff cardboard

with

then

and

pen

Horse

ink

the

tusks, a lightwash

dull

gray

side

of

the

then

will do.

color.

the

With

making

and

When

another

black

knot

draw

ink

the

of India

tying the

largerif possible than

the

rider dancing

and

ink

thread
on

the

turn

fasten
thread
into

near

ears,

the

for

and

eyes,

the
tusks

ring.

this

but

purpose,

dry give all parts, except

is

ink, to

the

around

is best

thread

elephant, running

elephant

and

ink

(Fig. 14) ; waterproof drawing

common

Elephant.

the

animal

the

leg A

through
a

on

natural
the

hole

the

large knot

side of the

on

body;

the
the

far
in

leg,

leg

22

and
of

and

Parties, Shows,
body

fastened

are

thread.

allow

the

side

of the

of the
hole

the

leg to

body
The

near

side

hole

the

at

the

at

D.

easily. Attach

move

body

hole

legsA
of the

of black

large knot

C,

and

and

free end

of each

to

to

in the

tape

to

the

same

the

the

"I'll

"

through

Make

way

managed

you

of the

ring.

the

on

small

knots.

Start

around

leg D

on

far

Your

the

near

end

one

piece of

knots

black

from

of the

slide the

the

on

the

on

the

near

far side

side

at

and

to

each

the
on

of two

walk.

one

other

enough

leg,B,
goes

knots

two

loose

side,and

Sew

thread, eighteen inches

thread

centre

leg C

(Fig.14).

elephant'sbody (Fig. 13), and

close

the

are

animal

thread

in each

between

the next

The

B.

Fig. 14.

strands

in this way

other

pieces close together,but

the

Have

each

to

Entertainments

two

tape.
the

holes

elephant

on

this side

on

tape,

Make

the

the

run

high

on

Elephant

on

Walk

the

threads

of the

body,

Kentucky charger,then pin

ring and

the

Fig.

6.

"

"See

23

me

sit

up."

Parties, Shows,

24

If the

horse

and

unparalleledanimal
around

the

and

rider

interfere,take

have

the

ring he always gets

field to

tired and

"I

move

thread

another

backward.

(Fig. 15).

Raise

him

Make

step.

Bob
the

Entertainments

is very

front

can

do

himself.
draws

away

and

When

let the

Bob

goes

to
back, declining

dance.

this

comical

thread

them

and

by gentlypullingthe
when
the

assuming

little fellow

back

this pose

will sit up

Fig.

"

8.

"

am

coming.'

'

Fig.

"

9.

Hurry

Get

"

25

out

of

the

way.

'

Fig.

20.

"
"

Here

26

goes.'

Circus

(Fig.

6).

will

begin

not

enough

Slowly
dance

to

take

to

With

and

(Fig. 17).
foot

Fig.

time

lowering

the front

along (Fig. 18).

this

by lowering

Fig.
the

raise

gently

his

21.

the

from

"

"How

shows

Bob

thread

threads
the

21

back

ground,

trifle and
thread

and

at

the

Bob

little,
same

is that?"

will

front

both

Raising

thread,
19

Animals

Moving

of

cause

when

Fig.

Bob
he
18.

to

is in

crouch
a

and

hurry.

crawl
Make

Parties, Shows,

28

Stand

Now

raise the
the
a

clumsy

spool,where

long

breath

and
carefully

little fellow

and

Entertainments

Spool

in

up

on

the

climbing

elephant will

Fig.

"

22.

"

up

Ring

his feet and

he will naturally rest

before

the

foot

one

on

(Fig. 20).

climb

Difficult, but

the

on

can

do

walk

him

top while
Move

the

over

he takes
threads

spool (Fig.21).

it."

to

Lift

30

Fig.

Remember
as

and

Parties, Shows,

it should

from

to

mark

appear,

all sides of the

so

and
that

ring.

24.

"

"Must

color
the

Entertainments

rest'

the

animals

wrong
and

side

of each

rider may

look

figure
well

Fig.

"

25.

"

Just balance

31

like me,'

horse

The

can

slowly.

move

respective
and

again

needed.

would

extra

and

circus

have

little
do

popcorn

style.

is

circus

and

cardboard

box

circus

will

as

could

balls

be

make
side

elephant,

bits

the

show

charged
passed

roll

over

which

in

ready

admirably

admission

tiny

the

of

pieces

them,

This

When

the

but

rapidly,

go

Entertainments

and

Shows,

Parties,

32

fine

at

and
around

of

the

tape

animals

to

threads

to

their

on

avoid

must

tangling
lie

until

flat

entertainment,
fair,

next

wee

lifelike,

may

parlor

your

be

to

glasses
the

when
of

audience

or

small

lemonade
in

true

CHAPTER

III

NOVEL

EASTER

NEW

HERE

EASTER

do

at

game

of

delightful things

Easter

an

be

may

WITH

GAMES

end

no

are

to

PARTY

in

party, and

every

with

keeping

the

season.

The

of

game

Tennis

Egg
is

this

new

will

color

again
or

with

purples,

fill the

air, sometimes

the

down

shimmering,

hair, clothing, and

in

seeing
of

the

your

will

success,

pretty

look

wet, and

they

are

result

the

magic
they

will

for

the

should

be

three

the

first

player

game

injure

countless

Number

depends

eggs

succeeds

bits

upon

provided
in

of

the

for

breaking
33

stand,

you
Your

skill,also, with

delicate

bright

racket

companions,

showers

most

of

blues,

or

your

colored
the

orange,

fall,lightlycovering

try their

to

eager

scending
de-

and

stroke.

your

These

not

The

needed

be

eggs.

of

composed

of

of

of

Quivering

objects, while

surrounding

watching

hand,

will

bits

greens

tints.

beautiful

rain

colored

then

reds,

all their

showers

game,

sparkling

play

you

Easter

in

yellows

As

particularly pretty.

do

of

tissue

not

one

even

fabrics, for
paper.

Eggs
number

every
two

two

eggs

of

players.

players.
in

In

There
case

succession, the

Parties, Shows,

34

third

will not

egg

another

time

breaking

be

second

with

and

time

to

of

each

end

around

around

careful

in

so

with

too

doing

of

it useless.
the
in

hole

the

each

about

of

end

shell.

leave

one

different

blow

white
color.

become

the

contents.

After

the

Shells

and

color

When

of

an

like this.

by folding the

paper

like

of

the

the

needle

appears.
the

press
is

danger

rendering
increase

made,

until

egg

head

the

the

of

it is

common

small

end

to

with

be

shell of

shells

pieces of

tissue

quickly
tissue

and

cut-

stripsof fringe
the

fringe little by

of the

inside

paper

ends

needle

there

the

place

(Fig.28) ; then cutting off

the

the

less in

or

made

it into

in

bf

squares

27

hole

to

others, making each

These

Fig.

Emptied

size.

EH ting

of

fill them

can

of

not

are

the

as

Are

inch

at

shell and

holes

end
large
"

in small

cut

the

done, allow

then

thoroughly dry;

L^
Fold

all the

this is

quarter

"

both

large around

as

out

paper

Fig. 27.

the

on

egg

little hole

force, as

cracking

When

fail in

one

turning

boring

hat-pin (Fig.26), then

lipsand

your

to

hole

when

Carefully bore

Fig. 26."

then

until

great

at

required.

carefullybore

shell and

needle

will be

by pressing the point

very

player

possible; take

as

duty

Eggs

needle

and

do

may

first

eggs

the

against the
Be

size

coarse

very

the

all three

Prepare

but

game,

Should

then

egg,

nearly

as

eggs

the

game.

How

Select

Entertainments

during

another

in

the

used

and

Fig. 28.

"

Cut

in fringe uke

the

paper

this.

Playing

the

New

Game

Easter

35

of

Egg

Tennis

36

little

the

The

and

red

per,
pa-

of

of

Entertainments

low
yel-

making

Paper

egg-shell correspond

the white

the

red

on,

shell with

tissue
shell

paper,

breaks

Fill

shell.

color of the

white

the

shell with
so

Shower

each
the

bits

yellow

paper,

to

Fill

(Fig. 29).

egg-shell with

in

and

Parties, Shows,

in

of

squares

and

Fig.

they

as

by

fall when

accompany

their

Fig.

31."

through

through

the

the

the

the

from

of

the

elders

dainty

the

effect is very

Feast

inches

Gilt

trees

pretty,

Cherry

soms
Blos-

girlsand

to

see

boys

the

cherry

Paper Disks

in diameter

through
the

the

(Fig.30) ;

fold each

of the

middle

shown

points as

disk

centre.

Fig.

32."
a

Fold

second

in

the
time.

Fig. 34

disk

(Fig.31),then

centre

(Fig. t,^),and, following

more

Fold

fringe.

in full bloom.

disk

crosswise

t,^ cut

shaken

when

Japan,

two

Fig.

of the

disk.

Gilt paper

once

the

mind

Cut

Fold

ends

resemble

The

in

trees

again

off the

will

lightbreeze.

callingto

"

Cut

"

mid-air, the shower

petalsof cherry blossoms

Fig. 30.

29.

when

first fold

the

Fig. 33-"
once

(Fig. 32).

dotted

and

Fold

more.

you

fold

lines

will

have

Fig. 34-"
out

the

on

Cut

point

38

and

Parties, Shows,

Make
of flat rattan,
racket.

taking two
the

Soak

the

Bind

"

rattan

rattan

them

to

into

form

rattan

to

make

to

the

and

you

have

Cover

up
one

to, but
side

the

out
not

of

again placing the

frame

the

slashed
on

on

the

on

to

double

now

the
form

to

the

the

four
a

end3

loop.

wrap

largepiece of

paper

of the

edge

outer

line close

the

two

together and

down

line

design along

the

(Fig.39).

just made
mark

across,

the

handle

each

bind

Bring

"

ends

four

the
the

another

Draw
cut

39-

long for

the

together

entirelysurrounding

frame, then

edge

Fig.

loop, bring

frame

handle.

Bend

Fig. 38.

together.

inches

pliable,then

pieces of

two

strong writing-paper and

from

it

in

straightpiece for

the

Lay

the

Rackets

pieces,twenty-seven

piecestogether with string as

Fig. 38.

Entertainments

the

frame

edge

outer

outside

line.

inch

one

down
of the

the

Slash

remaining pencil line (Fig.39).

border
paper,

with
turn

paste
the

or

glue, and,

flaps,one

at

time,

and

frame

is

the

over

another

paste its slashed

one

the

this will make

Wind

40.

"

Turn

the

the

edge

over

the

over

end

tying
shows

the

played

send

the

racket

strip of

handle, pasting it

Fig.

edge

as

on

the

turn

manner

it

double;

Fig.

wide

end

41.

"

around

of the paper

Finish

with

the
up

bow

of ribbon.

handle

where

the

Game

couples,and

handle

joins

right side

the

flyingin

of

Egg

object is
the

with

Finish

(Fig.40).

The

rain

same

firm.

inch

an

the paste

making

so

and

border

racket

paper

and

one-half

wind, and

completed

in

other

the

top of the first,

putting

on

frame.

the

of the
it

frame

firmly to

When

in the

cover

quite strong

you

them

(Fig.40).

the
the

paper

flaps of the
of

attach

paper

over

directlyover

cover

and

of the paper

the inside

to

frame

39

Party

Easter

the

of

edge

perfectlydry, make

and

is

Novel

air.

the

bow

racket.

bon,
of rib-

Fig.

41

up.
Tennis
to

break
The

the

egg-shelland

sport is adapted

to

40

Parties, Shows,

all ages,

from

racket

to

the

excited
The
from

little child

girlsand

grown

they try

as

is decided

by swinging

within

easy

reach

is done

by

the

of the

the

who

wield

to

the

will

people

come
be-

fragiletoy.
other

and

then

it

swings

charge

The

egg.

distance

the

placing

above

distances

equal

at

suspended

egg

takes

older

even

facing each

of it before

umpire,

and

strike the

to

opposite sides

on

Entertainments

scarcelylarge enough

boys,

stand

players must

and

and

players

their heads.

of the game

This

decides

and

disputes.

any

Promptly

the

at

signal,
"Ready,"

the

given distinctly
by
is then

egg

"in

strike the egg

to

shell

send

or

will

the

through
wins

to

the

time

the

proves

the
a

it

shower

the

another

tie

"

the

player, who

that

first unsuccessful

"

of

and

struck

not, the

or

surely be

able

to

the

And

so

first.

the

the

of the

breaking
which

paper

the

in turn

forth between

the

With
tissue

tries

to break

player,who

her, if not

to

comes

force

will

First

is sent

player who

two

shell

flying

releases

it

opportunity to
is, if
a

is Broken

Egg

put in its place,and

opponent.

same

first

Whether

egg.

and

opponent,

game.

be

must

her

appointed

player immediately

the

stroke, and

the

by

room

one

has
with

other

shell is broken.

beautiful

point in

second

the
other

the

When
a

toward

kept swinging rapidly back

playersuntil
comes

The

has been

racket,using sufficient

misses

or

return

is

player who

flyingswiftlytoward

strike it the second

the egg

her

the

outward

egg

play."

with

it

hits

promptly
egg

the

gently swings

starter

the

umpire,

If

make

the

it is broken

third egg

must

good

breaking
by
be

unsuccessful

the

the

her
of

testant
con-

record, playing
the

player

suspended

second
who

and

egg
at

was

the

same

Novel

continue

couple

his

points to
after

the

player win

two

play

remain

alone
as

sends

before, each

each

the

in

These

game.

the

holds

but

one

his

one

place

player comes

When

for each

one

eggs

the

all the
RULES

i.

She

The

umpire

shall

keep tallyand

one

played, for
competitors

is but

break

one

play

egg

shell

the
the

the egg.

breaks

be

to

for

must

successful

In

in the

hung

time,

in the

this way

there

be

must

of the

excitement

and

doorway
two

pires,
um-

fray,one

play.
THE

OF

GAME

part in the game

take

not

may

Should

player,while

next

same

couple, for

watch

cannot

person

at

final

victorious.

two

part

of

couples and

there

fails to

another

out

allows

space

couples take

two

until

his

is not

new

time

who

withdraw, givinghis place to the

await

successful

form

This

player

winner

turn.

third

played, the

in his order.

couple, and

the

the

of the game.

player out

their

to

Then

the

and

game,

had

41

broken.

steps aside

one

succession

couples have

all the

When

the

of

couples have

points in

Party

that, too, is

out

opponent's

other

pointslost

two

until

player drops

unsuccessful
two

play

to

Easter

decide

all

while

questions which

acting as umpire.

arise

regarding the

game.
2.

The

egg

3. When

an

egg

in any

or

counts

shall not

is broken

other

except with

be struck

work,
wood-

by strikingagainst the surrounding

other

manner

against the player who

one

the flat face of the racket.

than

with

the stroke

made

racket, it

of the

the face
and

scores

for his

one

opponent.
4.

Two

points scored

the

5. A

during

one

play

declares

the

successful

petitor
com-

victor.

play

consists

of

any

number

of trials until

the

two

eggs

are

broken.

6. Two
tie there

eggs

shall

shall be

constitute

three

eggs.

play

when

there

is

no

tie; in

case

of

42

and

Parties, Shows,
Butterflies

well

as

as

appropriate for

are

eggs

Entertainments

in well

come

All

the

The

the

not

may
in

and

room

try

collectors

stand

out

butterflies

lift the skirt of her

and

forth

This

of

moving
pretty

very

the

grasp

to

skirts

the

as

caught

she

belongs.
behind
two

The

so

hands

their

hands

both
and

and

the

between
the

makes

it back

move

collectors.

game

appear

second

two

close

possibleand
the

behind

with

her

The

one.

hands

on

each

collector

behind

captive stands
of number

as

the

to

whom

takes

shoulders

her

place

of number

becomes

Last

Captive

excitingwhen

but

one

free

butterflyis

collectors, each

and

prize.
two

her

to

on

game

to

she

first with

the
third

outterflyis

hands

equal

to

Collector

Every

left,dartingabout, skilfully
evading the outstretched

valued

they

as

collectors find it difficult

the

of

as

The
The

They

them.

wings

and

Part

stand

must

number

and

with

mimic

butterflies

many

the shoulders

on

feet,apart.

fluttering
draperies.

catch

hands

of

parts

direction, but, standing

all sides with

around

onlookers,

It is the
to

are

Butterfly

dress

as

boys

different

least six

flitting
past

she flies among,

as

in

step in any

Each
must

and

stationed

on

all the

the

programme.

in this game

are

feet to

reach

the

catch

to

your

distance, at

some

their

move

spot, may

one

on

butterflies

girlsare

collectors.

second

as

and

Game

Butterfly
will

Easter

intent
For

of

the

in

upon
the

others.

count

capturing
the

last

this

last

of the

greatly

butterflycaptured

is

The

the

possesses

caught

when

ends

game

all

The

of

of your

several
about

guests.
have

must

you

large as

the

and

it bottom

place

it in

of

this

the

tinsmith

side

the

the

the

over

table, as

this

In

box.
hole

there

square

hole

cut

out

one

and

cover

place

the

Place

the

and
will

it will
be

the

to

in

hole

box,
top,

on

over

it

hide

the

some

box

hole

to

directly
and

kettle

stand

merely sitting

indicate

to

box,

of the

cover

be

to

will hold

cut

the

the

on

appear

nothing

and

must

you

of

will be

throw

floor

lid

necessary.

trifle smaller

hole

tainment
enter-

wooden

side

one

round

is to occupy,

and

box,

of

the

will reach

all sides.

hole in the

the kettle
on

who

bottom

lid to fit and

Knock

that

so

up

which

in the

hole

bottom

kettle.

in the

the

remove

has

table, have

positionit

cover

the

over

is he

preparationis

some

that

in the

of the

completely on
fit the

winner

mystifying feature

For

small

bottom

stand

kind

Then

quarts.
as

than

the

Kettle

Dye

inexpensive,tin kettle,one

new,

43

butterflies,counting the last

Magic

unique, amusing

First

and

caught

are

greatest number

Party

two.

as

will be

Easter

Novel

the

opening

than

the bottom

beneath.
the

Under

ready

for use,

of the

also

place

of various

cover

under

box

the

colors,three

the
While

shallow

kettle,and

same

the

tin pan
the

have

of hard

Butterflygame

largeraround
of the

pan

filled with

of each

room

number

bottom

basket

eggs

part of the

another

In

in

place a

Box,

with

hard

sawdust;

boiled

eggs

color.

ready

boiled

another

eggs

is in progress

let

but

basket

taining
con-

all uncolored.

some

one

who

is

the
Secret

hide

under

shallow

pan

the
and

of

improvised
hold

it

the

Magic

table

and

tightlyunder

Kettle,
at

the

given signal lift

hole

in the

box.

the

44

Explain

to

and

water

eggs

and

the

party

three
the

be

must

color
As

from

lid is on,
the least

without
eggs

have

kettle

until

three
Give

will be

more

your

in the

kettle.

lid and

what

wave

will

you

keeping

see

shout

the

too

is

process

When
room

magic
taken

she

be

and
so

that

the

lifted out

while
the

holding, and
uncolored

has

hold

wished

it close

and

in which
eggs

heard

Taken

minutes

allow

have

are

gently

must

and
for.

the

under

Out

dyed.

several

lid and

she

again

Eggs

be

to

color

must

allowing

kettle
away

the

of

eggs

without

underneath

the

assistant

all the

Kettle

deposited, remove

put in

lift the

then

the

she is

Colored

colored, to

eggs

lid,to

Apparently

the pan

lower

pan

The

in

assistant

others

liftingthe

the

kettle.

realityyou

are

your

been

Then

the

eggs

dyed (all

eggs

the

raise

you

into the kettle to

peep

noise

three

substitute

eggs,

their

of

members

the uncolored

the

and

as

the

over

in

Eggs

the

wish

they

three

uncolored

on.

When

and

Tell

without

of

quickly replace the

in

are

forth

taking

basket

carefullyplace their

eggs

and

the

magic

them

for

eggs

egg.

color)then,

charm, but

color

an

color

upon

the

take

to

one

same

back

working

going

the

as

soon

curious

each

for the occasion

around

Pass

unison, and

in

hands

your

heat.

decide

to

have

will

they wait,

without
invite

Entertainments

guests that you

your
while

kettle,which,

be

and

Parties, Shows,

any

their

dyed

make

the

are

out

exchange

quickly and

so

so

of

vellously
mar-

owners.

lead

have

of mystery

guests

your

investigationof

they
charm

eggs,

by

been

to

may

the

workings

box,
not

from

kettle

of

and

be broken.

46

the

also

shows

band

doorway,

short

and

stretched

of cloth
side

and

doorway
the

constitutes

which

opening

Entertainments

top of the

the

between

opening

It is this

the

and

Parties, Shows,

the

added

curtains

The

stage.

across

curtain.

illustration

top of

extreme

the

to

the

outside

of the

stage to improve its appearance.

Make

To
cut

piece of

five inches

unruled

wide,

Fig.

42,

making

other.
entire

the

Paste
space

this cloth

B-B

and

from

head

stripof

paste
The

tearing while

Draw

"

Punch's

margin,

head

across

thin cloth

over

the

corners

two

four
more

cloth

the

generous

inches

between

over

B-B.

42.

Head,

writing-papereight inches

white

allow

to

Punch's

head

cloth

and

on

long

it draw

and

Fig.

like this.

one

and

4 inches

the

which

includes

the

way

the neck
marked

stripsin

strengthensthe
is in motion.

the

neck

A-A-A-A,
spaces
and

and

marked

prevents it

Carefully mark

the

"""'".

Behind

the

Scenes

in

the

Doorway

47

Punch

and

Judy

Show,

Punch

Doorway

also

features, copying them

Cut

edge.

the second

looselyon
the

cloth (B-B and

stripsof

tipsof
Bend

each

the

side of the
the

flapsat

the

Roll the neck

B-B).

line

dotted

the

on

out

paper
extra

Be

close

the

that

sure

the

inside

against

out

the ears, paste the

paint

and

teeth.

markings

the

wider.

the

on

markings
chin

lips,nose,
The
it with

and

cheeks

top of Punch's

high, pointed

forward

comes

Punch

for teeth and

is

dry,paint
hair

and

is

the

brows,
eye-

the eyes

black ; the

brilliant

red.

the uncovered

the

neck

double

(Fig.43), but
will

be

not

roll of

will

we

top of

is "Pen-

head

cover

where

space

ruffle around
of

43^he

Fig
his

and

arm

the

bend

eyes

cap,

each

Make

is

the

is open

the

flaps,covering

then

head

beyond

dressed, for

deficiencies.

and

face

the

head;

pink except

red ; the

ears

chin.

liningin place

paper

the first color

When

of the

an

and

evenly

as

until it fits

narrow,

Roll

fit it inside

the

of

head

entire

too

far

as

of the

the

over

seems

roll lies

up

and

chin

it appear

make

to

head

piece of writing-paper and

head.

bend

If the

C-C-C-C.

spaces

edge

outer

ring. Paste

those

(D).

their

side of the neck

paste the other side of the face part way

the

along

ears

together,also

nose

49

of the face

paste it togetherlike

then
first finger,

your

Show

right-hand side

into each

line of the chin

the

Cut

the

on

Judy

head, including flaps,and

the

out

and

when

noticed

his neck

the

hides

all

writing-paperpasted

togetheralong the edge.

The

roll

^_^^

Q_

"
v

"

Fig. 44."

Make

the

hand

--

"

in the

shape

be

must

quarter inches
paste

dry,cut

out

mitten, which

the mitten

will

(Fig.44).

serve

four

as

Paint

on
a

one

these

hand

end

three-

of

flat ends

; when

the hands

and
Flatten

long.

together
and

arm,

the outline of

about

and

the
arms

and
each
draw

paste is

pink.

50

and

Parties, Shows,
The

ends

should

arms

loosely

fit

of

Entertainments

the

over

your

thumb

forefinger. Fig.

and

gives the

45

pattern

of
Punch's
Make

Dress

it much

according

to

larger,
the

di-

Fig. 45.

Cut

"

mensions

given

The
the

sides, the

them

in
of

place
glue.

and

fasten

so

it

Make

Punch's

to

the
Fig. 46." Your

funny old Punch,

extend
dress.

down
Make

within

under

Slide

sleeves

and

top with

drop

below

push

red cloth to fit Punch's

high

it

gather the top

neck,

of the paper
the

or

double

and

neck

the

fasten

the ruffle with

bottom

two

skirt,leaving

it will fit Punch's

that

glue,allowingthe

the

Then

head.

on

to

wide, white

the

together at

distance.

the

at

on

against the

of the dress

of

the

in

up

ruffle,slipit
up

sewed

that

colors.

exactly alike,and

are

bottom

splitup

arms

paper

two

the

of

let it be

bright,gay

extending

seams

sides

the

back

pieces are

two

inches

in very

and

front

this pattern.

patterns, and

on

of soft material

after

dress

Punch's

strong
neck

gathered top
cap

head;

of
trim

of

brilliant
it with

turned
to

With

slipthe
thumb

your
and

arms,

stitch

make

both

with

first

fingerof

and

second

by
cut

off the

long

for

head

ends

Judy.

You

will

laugh

of both

did

you

pasted

paper

folds

in

bring

the

on

and

over

outside

Judy's
ends

above

the

inside

while

he

ulates
gesticit,and

know

you

paper

(Fig.46).

Head

but omit

Punch,
chin.

neck

They

with

the

should

cloth

and

and

ears

not

be

fasten

of the

of the

neck

the

on

Paint

the

details

make

Judy's head
hands

the

back

Judy's
respects

mentioned,
the

did that of Punch.

and

the

hair

paper

than

the double

on

loosely

In all other

arms

; then

Paste

ears.

head.

the

down

eyes blue.

her

in the

ular
irreg-

if combed

as

lower

you

neck,

hair

narrow

top opening of the head

of

hand

his head

same

as

Make
the same,

ruffle for the neck

an

stick.

pieces of yellow tissue

of two

over

the

cap

fasten

that

blond

Make

of Punch.

and

nose

of

glue the

in Punch's

up

before

51

band
as

same

old Punch

Judy's

Strengthen

together as

the

twist

for the head

the pattern used

serve

left hand

your

and

elastic

to

and

Make

white

an

or

fingerof

funny

your

with

turn

arms.

delightedwith

two

or

Show

Judy

right hand

his

Punch

and

edged

green

lighterin

paper

Now

be

of vivid

head.

inked

run

band

up

the

Punch

Doorway

Fig. 47."

Judy

wra

look

uke

this.

so

the

52

Parties, Shows,
the

the same,

from

Judy's cap
it

dress

about

inch

about

paper

several

hands

your

the

the

near

neck

baby's

white

tissue
and

head

the

will

for water

the

Gather

careful

very

the

melt

when

the

possible.
Judy

and

in order
to

learn

the

to

you

to

talk

Punch

for

you

see

course,

baby

in front

how

just how

they
to

Lay

wind

it flat

an

inch

around

top of the

on

each

side

of the

fasten

the

on

water

while

thread

paper

stringsand

the

with

other

hand,

ability. Assume

and

will

have

of

mirror

them.

through

straightstrip of

marked

life and

tissue

face

it

on

with

the colors,

Ready

on

will look

manage

(Fig. 47).

face.

is

Punch,

Of

strings

folds,then,

tissue

cut

much

use

of your

full of

chin

and

white

and

be

All

best

Attach

paper

straighton

paper

play short,
the
to

act

gather

neck, leaving half

cap.

may

tissue

hand,

one

talk and

of voice
make

on

small

back, add

not

the

middle
a

down

When

slip Judy

the

dress,

ends

Features

and

Cut

piece of pink

Draw

piece of

the

Judy's

it into

baby's

at

edge.

it of

form

its

the

cap

head.

be

paint, but

them

Make

at
to

two

under

crush

end

for

the

bring

baby's

to

make

to

paper

Gather

face.

folded

head.

for the

above

times

it circular

the

square.

together,double

it is crushed

around

inches

eight

contrasting color.

Baby

quite lightin weight.

be

of

from

tie them

The
must

but

material, make

one

material, and

same

Entertainments

cut

same

white

thin

entirelyaround,

of the

the

and

as

and

make

deep

tones

for

Judy

high, shrill tones

action,
to

as

funny

practise with

before
you

and

make

Punch,

giving your
them

as

show

act, and

54

and

Parties, Shows,
Punch:

Take

stick.

my
the

Punch

is

will both

we

talking and

while

sing

quick, hurry, quick!

I say;

Begin,

wbile

baby

Now

him!

Entertainments

(Judy

time

keep
runs

with
with

away

watching her; turning, Punch

not

finds

himself alone).
(calls): Baby!

Punch

is tossed

(baby

nose

air

the

(knocks

(Judy appears
I

Judy:
Punch:

his

baby, walks

with
must

this

get

I'll

Just listen

Judy:

boy

my

beautiful

daddy's

your

fly through

can

don't

Why

come?

you

forth).

sleep.

him

amuse

child

(grabs

I want

that

to

see

See!

and

to

crying, "Mama!

heard

See!

back

child

and

calls). Judy!

stick, then

Nonsense,

baby

him;

from below).

up

with

Come

Baby!

my

her

(waves

and

disappears

with

Mama!").
frantically around

arms

and

disappears.)
Punch

(reappearing

flag dance.

our

the

with

We

haven't

given you

along.

hand)

flag in each

hand)

flag in each

Judy! girl,come

(jumps up

Judy

with

Hush,

you'll wake

Punch,

baby.
Punch

sing

music

popular air, then togetherbow

some

girls and

little

(The

let's dance.

Now

plays

and

the two

We've

boys, good-by, everybody.

and

saying:) Good-by

the audience,

to

dance

had

such

good

time.

Good-by, good-by.
The

flags

be

must

stick.
be

may

If

charge

and

much
act.

on

all be

can

others,

companion
of

Judy

of

paper

represented,

all the

from

be

fastened

They

be

may

while

easier, for

home

sticks,made
American
each

or

red,

as

will
you

then

green,

help

you

be

yellow

with

attend

like Punch's

the
to

of
and

only

other

nations

color, differing

blue.

show

Punch,

will have

solid

they

paper-lighter

three

flags,or

flag can

but

manufacture,

store

or

by taking complete
the
one

management

will

doll

talk

to

make

CHAPTER

HALLOWE'EN

MERRYMAKING

Novel

HIS

of

Ways
the

year

annual

fairies

is

wilder

pranks

the

into

folks

elves
will

be

them

in

braid

must

delighted
the

to

usual

fashion.

grass

bushes
a

on

fulfilment
after
as

is best, but

(Fig. 48),

wish

each

of

come

or

grass
the

Hallowe'en.

they

and

make

the

little

reveal

many
in

holds

store

to

fairies, gnomes

and

Hallowe'en

frolic;

your
of

you

course,

Instead

of

vite
in-

cannot

writing notes,

you

three

Invitation

fresh

fun

them,

future

the

though

come,

heartily

us.

Ask

they

the

long

enter

surely

the

teries
mys-

many

for

will

with

madder

we

spiritof

secrets

for

and

if

preparations

of the

celebrated

for

and

Fortunes

festival

be

to

than
season,

Telling

the

lay

wish,
The

dried

them

ring
you

of

Rings

as

Will
the

on

it is
must

Grass
do

into

not

floating along through

55

the

rings

on

window-sill, making

place.
the

see

will

the

hang

and

"

outside

put

fairy troupe

"

find

air

on

To

insure

rings again
the

green

gay-colored

the
until

circles
bub-

the

bles from

of

magic spring waters

of October

days

fairies

Entertainments

and

Parties, Shows,

56

always looking

are

such

for

Here

invitations.

are

the
in

games
to

lives

clouds

that

on

the

southward

wind.

northwest

Black

the

Cats,

friends

and

of

panions
com-

witches,

wonderful

with,

cats

can

work

and

it is cats,

to

all

but

charm,

ably
prefer-

or

kittens, you

the

Hang

"

rings

on

boy present

bright ribbons

tie

end

leavingone

guests in

quietly for
With

the

room

second; then
"Hold
of you
the

out

the

at

of the
a

Hallowe'en

ribbon

semicircle

few

frolic.

your

little creature

pussy

Seat

your

the

or

suddenly put

e'en
Hallow-

them

the

out

stillness

cat,

every

sit

to

lights.
for

ensue

distinctly:

and

fairy.

(here pause

Ask

room.

girl

colored

different

yard long.

each

of

let absolute

right hand

for

hiding

neck

and

slowly and

disguised gnome

rite.

the

around

moments,

very

be

..

With

around

one

in total darkness
say

first

must

tinklingbell

must

bushes.
in

and

the

for

There
Fig. 48.

are

creatures

conjure

have

by

me

who

witch
black

the

sail

and

revealed

old

of the

some

ceremonies

newly

last

the

Fairyland. During

for

there
Be
a

will
very

come

each

to

gentle and

moment);

for

if

kind

by

one

to

any

Hallowe'en

chance

ill befall
will

and

do

then

pause;

for

nothing

I caution

"So

say:

until

you

angry

Hallowe'en."

next
once

you

will be

fairies

disguised sprite the

the

57

Merrymaking

more

Again

be

"

kind

and

gentle."
Have
you

some

lead

may

the

other

the

line

all into

the

Hold

delay.

the

the

little creature

guests

there

and

at

will
his

hold

must

her

time

wildly over
given

reaches
with

up
or

the

to

or

wait

for the

not

the

little creatures

the

spellwill

be

broken.

the

row

tape.

of fate.

race

kittens

The

tape line and

watch

across

kitten

girlor

Each

which

has

the

player
the tape,

that

in unison,

they may

guests should
them

after the

boy

the

Announce

exclaim

must

ments,
com-

on

directlyon

boys

the

Request

in

the

stant
in-

lights

floor

wall.

choose.

they

The

and

The

on

the

on

the

releasingthe

go.

other

tape

face

the

molest

of the room,

Do

successive

surprise at

little gnomes,

way

stripof tape,

along

as

trailingtheir bright streamers.

room

in any

let them

centre

second

the

pass

laughinglyexchanging

girlsand

of the

turn

with

its fore paws

direction

back

scatter

touch

same

in any

stationed

been

with

pussy

the

at

away

may

place

with

clue."

magic

looking

wall, and

the

remain

one

take

now

or

the

to

you

while

each

of

guest,

feet from

funny

given signalall

"Run!"
scamper

next

space

of white

four

their

kneel, with

to

enclosed
that

about

room

fast this

are

piece

hand

given to

boys

as

that

moment's

hand

one

time, and

captive and

hold

pin

must

of the

end

been

girlsand
they

you
one

has

last ribbon

while

and

so, "Hold

do

in

outstretched

the

guest, saying as you

at

without

room

ribbons

ribbon

one

it in

place

the

of

by, in readiness, so

near

darkened

the

ends

take

you

the kittens

keep

one

whose

they
No

signalhas
pussy

first

marked

previouslybeen

will be the first to marry.

kittens

lead

them

to make

away

the
to

goal,but gather

be

seen

no

more,

and

Parties, Shows,

58

shoes

Old
else

So

couple?

strange and

possess

should

why

have

must

we

the

kind

last cat

except toy

the

Place

will do.

ones

newly

wedded

Slippers

Old

of

disappeared,bring

has

of

all know,

we

as

powers

Pair
After

occult

after the coach

them

throw

we

Entertainments

white

the

out

slipperson
laid

paper

table where

slippers;any
sheet

the

on

of

top of

all present may

see.

Explain

the

to

boys

that

they

turn

each

in

crosswise
Fig. 49-Place

and

one

while

slipper

holding
These
Will

the

the

paper

on

the

floor

reach

the

both

player will

be

When

player
When
cross

both
will

go

the

and

toss

Will

(Fig"^

up
:

air.

I pray

be fair?

love

my

show

you

pointing of

sole

or

and

the

slippersa slightupward

as

give

they

may,

the

slippersland
the

the

and

the

manner

down

and

upside
and

have

in

right side

up

do

settled

no

and

which

toss

to

they

do

not

touch, the

home.
not

touch, the

stage.

right slipperis upside down.,

selfish.

toe!

fortune:

great traveller

on

top of the other,

on

right ^

the

tunes
for-

slipper

one

turning of

slippersland
a

into

is mine?

floor indicates

When

be

future

^Q^

one

trying their

repeat the following verse

so,

love be dark?

my

Lift
fall

them

slippersI

What

By

top

of the other.

take

must

by putting
on

girls and

the future

mate

will

Parties, Shows,

60

life will be

and
or

hard

will be

wife

but

old, and

each

be

must

Entertainments

famous.

If the

life will be

Fig. 52.

marbles

and

Set three

"

changed

into

filled with

in

cups

husband

adventure.

The

row.

different

after

cups

blindfolding

player.
As

Hallowe'en

no

ceremonies

there

be

must

With

dish

the

apples

of
and

Apple,

apples and

box

player may

Fig. 53."
an

one

every

push

will

You

an

the

Fig. 54.

marry

in

toothpick

"

the
one

is

once

and

be

in.

When

wooden

the
on

for

ascertain

your

toothpick.

Each

part of the apple ; the spot

any

partner

Fig. 55will

English.

toothpick tells
position,and

can

toothpicks.

mates.

future

Your

will

occupied by
kept

apple

toothpick in

American.

of wooden

toothpicks you

guests the nationalityof their future

Give

without

complete

are

The

be

the

commie,

fortune, but
no

all have

account

inserted

"

Your

come

the
turned
the

future

from

mate

France.

apple

must

after

the

toothpicks

Halloween

each

boy

may

see

and

girlin

while
the

When

life

the left side of the

hold

must

partner will be

apple,the

Italian; sideways

at

the

left

Now

will take

like

with

the

(3)
Walk

without

top of

(Fig. 53);

English (Fig.54) ;

apple,

the

will be

; in the

front, Spanish.

will not

marry.

where

front,

will

mate

mate

learn

in the

in the

back, German;

the

if in

be

anese
Jap-

When

wedding

go"

you

words

Walk

Walk

cording
ac-

(1)
ward,
back-

(4)

toes,

on

the

fill in

numbers:

raising feet, (9)

toes,

(10)

Walk

and

the

foot

other, (11) Run

Walk

(6)

on

Run

on

toes

heel

of

of
the

heels, (12)

sideways.
In

the

spaces

insert:

under

ding"
"Wed-

(1) Church,

(2)
Fig. 56.

On

the

fast, (7) Skip, (8) Walk

Walk

one

in

for

heels, (5) Run,

on

American

forecastingto

have

way

slowly, (2)

Walk

on

"The

the

of

must

following
to

that all

Race

Fig. 56;

under

spaces

player

prepare

Wedding
this you

For

the
fun

place, so

The

card

the

comes

apple

erect

rightside,the

Russian

side,a

toothpick breaks

the

the

top of the

in the

Indian; sideways

an

will be

mate

(Fig.55), in

; in the

her

or

straightand

stands

right side, French

West

his

up

61

the fortune.

toothpick

apple, the

the

turn

read

you

Merrymaking

shipboard, (3) Boarding

"

You

must

for the

prepare

Wedding

card

Race.

like this

Parlies, Shows,

62

(6) Friend's

house, (4) Hotel, (5) Home,

Minister's

(8)

the

Inform

of the

length

must

go

walk

fast, walk

the

on

of

Out

she

or

foot

one

of

and

tain,
moun-

in

walk

may

turn

slowly,

toes, walk

on

heel of the

the

(11)

Doors,
each

walk

backward,

of

(7)Top

guests that

He

room.

toes

home,
(10)

the

sideways, walk

heels, walk

on

house, (9) Tent,

(12) Cave.

Courthouse,

Entertainments

and

other,

etc., etc.
If many

from

one

room,

the

guests

line of the

she

B.

should

line

would

then

have

crossed

the

if

Douglass
Douglass
remark
easier

and

of many

line No.

charming.

is

When

2.

players will

12,

you

should

sideways

across

your

that

be

the

to

read,

"

Always

record ; such

fun.

she

Probably

There

No.

if that

will be

earth.

No.

6,

could

3, Better
a

runaway

friend

be
be

not

there

of

than

match.
in

need

not

at

"Because

Jessie

will be
add

friend

married

ant
pleas-

some

make
will

be

you

place.

5, The

for instance,

Jessie

case

all.

the

initials of

assistance.

some

No.

is

in

boys

them

married,

you

better

to

remarks

delightfullittle speeches,but

1 :

his initials

girlsand

be

the

the room,

romantic

reading each
add

find

card, but,

room

all the

word
he also

and

quiet again reigns,read

different

No.

the

across

her

the

of the

line

or

is

put down

Bartlett

Jamie

he

player'sname

is written

same

backward

the followinglist may

difficulty,
for

room,

you

line

after

the
which

the

on

and
the

first

on

player on

in which

manner

if the

card

Won't

cave.

B.

go

room,

walked

line No.

on

referringto
on

J.

to

places where

various

think

initials

belong

No.

crossing the

time

initial of every

across

player'sname

decide

Jamie

runs

at

the

example,

she

the

on

his

write

run

for

room;

C.

the

Write

corresponding to

If the second

"Run."

end.

Carter, and

initials

runs

card

the

crosses

Barbara

in

each

two

start

present,

are

No.

able
find

to

any

Remark
No.

2, How

4, I wonder

dearest

indeed.

things

spot
No.

on

7, I

The

Vesper

63

Rite.

Halloween

hope

will all be

we

certain.

No.

will be

there

9,

Delightful.

So

for

communicative

The

choice.

your

old

Here

you

No.

am

sure

Many

11,

No.

be

may

10,

court-house.

if observed

with

six

Take
into

12, Won't

end, making
Place

just as

out

tellingyou

can

told them.

the

acteristic
principalchar-

half.

round

Shape

hole in the

each
small

candle.

potato candlesticks
which

on

paper

character, such

trait of

parted
im-

she

in

of the

strip of

wind

test.

them

cut

hold

to

in each

candle

disclose
the

to

and

large enough

indicatinga

fortune

rest

by scooping

half candle

each

around

it

northwest

Vesper Rite,

large potatoes

candlestick

the

submitting

one

the

of

solemnity, will

due

of any

witch

are

The

word

No.

wedding.

of Hallowe'en

methods

many

so

half

this

place in

taken

elopement,

gypsy-like.

all at

us

8, An

romantic?

be

take

No.

has

happy marriage
that

invited.

room

65

Merrymaking

as

and

pin

is written

"modesty,"

one

"bash-

fulness," "vanity," etc.

Then

form

magic ring

The

dimly lighted room.

the

of

candles

should

ring

in

be

the

three

about

of

centre

feet

in

diameter.

Blindfold
hands

and

Then,
and

three

run

times

leaving the

her,

trials

at

After
and

reading

fan

fanning
the

third

examine
aloud

around

blindfolded

the

the

to

the

papers

words

must
on

which

entire

and

while

she

the

over

the

candles

reveal

her

feet from

two

chair is

placed

is told to make

back

remove

the

party join

lighted candles.

fall back

her

candles

trial she

the

the

player standing

others

is handed
out

have

players and

facing the ring,let the

before

eyes

of the

one

of the

chair.

bandage

that

are

character.

three

left

from

her

burning,

66

and

Parties, Shows,
To

avoid

taken

that

no

of

danger

any

skirts

approaches

one

Another

Into

brass

beans

Test

Bag

will hold

and

ready
the

into

four

five

or

their midst

in

If either

brightnew

and

bag

into

emptied

three

quarts, pour

hide

quarts

thimble

ring, a

and

old

take

girlor boy

tin cup
out

let each

and

cupful

of beans

which

when

If

the

brass

will marry

shows

finds the

ring in

girlgets

the

thimble

Each

button

in

widower,

that

his buttons

the beans

thimble

it is

she

falls to the lot of

will be

be

sign of
an

old

he will marry

boy

he

but

in

will be

have

is another

boy's cup

bachelor

but

the

end

it is

that

bachelor's

all his life and

she

button

will

sew

on

and
trial,

if

only

corner

Screen

of the

room

screen;

fasten

old muslin

or

the
two

lengthwise

slits for each

centre

player,

qf the

any

expensive
of in-

material

convenient
the

answer

not

breadth

most

the

fall to

is still undecided.

fate

Witch

cloth for the witch

Through

beans

called

test

or

one

her

The
Across

denotes

himself.

player can

Here

of beans

girl'scup

that
share, it signifies

"

must

turn

maid.

The

Fig. 57.

player in

plate.

early marriage.

maid, and

her

closelyafter they

too

button.

Have

dip

that

bag

of dried

and

the candles

be

must

is called the

game

Bean

an

catching fire,care

lighted.

are

an

Entertainments

too

will
if

purpose

thin.

Through

lengthwise

centre

cloth cut

of

the

cloth

CUt

tWO

68

and

Parties, Shows,
After

by

have

you

the screen,

which

has

made

take

been

words, "I give you

the

girlsand

feel

there

it,and

tempted

boys

to

may

the

hand

the

hot

hot

lava;

what

see

potato and
hint

the

dare

that end

As

that

It will enable

dulnessof
no

the

surprises.Use
third

(Fig.61).

Baby
The

difficulties

the

of the
the

it away
the

as

bor
neigh-

next

hot

last

screen

precious

on

lava

tray.
is disposed

tell the company

and

to see

next

charm

is

piece of

Crystal
and

understand

everything

also

crystalbrings

friends

piece of

charm

historyspecimen,
The

and

so,

surprises.
delightful

comprehension, no

for this. The

natural

and

drop

To

and

them

quickly and clearly; it will

friends

the

Japanese

Wonderful

gain new

do

to

Japanese

crystal.

more

sorely

receive

store

of, arise

(Fig.60).

will be

back

must

soon

assuredly

reaches

one

object and

wonderful

Though

equally startled.

be

lava

player,some

-The

line with

it on."

being given,the

When

at

of the

in turn

yet not

oughly
thor-

become

to

pass

will in turn

Fig. 60.

potato (Fig.58),

head

for each

hidden

and,

they have, they can

fun,

no

the

at

charmed

in the

comes

drop

in the

not

side

at your

only long enough

oven

heated; place it
the

tray

the

in

little speech, sit down

your

from

Entertainments

is

ice

rare

called

Porcupine

little creature

fies
signi-

successfullyOver-

Fig. 61.

"

The

baby

porcupine.

Halloween

but

come,

is in

the

dropped

if

forms

the

of wild

and

will be
a

lost with

snake
One

of soft

of the

best

It

means

if

dropped,

the

first

the

returning

the

boys gather

can

laugh

and

effect

of

The

breadth

of

the features
Slide

each

to

firmly on
and

back

Erect

lower

supported by being

centre

of

fit;

you

or

may
and

sink

the

the end

enhanced

of
of

nails

inserted

in

driven

content.

moons,

comic

kin
pump-

inside

the

lightplaced
in

pole

hole

they

it black
a

on

around
may

deep pail of

form
stones

over

inside.

the pumpkin

rest

bored

it must

girls

by using

pole,and

on

on

where

hearts'

screen

real

of each

end

pole into

be

fastened

heavy piece of plank, where

can

their

them

let the

charms,

pasting

paper

place

to

of the

end

long, strong
The

Hand

that before

and

screen

tray of queer

each

on

perils.

will

you

witch

up, instead

head

and

tested, announce

comments

white

lightthem

pole.

the

screen

at

lands, but

beautiful

and

witches

muslin

with

four

serpent is

Sea

storms

been

the

witch

head,

The

oyster.

the

to

exchange

etc.

proof

the charm

forest,but

Blue

new

encounter

have

around

pumpkin

top of the

will

brilliant-red

stars, cats,
lantern

turn

the

boys

faculty of taming

its way.

on

Great

to

voyage

treasures

and

of the
it

the

from

charms

then

exhibition;

the

imparts

pass

slippery raw

all the

When

girlsand

fairygiftsis

ocean

pine
porcu-

dough.

player

player

all

inhabitants

Treasure

joyous

and

failingto

made

The

reversed.

Serpent

it renders

animals,

one

Harmless

of many

making pets

will be

bur.

charm;

fourth

against fear

fortune

chestnut

realitya

69

Merrymaking

the

near

be

steadied

through
a

very
and

the

tight
earth.

and

Parties, Shows,

70

If it is
the

have

possibleto

effect

the

screen,

only lightin

the

room

will add

to

the

produced

all decorations

Make
avoid

the

Entertainments

Let

the

least

the

to

back
and

mystery

funny

as

anything grotesquelyunpleasant.
from

placed

as

every

chantment.
en-

you

like, but

item

be

able,
agreefor

important arrangement

most

of

the

evening's fun.
A

of

pretty way

very

tellingfortunes
Airships

Fairy
made

feathers.

of

girlsand
written

boys
on

Take

in the

as

fluffyfeathers

many

party and

paste

such

bit of paper,

Yes,

I'll try,

No,

When

Sometime,

Of

Possibly,

Three

Never,

Before

At

Not

twenty-five,

Depends

on

have

and

or

myself,

At

the

the

impressively say

the

comes,

course,

times,

if I

it,

know

you

help it,

can

launch

box-lid

player must

order

has

the

high

pasteboard box-lid, which

holes, and, standing
in the

air while

"These

company:

been

the

with

every
endeavor
restored

ships of

fate

to

and

as

catch
all have

one

slowly

you

marry?"

you

by fanning vigorously

large palm-leaf fan,

direction;

on

fairy airships

Will

regarding marriage.

ships flying in

air each

When

"marry"
the

to

full of

box-lid

fate

your

under
send

fairy airships into

chair, hold

the word

the time

Doubtful,

previouslypunched

will decide

prophecy

Surely.

all the

Put

are

Certainly,

If I can,

stool

feather

each

on

there

as

as:

Probably,

you

is with

they

sail

before
their

which

will

through

it falls.

each
airships,

Halloween
girland

boy

in turn

Merrymaking
the

prophecy brought by

fairyvessel.

the

party will enjoy the

All the

Stone

Blarney
Place
rests

certain

in the

when

prove

walk

clock

the

away
strikes

During

to

up

where

she

the

will

ever

of each

of the

they

in Ireland

that

if

after

kiss

be

Then

tie

turn

long

the

jollyand
kerchief
hand-

and

the witches

will do

to

girlor

and

players in
before

guests

transmitted

table

agreeablecompanion.

before

let

come

the

midnight.

evening

be

is

Three

is

is

Six,
Seven

carriage,

cart,

dress,

new

new

is

hat,
pet dog,

Eight, a pet
Nine
Ten

one

lightheart,

is

Four
Five

write

good fortune,

Two

is

is

Eleven

Twelve

cat,

letter,

pleasure,

is

by

the

Jingle

different sheets of paper

"One

try fortunes

to

sure

Fortune

On

he

or

the

to

up

try to kiss the stone

at

be

to

they stand, and

magic spell,which

twelve

Stone

Blarney
stone

walk

can

eyes

and

famous

tell your

and

room,

wonderful

room

most

the

of the

the

on

Game

doily-coveredfancy platewhich

centre

Blarney Stone,

and

take

on

of that

very

across

them

the

blindfolded,

Hallowe'en

happy

stone

spellcast

the virtues

stone

boy,

in

table

caused
the

large,clean

on

that

to

aloud

read

must

71

great joy,

is

treasure."

of the

followingverses:

12

each

Place

of

squares

envelopes
When

all

aloud,

player

from

the

have

missives

"One
number

succession,

every

backs

been

reads,

and

envelope

of

number

has

one

second

taken

and

receiving

other

bringing

verses

its

verse

and

the

follow
to

in

the

ber
num-

of

on.

so

for

given
one

after

gift

choice

signal

immediately
the

at

first

choice,
the

on

Distribute

beginning

brings

player

all

hang

chairs.

two

number

fortune";

good

two

Two

and

envelope

with

the

envelopes,
is

the

to

receiving

line.

Entertainments

separate

marked

The

the

opening

each

and

tied

and

paper

one.

in

verse

stretched

string

with

Shows,

Parties,

reads

person
cal
numeri-

recipient

74

76

and

Parties, Shows,
of

wall

stage from

the

in

measurement

back

stage from

to

top

turning the

front

C.

front

of floor

edge

Fig. 63.

"

The

box

wooden

C,

for

cut

the

Fig. 64),

top edge of the

make

the

the

exact

distance

to

side

wall

Fig. 64.

"

to

Knock

green

across

fold

the
the

paper
inside
paper

floor

of

extra

inches

the
back

the

and

measurement.

top

width

from

evenly along

and

one

of

long sides.

required
wall

wall

off the

the

stripof

E, then

back

length according

Titania's

the

continue

stage.

stage.

To

the

across

allowing five

After

Titania's

"

the

over

paper

to

straightline

Fig. 62.

for

(A

bottom

same

to

Entertainments

each

measure

side

wall

lengthwise

of

Dance

against the
Cut

stage.

wall

and

width

it the

edge, making

wall

over

short

slits

on

each

the

extra

that

Bend

side walls.

its top

wall, again slashing a little

edge

of

edge

of the

floor;

fasten

it in

place with

at

the

where

and

wall

the

for

inside

the

pretty

Back

"

reverse

two

and

cut

tacks

wing

"

for

one

of

four

of them

that

wings, like Fig.66,

walls, and

reverse

one

then

the outside

on

middle

tacks

; two

front

of floor.
the

fasten

the

Fig. 67.

inside

paper

of

the

the

green

they
from

of these

than

may

wings

stage

to

like

face

walls

each

paper

of

also.

The

the

for each

side

two

like

of the stage

other.

lightergreen
walls

wall

this.

Cut

trees.

the

of the

outside

wings, two

Fasten

"

stage.

darker

tacks

fit and

stage, to represent the foliageof

paper

front

perfectlysmooth,

finished,cover

Make

Forward

the

top

possible.

as

is

it fit

over

paper

floor

top of the

make

underneath

to

paper

the

against the

the

to

in the

one

three

and

papering

Fig. 66.

stage.

the

few

the

tacks, using three

meet,

cretonne.

wing

Fig. 65, from

the

as

side

lies

paper

corner

walls,

with

walls

Fig. 65.

side

the

where'

over

paper

floor of the

lie flat up

each

bend

way

small

each

floor

stage with

make

that

at

When

and

see

one

the

side of

same

back,

Measure
on

the

the

paper

may

on

adjust the

over

top edge of the paper

the

In

the

of

width

and

and

edge

side

back

wall.

11

unfold

needed;

back

meet,

Titania

of the

Then
than

stage

78

with

the

forming

green
extend

each

Bend

wing

the

from

(Fig. 66)
back

from

floor
wall.

back

three

walls

line

same

of

tones

wings long enough

each

on

different

side

the

and

side

top of the

the

In

side wall

each

on

the

the

dotted

at

Fig. 65
to

three

the

paste the

about

bent

front

inches

four
the

fasten

manner

in

stage.

wall, running the

wall

inches

of

to

the

of

wings
first

or

wing (Fig.67).
Cut

the

than

higher

or

make
Cut

background.

wing

one

from

up

will

wings

strip lengthwise

of

margin

the

high

as

up

of

sets

two

Entertainments

and

Parties, Shows,

the

arch

pasteboard

(Fig. 68)
will do.

box

of

stiff

the

Make
the

arch

stage and

its two
Fig. 68."

The

green

paper,

ends

of the

arch

69.

"

Tack

the

half

ends

span
the

front of

lower

centre

to

edge
the

of

inches

of the

arch

be

higher than

(see dotted

line,Fig.

arch.

68).
with

let the

in

five and

the

of

cover

long enough

across

space

curve

The

pasteboard.

gluing
to

the

top of the

it

on

only along

the top of the two

ends
two

of

side

the

arch

walls.

Cover

at the

side

Fig.

both
the

sides

edges.

walls

70.

"

of the

arch

Tack

the

(Fig.69).

Pasteboard
for front

extension

of stage.

of Titania

Dance

Cut

pieces of pasteboard

two

inches

wide

and

high

as

of the arch.

of the centre
and

almost

back.

Tack

Paper

Fig.

70,

floor of stage

these

also with

pasteboard

r\

Fig.

71.

Tack

"

of

piece

one

pasteboard

on

wall of the stage,

the

front

edge

of each

allowing it to

beyond

the side wall

(Fig.71).

of the

back

wall

your

stage will be finished.

floor,and

inside

of

inches

be ten

73 is the

two

height from

in

diagram

upper

75.

of

the

from

body

width

one

the

two

hole with

the

on

side wall

top

both

front

front

edge

of

the

stage.

from

out

and

gimletthrough

stage five inches

When
the

toes

to

and

arms,

top of head

portions (length three

Join

is the

up

from

the

Titania

her

portions of

inches, greatest
lower

light-weightcardboard.

inches
five-eighths
the

Bore

of the

Make

(Fig. 72)

as

green,

extend

side

centre

six

r\

of each

the

each

making

from

the

piece of

one

like

79

the

to

finished

parts of each

should

top of her head.

lower

edge

of

Fig.

three

and

body.

Cut

measuring

legs (length two

inch) from
Fig. 74,

and

she

and
and

one-

half

the

two

three-eighthsinches) from

legtogether,according to

Fig.
the

80

dots, with
on

front

and

thread

strong

back,

so

that

and
the

Attach

thread
the

and

sandwiched

legs to

the

body

needle,

two

Fig. 72.

same

Entertainments

and

Parlies, Shows,

"

and

fasten

pieces will

be

with

strung upon

knot
the

Titania.

between

in the

two
same

knots
manner.

of the
The

thread.
small

Dance

circles A, A
the

where
each

thread

should

letter shows

reach.

should

doll's

the

on

leg (Fig.74) where

through, and

the upper

edge

the

marks

the

81

the

body (Fig. 73) give

pass

where
Dot

of Titania

thread

the

of the

part of the

upper

through, joining the leg to

goes

74-

Two

"

Cut

"

the

Titania

the

it out

that
upper

and

the

the

it

on

printed head

jointsof

the

in

the

face,

must

neck

paint; color

the

and

the doll

of

part

securely fastened

old paper

some

pasteboard

must

figurewill

colors,you

Lower

"

and

easily.

move

not

part of the doll should

otherwise
in

to

pretty head
gum

Fig. 75.

legs.

legs.

all the

only loose enough

Find

of

arms

like this.

Have

body.

body and

upper

of

portions

73.

line above

curved

Fig.

Fig.

spots

top part of the leg

the

point on

exact

be

be

Remember,

heavy

very

lighterin weight

balance.

not

head.

of

advertisement, cut

or

If you

lipsand

flat wash

cheeks

of

red, the

as

paper,

than

cannot

the
find

paint the printed black-and-white

arms

though,
lower,
a

one;

the

head

give

light-pinkwater-color
eyes

blue

and

the hair

82

Parlies, Shows,

brown.

Make

the

flesh tones, and

and

Entertainments

long stockings a

darker

paste slippersof giltpaper

the

on

hole

needle
of

centre

belt-line

Cut

wide

and

to

your

partiallyclosed

doll

together

in

the

three-fourth

dress
inches

plaits,running
over

the

white

portion of
airy.
narrow

the

Fashion

pink

up

of

chiffon.

pink

long and
and

one

down,

the

clothing,as
ribbons

at

of

the

the

Cut

yard wide,
then

tissue-paperskirt.
the waist

hand.

the

doll,then slit
the lower

side from
allow

gather
Do

not

the

of

free

the

dress

limbs.

skirt three

and

it in knife-blade

press
and

doll's

tie it

attempt

the doll

on

to

hem

any

keep

it all

lightand

stripof pink

chiffon

tied with

object is

smooth

of

shoulders

to

and

"

needle, and

this way.

motion
Make

through

and

it on

to

from

top of the skirt

thread

edge
String the

lengthwise
bottom

each

up

with

drawing

top

fasten

after

by gathering

skirt

the

and

fulness

the

with

"

skirt

fingers and

Gather

Fig. 76.

long,

the

up

it sixteen
three

inches

creasing the

your

(C.

plainwhite

skirt of

half

the

Costume

tissue paper.
inches

For

Titania's
a

with

through

the

Fig. 76).

make

light

feet.

Puncture
coarse

the

than

pink

brought

down

to

the

of

ately

back

from

slipping

end

up

and

another

and
either

on

the

Place

station

can

yards

two

her

make

She
then

will

twinkle

and

centre

dance

while

to

her

the

right

floating

all

dance

and

to

dress

from

side

you

prettiest

is

the

fairy

When
invite

you

she

ever

your

friends

loose
wound

will

of

thread

until

to

one

and

learned

to

to

see

forth

stand

in

the

make
little

the
and

play
she

to

seem

beautiful

dance

in

move

and

back

or

you

toes,

will
feet

fascinating,
some

stage;

her

on

her

stage,

the

attitudes.

she

pass

your

until

stand

floor;

the

of

take

graceful

will

Queen
have

the

the

side

be

may

front

many

left,

Ask

movements.

make

music.

to

in

faster

floor;

Titania
her

in

and

long,

hand,

your

of

touch

faster

stage

in

and

the

the

it

her

prevent

Chair

means

and

her

the

dance.
in

graceful

time

if

as

pose

that

from

by

to

use.

thread

away

again

over

on

the

Titania

making
slowly,

fairly
almost

the

to

curtsey,
and

piano

glide,

lean

gently

more

or

Queen
Tie

in

not

Stage

carrying

moving

practise

then

and,

light

the

facing

the

spool,

empty
when

tangling

from

kept

of

backward.

or

small

Entertainments

front

in

forward

thread

the

of

and

Shows,

Parties,

84

the

on

will

keep

Titania

fairy.

VII

CHAPTER

PARTY

THANKSGIVING

Apple,

and

Orange

Pumpkin

Games

have

must

for

pumpkins

but

and

real

ones

not

find

So

shall

we

have

to

make

size

apples

possible

as

bottom.

Cut

tissue

diameter,

somewhat

all

flattened

as

near

at

an

stem

permost,
upon

its

(Fig.

centre

tiSSUe

preferably

in

paper

apple,

side

inches

colored

stand

Bring
of
paper

one

the
Up

Fig.

large.

into

of

orange

79).

and

two

too

square

and

about

apples

and

natural

because
much

are

for

Pumpkins

Little

Select

and

oranges

near,

required size,

them,

pumpkins

hunt

may

and

far

low,
the

we

yellow

giving
Thanks-

new

our

game,

high

little

six

79.

"

Stand

85

an

apple

on

square

of

paper.

top

of
and

86

to

and

Parlies, Shows,
the

top of the apple and

same

time

80).

Make

it up

smoothing
several

around
the

up
the

and

and

Fig. 81.

paper

are

(Fig.82).

"

the

over

all

the

Bring

the

folded

and

Hold

the

your

right hand

stem

(Fig.83).

Take

twist

apple

nearest

and

corner

the

ends

the

at

the

apple (Fig.

nearest

plaitingthe

corner

tissue

constantlysmoothing
until

the

corners

of

the

paper

apple
of

to

brought together at
covered

the

bring

paper,

of

plait in the paper.

while

edges

of

bottom

Continue

apple top.

apple (Fig.81)

bottom

covered

to the

the

from

the

plaitin

wee

plaitsand

more

Fig. 80."

the paper

take

Entertainments

apple
of

in

the

the

the

the

your
tissue

is

it up

paper
from

completely

orange-colored

top

of

apple.

top of the

left hand
paper

and
around

apple
with
the

S"eo".Td--"
Playing

the

Pumpkin

87

Game.

Thanksgiving
the

Examine
in the

Tie

end

one

Fig. 82.

of

Constantly

"

until

bottom

The

Fig. 84.

"

Wind

end

the

that.

sure

that

the

entire

covering

piece of

brown

twist

around

thread

must

pass

long

around

second

of the

end
the

of the thread

the

that
time

As

across

thread

the

the

exact

"

you

the

wind
not

Pinch

the thread
swerve

thread

smooth.
of the

base

ends

the

it in

secure

Fig. 85.

ridges

of

the

paper

stem.

tightlyaround

paper

it may
wind

the

Twist

"

once

to

stem

apple.

apple.

thread

lies flat and

around

end

the

Fig. 83.

raised

no

are

around

thread

the

from

it up

there

is covered.

long

of the

watch

the

tightly

som

make

apple

apple,giving it
84).

and

smooth

the

Wind

stem.

apple

and

paper

89

Parly

centre

square

over

of the

of green

blos-

tissue

the fruit and

turn

the

place (Fig.

the stem.

either to

around

the

this

side

or

apple, making

and

Parties, Shows,

90

the

first

with

encirclingthread

another

Fig. 86.

"

Tie

of

the

cure

the

around

of

the

about

all the

the

and

stem,

quarters in the

brightgreen

the
it

87).
the

curls,and

should

lines

Find

diagonally across

the base

the

(Fig.86).

of

result

the

stem

will

be

yellow pumpkin
how

shows

88

should

meet

end

at

of the

six

inches

the

(Fig.

the

cross

centre

of

fruit.

long and

inches

meet.

the

tight and

and

about
nineteen

"

cross

The

(Fig.89).

little

(Fig.85),

stem

end

small

ordinary pastry- board

twentythreads

pinch

close

the

pieces.

two

then

around

blossom
An

the

se-

pumpkin.

it around

into

extreme

Fig.

threads

wind

the covered

over

cunning

how

band

quarters,

little yellow

way,

thread

"

it down

until

Shows

into

each

same

tissue paper

Bend

"

apple

again

opposite quarters

tie

88.

this double

base

smooth

Fig.

Cross

Fig. 87.

apple, dividing two

square

the

stem.

thread

Divide

double.

band, marking

double

thread

band

Entertainments

centre

from

Game

wide

must

do

duty

for

Court

of the

board

corner

to

by running
corner,

the

two

straight

spot where

the

and

Parties, Shows,

92

The
may

be

played by

spin

the

apple

roll

and

pumpkins

of the
Each
taken

the

second

apple
may

trial she

When

and
When

trial; if

the

next

player.

lands

rounds
When

off

on

visions
di-

Often

constitute

each

side.

The

the

next

game

the

lightof only

side

the

division

alty.
penit

kin
pump-

division,

same

in that division.

merely

ready

equal

for the

scored

highestrecord
an

each

After

circle

the

the

it stops;

player scores

be

making

which

in the

the

must

other

Every

it lands.

the

and

no

on

will strike several

on

the

of

circle

rolls off

divisions.

which

on

central

dividing lines

the number

there

sides

played by

spinning

being

will land

game

The

being

rolls off the board

apple

an

replaced in

be

must

turns

apple

of

pumpkin,

one

division

one

the

different

landing counts
but

apple

one

the

time,

small

turn, there
on

in

number

of
wins

highest score

by

leader
must

must

speak

playerssit on
pumpkin lanterns

let all the

wee

Rapid-Transit

He

surrounding

game.
For

The

the

pumpkin

one

sends

pumpkins

players on

and

her

number

so

of that

play

the

loses

them

than

apple

number

wins.

another

the

on

have

pumpkin

Five

started

at

players.

When

the

more

the

is to

game

highest marked

the

trial

one

different

be

pumpkin

counts

each

only

against the player.

sometimes

of the

more

to

on

is stationed.

pumpkins, sending
then

or

them

the

simply

ten

counts

the

allowed

always

must

player

one

the

game-court.

player is

apple

where
the

shove

or

object of

The

it will hit

successivelyby

the

Game

number.

any

that

so

Entertainments

Thanksgiving

begin the tale,which

for

only

few

may

minutes,

the

floor in

tell

ring

Story
or

then

may

not

stop, when

be

original.
his

right

Thanksgiving
hand

neighbor,

carry

it

for

on

round, each

privilegeof
tale.

preceding part

may

change

the

be

may

greater the interest; but

the

the

between
The

entire

must

burns

pumpkins
story when

the

there

his turn

player
he

must

the

for

guests

many

for the

girland boy present.

firm and
steady on the
face, and
with

crescent

for the

nose,

the

Turn

Fig. 93.

of the

With
cut
to

away

turned
small

two

the

to

them

tion
connec-

before.

gone

the

wee

continue

the

when

the

forfeit,and

turned

and

fun.
small

into

groups

Lantern

apple
Be

small

Take

small

while

blade

the inside

cut

drive the knife far

the

penknife

mouth.

opening

an

not

cutting the

of the

of the

for the

for eyes, and

extremely cautious

skin

of

Select

short

two

best

cut

Cut

which

on

side
it

triangle

crescents,

eyebrows (Fig.92).

and

over

symmetrical apple
end.

blade

upward

for

blossom

squares

upward,

apple
the

the

with

ends

points turned
at

snatches

lightin

fail to

fairy

miniature

Pumpkin

stands

or

some

has

the

should
pay

original,

rapid-transitstory.

Make

for each

be

which

before

Every

It is also the

dream,

always

present, divide

are

tale

recited,or

story is finished,redeeming the forfeits adds

If

the

so.
a

the

story goes

story is twisted

that

finished

comes,

to

verses

must

be
If

out.

be

not

story

part being told and

romance

portion of

introduced,

fact, the oftener

in

sung;

to

one

every

Quotations

of song

his

the

story and

tellinghis part.

turn

privilegeof making
the

though

even

in

the

up

this way

In

moments.

right-hand player

the

player has

few

take

hesitation,must

without

93

Parly

to

in the back

break

features

penknife inserted

or

and
at the

tear

back

the

into the

back

apple to puncture

edges

opening.
opening

apple little by little,

taking great

enough

shown

as

care

not

the skin.

and

Parties, Shows,

94

When

you

reach

the

until the

around

core,

is

core

Entertainments

the

screw

large

broken
sufficiently

blade

the

of

being

allow

to

knife

of

cut

-^

Fig. 92.

Cut

"

in

features

the

Fig. 93.

miniature

Cut

"

without

away

opening

an

at

the

back.

pumpkin.

skin

apple

injuring the

of

danger

accidental

by

stabs.
After

and

around

the

of

most

look

at

the

through them,

insert

apple, through

each

the

without

meat,

apple and work

and
making

Then

once

This

time

the

the

the

should

the

features.

an
from

the

daylight

outside

of the

by degrees
the

of

turn

the

to

of

next

You

look

for you

see

ures.
feat-

the

the

of
tents
con-

skin.

outside.

for all

help

cannot

you

away

back

the

to

from

features

cut

different

more

thinner

apple

see

yet

distinctlyclear openings

be

now,

the

turn

inside,removing

when

at

the

such

little face.
a

short

ordinary

wax

section
candle

from

(Fig.

section

candle.

from

in turn, and

result

Cut

blade

layer of apple

comical

Cut

cannot

ineffectual,again

from

apple

"

if you

enlarging the openings

smiling

Fig. 94.

small

feature

removed

been

try through the

more

the

has

features;

this prove

Should
the

inside

94),shave

down

"

the

"

Fig. 95.

"

Make

the

bot-

sides,mak-

torn

larger than

the top.

Thanksgiving
ing
a

the

heavier

bottom

pin through

pull it

the

the

of

outside

firmly in place;

the base

the candle

Manufacture
way,

front

of every

each
for

makes
to

on

the

is blindfolded

needs

other

the

The

in the

effect will be

be

may

lanterns

(Figs.96 and
given

are

and

and

see

trifle

cap,

which

examine

and

arrives

when

lightthe
pulp

cut

in

in the

lantern

in

candle

in

and

charming

all the

make

lanterns
set

inspiring

extracted
a

the

also

similar

way

97).

as

Forfeit

redeemed
seated.

out

candle

apple on

circle and

with

the

Fig. 97.

individual

in the

the

pin

of

pinhole in

hollowing out

Lanterns.

time
story-telling

boy

from

up

hold

pumpkin

lanterns

the forfeits

should

pull

so,

bottom

into the

all the

and

pin

thinking

your

pumpkin-like

Anything

and

pin

firm.

girland

apple

skin

slightrise

story-tellers.Oranges
very

the

Run

top; then

to

of the

absolutelystraightand

little pumpkin.
the

fit the

to

when

and

same

run

candle

Orange

Put

stand

you

do

possiblythe

bottom

centre

the

not

from
the

if it does

in order

stands.

candle

while

top (Fig.95).

on

The

Fig. 96.

at

inside

place

the

candle

little candle.

is the matter;

what

of the

apple, through

of the

the centre

largerthan

candle

it in

apple, hold

the

centre

the

Fit

out.

and

95

Party

in the
A

good

girlor

old way.

The

stands

back

boy

leader
of the

96

Parties,

leader,

and,

taking

while

repeating

head."

The
If

if

to

do

kneel

smile

making

never

cause

and

girl

boy
return

may

happy

the

and

player
should

be

the

leader

penalty
to

leader

to

The

as

feel

in

given

to

their

homes

pleased

with

their

girl,

the

names

inflict

may

funny

just

she

as

least

the

as

or,

evening's

shall

penalty,
look
of

desires,

the

time

as

fun.

or

it
for

possible,

Thanksgiving

as,

then

these,
but

the

such

angry,

uncomfortable,

good

from

one

fine?"
super-

"superfine,"

"What

your

or

is

adds,

head,

over

"Fine

answer

wittiest,

her

over

hangs

question:

player

The

bow

prettiest,

same

it?"

sweetest.

your

other,

all

the

to

The

redeem

to

to

belongs

"fine."

boy,

owner

forfeit

the

it

heavy

"Heavy,
with

replies

holds

forfeits,

words,

these

leader
the

the

of

one

Entertainments

and

Shows,

any
must

every
that

games

VIII

CHAPTER

PICTURES

MOVING

IMPROMPTU

FOR

THANKSGIVING

is

entertainment

HIS

get

boys
if

well

one

is

take

may

hearty

laugh,

which
the

after

funny

give
all

we

can

course

very

will

and

out

thing

good

of

is

It

part.

carried

girls

though

themselves,

up

that

one

every
know

Thanksgiving

dinner.

in
Print

it in

large

conspicuous

letters

black

the

make

First

on

to

poster,

place

in

sheet

good-sized

hall
of

be
or

hung
parlor.

wrapping

paper:
There

be

Will

World-Renowned

The

Pictures

Moving

by
No

Madam

Moselle

Expense
Real

or

Being

Effort

of
to

Life
Obtain

Settings

Thanksgiving

Puritan

of

Spared
and

Characters

Other

Risk

Great

at

of

And

of

Exhibition

An

Taken

To-night

from

Scenes

Our

Forefathers.
97

the

Life

and
the

Property.

98

Parties, Shows,
the

Make
the

back

as

of

would

you

the

for

The

well

and

to

faces
their
paper.
man's

Then

and

hands

Only

should

be
and

white

kerchief

shoes

woman's

nearly to

and

cuffs

white

stockings.

Puritan

have

short, full,black

wide

white

terials
ma-

Fig. 98.

"

This

is the

way

cuffs, a

to cut

to

pictures their
with

of
will

and

low

shoes

old

show

strap buckled

long black

cloak

and

across

long

muslin)
edge

staff.

Cut

white

and

should

be

tight
apron,

tightly

of white

the

the

form

low

worn

black

white

or

with

coat

high-crowned, broad-brimmed

collar.

black

one

but

the

For

long

the Puritan's

with

chalk,

fringed tissue

Fig.

99.

"

Cut
like

hat

white,

his shoulders.

ankles;

over

and

Costume

Man's

trousers,

and

hair

these

With

woman.

collar

her

turned

white

made

wigs

down

(cut from

with

cap

the

of

the

hang

black

perfectly white

black

skirt

and

black

and

and

fittinglittle black

trunk

get your

Dress

entirelyof

made

long
and

be

of

be

little of

should

effect

blackened

eyebrows

waist

black

held,

quickly from

very

Woman's

must

man

the

out

carry

costume

Puritan

that of the

as

black

black

up

be

on

hand.

at

as

made

be

may

exhibition.

sheet

is to

performance

lantern

magic

the

where

room

These

ready.

costumes

by stretchinga large white

picture screen

wall

Entertainments

and

stockings.

shoulder
the man's

may

be

wide

the

black

added,

collar and

cuff

this.

leather
also

cuffs like

Pictttres

Moving
and

Figs. 98

Fig.

100.

Put

"

ordinary
which

and

the

the Puritan's

must

hat

hat.

straw

be

in

together

Fig.

for

dinners, and

is the

Fig.

dinner

101.

"

This

its

Fig.

99.

over

paper

is the

102

hat

the

100

an

brim.

crown,

straightedges.

Properties
scene

are

table

long,narrow

for the actors, six

enough

chairs

Fig.

brim, Fig.

pinned together along

Thanksgiving

like

of stiff brown

this way.

101

The
for the

cuffs

woman's

hat is made

the Puritan

how

shows

99,

101

Thanksgiving

for

or

spread

eight taking

part.
Before
in front
she

showing
of the

is about

to

pictures Madam

her
and

screen

say

few

words

Moselle

102.

"

This

is the

crown

stand

extollingthe pictures

present.

Fig.

should

of the Puritan's

hat.

102

and

Parties, Shows,
The

girl who

Madam

represents

little speech, giving a

amusing

and

it

made

be

can

Entertainments

Moselle

deliver

should

foreigner'sidea

of

first Thanksgiving,

our

with

absurdly funny

an

crous
ludi-

its many

mistakes.
the

At

seated

being
As

the

address

quickly

the

table.

of

eating, drinking
should

They

or

and

the

in

empty

chairs.

turned

be

and

on

at

the

table

to

the

safetyof

look

to

appear

the

tardy guests,
of

out

door

the

the

this

will

little

all of the

the

should
be

must

the

and

quivering

movements

must

be

pierced

bristlingwith
be

very

with

encounter

an

with

the

in

hurriedly

Indians.

and

arrows,

the

tan's
Puri-

them.

laughable

if the

acting

the

but

quivering

constant

coming

appear,

and

whole

shaking

is

good,

thing
is

will

kept

up

and
be

by

actors.

picture can
light,and

Puritan

should

by-plays introduced;

spoiled unless
The

their

shake

must

actors

trembling

queer

pictures;and

moving

missing couple

clothes

hat

absurd

the

of

by gestures tellingof

All

great point) the

rapid.

very

Their

in

except

Pantomime

anxiety for

imitation

in

seen

Soon

out

actors

begin

(this is the

while

quiver

always

and

lightshould

two

the

talking.

express

leaving

remain

and

out

put

window.
All

be

them

of

some

and

be

all the

screen,

Thus

must

actors

lightsmust

the

to

possible the

as

time

same

the

at

the

close

quickly arranged

scene

two

of her

close

life

or

be

"flashed

others
the

may

off"
be

the

shown

early history of

screen

by simply turning

giving
our

various

country.

incidents

IX

CHAPTER

ENTERTAINMENT

VALENTINE

ORIGINAL

WITH

VALENTINES

HE

fun
the
of

the

of

heart.

103)

invitation

frolic

is

those

who

along

each

you
four

edge.

will

make

layers

of

of

"

The

give

the

design,
five

and

the

fold

one-half

the

foursquare,

tion
invita-

which

is

also

Fig.

closed.

103

104.

"

the
of

through

the

small

inside

party.

line
out-

of

the

names

of

corner

folded
103.

and

heart,

allowing

Fig.

place

of

where

square
the

of

the

place

side

one

this

mark

to

are

and

and

square
On

paper.

take

outside

the

on

oblong

its centre,
small

time

the

shape

opening

and

104),

the

on

the

to

measuring

paper

this

Fold

through

crosswise

of

piece

square

to

make

To

leads

the

in

are

message

(Fig.

found

are

The

with

begins

party

which

invitations,

(Fig.

centre

Valentine

Invitation

opened.

the

inches

Parties, Shows,

104

the

Cut

all four
sides
down
Cut

105."

the

top of

bv

the

these

cut

the heart
heart

also the

paper,

heart;

shown

as

point of

and

dotted

heart

the

lines

in

rig.

to

the

four

aii

Answers

only part

way

(Fig.105).

The

represent

104

invitations

creases,

might

as

least

girlor

and

table

inside

bottom.

Set

window.

The
be

window

red

mine,

guests, that all may

are

each

of the

the

of

be

tines
girls'valen-

boys' valentines,

screened

fasten

decorate
paper

it up

the

hearts

in festoons.

On

with

an

end

space

on

sheets.

to

serve

the

table

the
in

sheets.

table,resting

box

minus

the

post-office

of

outside

the

top

window

top of the

large letters:

POST-OFFICE

sheets

of various

as

side

each

Across

VALENTINE'S

the

on

wooden

empty

one

with

draped

pasteboard sign marked

white

run

opening, and

stand

and

to

clothes-horse

the

on

selected

Post-Office
a

across

table

ST.

and

of

pileof large books,

should

is

Valentine."

your

each

be

boy

make

can

you

you

pleasure

Address

one.

The

on

as

there

as

Sweetheart," and

My

either

Valentine."

My

Place

me

to

come

appointed, the

valentines

many

will

and

hope you'llaccept

receivingat

"To

heart

day you've

And

of

read

Love, too,

Miss

Darling and

opened your
the

On

Make

Miss

dear

I've

which

of the

CT

"My

Let

through

curves

layers.

"To

(Fig.

the

out

through

sure

before

paper

of

top

layersof

of

the

the

out

of

large square

form

folded, to

105).

Fig.

of the

centre

it is

Entertainments

and

covering

sizes fastened
at

the

the
on

ri^ht-hand

clothes-horse

singly,doubly
side

of the

with
and

window

Sending

Her
105

Valentine.

108

of

specifiednumber
intervals, giving
every

girland

seeks

the

asks

that
and

St.

the

be

wish

neither

the

fulfilled.

who

the

stamps,
until
the

Later

have

their

the

The

valentines

the

they stamp.

spiritof

request is,of

wish

boys

signed

The

of

are

and

the

in

ring, until

the

she

ingly
laugh-

sealed

with

enclosed

of the

contents

girlsfind

the

then, entering

into

evening
and

boy

granted, and

is

the

and

course,

sentiment

of

stamps,

each

being

stamp

aware

fun, they grant

bring

guests may

directed

through
the

either

to

the

boys' wishes

written

as

parlor

closed

on

the

benefit

sign posted

quantitiesof

bows

and

Each

guest is at

arrows

make

company,

slide

her

scamper

valentine
off

before

with

flowers

adorn

it,giving it

her

the
is

they

are

There

door

one

send

desiring to

caught.

valentines

gilded pasteboard hearts,

a

to

and
the

festive

very
the

the

Only

appearance.

evening to slipfrom

hall

door, give

privilegeof opening Cupid's door,

delivering these

keeps

sent

it reads:

during

through

way

under
she

time

any

those

upon

paper

libertyat

hostess

of

not

are

DOOR

CUPID'S

and

especiallyfor

These

guests.

or

post-office.The
for

made

valentines

extra

hostess

St. Valentine's

specialvalentines.

of

the

at

stamps.

The

the

on

bell

his valentine

on

mystery

the

each

at

taps

valentine; then

signed the stamp

girlsnor

valentines

their

with

courteouslygranted.
revealed

of

the

sounds

postmaster

number

supplied

has

be

the

is

boy

Valentine's

boys

different

Entertainments

The

rings.

girlwho

cannot

of

and

Parties, Shows,

Cupid's door,

quick

the

to her

to

knock

and

has

hostess

the

belongs the pleasure

various

guests

for

whom

intended.
are

many

stylesof

valentines

which

you

can

make.

with

Entertainment
is effective and

106

Fig.

Original

requiresonly

Valentines

few

moments

109

to

facture.
manu-

For
The

use

plain white

three

one-half

and

hearts

graduated
red

paper,

green,

and

of
then
blue

paper.

each

heart

the

top

end

one

two

slits cut

two

the

of the

the

slits in

smallest

one-half

the

foundation.

distance

from

ribbon
ribbon

and

card,

Fig.

left-hand
run

the

end

other

"Make

suggest

then

roundness.

idea
the

of

outlines

take

with

envy

Green

The

Blue

are

The

Gold

ask

another

cold

(Fig.108).

Paint

and

the continent

the

hard

and

in

but

give all."

For

this

ink
to

draw

about

Shade

little to

use

paper

diameter.

edge

small,

and

Valentine

white

of

return,

always burn,

design.

with

America
a

across

verse:

without

World

inches

South

through

Write

this

nothing

piece

(Fig. 107), then

of North

take?

you

ribbon

tie.

Hearts

The

around

roundness

will

heart

of the

it write

Red

four

Which

"

choice."

your

circular
little to

06.

right-hand corner,

is

four

through

The

Shade

Make

and

"The

107."

and

long

String

Beneath

Fig.

inches

of

slit in

the upper

top of the

for

small

card,

and

gold,

next

in the lower

of the

corner

the

narrow

four

wide

(Fig. 106).

on

Valentine

size,the largest

in

short

about

inches

Cut

centre

the hearts
tie

card

Heart

on

it

give
the

an

disk

represent the world

lightyellow.

Put

the

lettering

in

on
a

108.

Fig.

awl

brightcolors,placing an

figure2

in the

North

"

and

Fig.

109.

The

in outline

drawn

positionshown

America.

South

Entertainments

and

Parties, Shows,

110

in

Fig.

no.

is

message
all the

are

Comes

Next

world

six inches
inches

long

wide

draw

it

making

Paint

diameter.
as

the

Make
of

white

112

and
shown

petals and
in.

"

The

daisy valentine.

but

as

daisy of
tissue
cut

for

the

three

along

the

in

Fig.

they

will

the number

half

the top,
inches

in

bright green
white
four

or

daisy.
layers

like

Fig.

line
scalloped out-

Unfold

112.

be

paper
a

near

folded

paper

to

reads:

of

and

three

the circle

background

circle

quite

not

world

Valentine

three
a

red.

tine."
Valen-

your

piece

and

the

and

to

Daisy

On

(Fig. in).

awl

valentine.

rebus

the

all

are

your

"You

Fig.

You

"

awl.

This

the

Paint

Fig. no.

"

(Fig.109) and

like

should

be

Fig.
odd,

the
113;
you

with

Entertainment

off

cut

must

the

the

the

daisy to

of the

centre

the

of

centre

then

circle,

green

paste

small

paper
over

yellow

disk

(Fig. 114)

the

stitches.
Fig.

Paint

small

red

112.

Paper

"

folded

ready

for

heart

at

each

and

upper

the

of

corner

paint

girl write

in

as

Fig.
the

the

Then

again:

With

the

the

in

place of

valentine

to

of daisy.

each

'He

'He

'He

is for

is intended

letters:

'He

loves

me.

not.'

me

loves

not.'

me

me,'

loves

torn

'He

and

me.'

loves

last when
this:

loves

heart

valentine

circle in red

'He

fourth:

on:

Till the

the

If

in.

next:

Tells you

When

Petals

"

daisy petalsoff,saying first:

the

Going

tied

ribbon

green

With

Yellow

for daisy.

center

blue

narrow

under

o
"

Fig. 113.

daisy.

"Pluck

Fig. 114.

making

tine
valen-

looped between,
for

111

of

one

Sew

petals.

Original Valentines

away

loves

boy

"

you.'

substitute

the

She

pronoun

He.

Love's
the

last valentine

cut

in the

shape

inches

high

part.

Beginning

and

Palette,

(Fig.115), is
of

four
near

palette.
and

to

The

one-half

the

palette,
placingthe pairsone

top,

cut

inch

be

made

of

light cardboard

paletteshould
inches
short

and

wide

at

slits in

be
the

about

six

broadest

pairs

in

the

half apart (Fig. 116).

Parties,

112

Get

and

pink

Fig.

in

the

centre

of

quarter

"

Love's

write

following

in

blue, red, white, yellow,

narrow

slipping

the

them

red

ends

Fig.

palette.

tie

palette

of

and

ribbon,

green

115.

each

yard

Entertainments

and

Shows,

in

bows

"Love's

ink,

116.

shown

as

through

Palette,"

Slits

"

in

Fig.

and

on

cut

lines:

"This
The

ribbon
knot

blue
of

The

bow

The

yellow,

The

tie

The

loops

Must

of

of

red

of

conquer

'Will

says,

white,
too,

pink

means

'

You're

is love's

all

say,
and

wed?'

you

as

pure

thoughts

means

green

true.

am

of you.

link.

own

'Youth

win

light.'

his

so

keen

queen.'

"

in

115.
the

the

slits

palette.

In
back

the
the

CHAPTER

THE

WILD

WEST

SHOW

ON

people,

ITY

people,

old

people,

all

white

people,

people, busy

when

it

its

the

for

tents

the

to

idle
Wild

its

posts

spreads

young

people,

flocking

come

and

pictures

TABLE

country

Show

West

gay

fascinating

benefit

the

of

public.
did

But

is,

you

to

suit

might

and

you

prefer

circus

for

both

even

actually
wrist,

to

at

can

you
and

move,

that

saw

the

the

West

same

by
will

broom

from

You

the
be

the

in

may

performers
of

turn

mere

are

horses,

"

tent.

|"

your

reality the

part

line

house-broom

ing
mov-

off
then

A;

evenly
saw

(Fig. 117)

the

handle

the

from
two

'

length

they

affair

all

things

Should

time

and

arrange

that

"

Show

them.

entire

you

Panorama

old

common

dotted

Wild

that

you

of

pictures

Get

the

cause

show

your

own

the
the

and

your

have

to

come

of

can

animals

wild

"

because

you

make

can

more

want

you

shows

you

show

after

riders, Indians,
do

If

yourself?

first

yours,

organize

to

occur

ever

could

show

the

it

handle
of

pieces

at

equal

at

dotted
113

and

lines

and

Fif-II7-TAn
broom

C,

ers.

for

old
roll-

114

Parties, Shows,

and

Entertainments

each

making
inches

These

long.

call the

make

or

about

Fig. 118.

-Box

for

show

with

holes

twelve

bottom.

and

off

pry
teen-inch

two

inches

one

and

the

end;

over

and

Broom

stick

rollers

fitted

fourth

then

those

holes

slip in,

and

the

on

top and
be

rollers

the

while

wood
Fig.

120.-

-Blocks

of
bottom

wood

across

each

end

of

each

roller to

in, to

from

strong
the

end

nail

inches
of the

turn

Remove

stripof

thick

across

of the

bottom

of box.

box
two

two

and

under

all four

easily(see Fig. 119).

the

tom
bot-

only large

allow

to

(Fig.

up

exactly

must

enough

box

bottom;

side

holes

the

and
from

the

the

be

on

end,

again, bringing

right

must

top

corresponding

box

The

two

the

inch

turn

cut

the

8).

cut

the front

through

in box.
1 1

from

eigh-

each

at

one

fully
care-

the

through

one-

the
"

and

box,

reverse

119.

sides

of the

holes

Fig.

of

holes

wide

deep;

one

round

inches

inches

eight inches

in top

wooden

high, eighteen
and

will

we

rollers.

Find
box

fourteen

piece

staple-tackson

top, or smaller

each

end,

and

(Fig.120).

roller two
on

and

Then

hammer

one-half

opposite sides

of the

inches
stick ;

The

guide

the

being

hammered

Fit

an

tacks

on

will incline

Table

117

while

slightlyupward

very

(Fig.121).

spool on

inches

Slide

thick.

in

Show

West

they

so

empty

three

wide,

Wild

long

end

one

and

not

of

piece of wood,

an

inch

spool until

of the

in the hole

large-headedscrew

inch

of

one-fourth

less than

one

/J

Fig.

121.

"

Tacks

in

Fig.

122.

roller.

the

rests

screw

the block

on

of

another

spool on

and

first

(Fig.123,

over

the top of the

by
the

centre

the end

roller and

of this space,

roller; place the block

the

wood

piece of wood

E).

of the

then

wood;

fasteningthe spool securely on

second

"

on

for

crank.

off the

roller; with
and

(Fig. 122);

Fit the free end

mark

also

of wood

of the

the

centre

as

hole

of the

the

wood

the block
a

screw

of

block

on

space

tight,

size

same

gimlet bore

in the

over

it down

screw

of the

of

strip

Spool

wood

cupied
oc-

through

top of the

top of the roller,bring-

118

ing

and

Parties, Shows,
one

hole

top of the other, and

on

togetherwith

Entertainments

In

screw.

like

fasten

manner

screw

the

roller and

the

other

"S"

Fig.

the

block

to

123.

"

crank-handles

Top

for
the

in
staple-tacks,

of

second

top of the

Unscrew

block

box

and

order

crank

roller; these

turning

blocks

the

from
that

the
the

ready

to

be

blocks

rollers

fastened

and

on

box.

spools form

the

(Fig. 124).

rollers and

carefullyremove

the

The

IVild

West

Fig. 124.

Box

"

A
be

may

tacked

to

Purchase

cut

each

two

fourth
the

end

the

seam

the

the

wide

be

(Fig. 125).

This

yards long

for

will
the

replacedin

three

dress

cambric

three

either

lengths

eight and
the

over

and

give you

one-

other

flat
a

that

possible

as

stripalmost
Do

panorama.

the

top

or

bottom.

skirt

equal divisions;

not

six
hem

,.

Allow

Lapped

Ffe- 125."
ends

the box.

piecestogetheralong

one

thin

as

rollers

lengthwise into

the

sew

edges, lapping
may

the

about

119

front.

low-priced white

and

Table

Cloth

of

apart, making

yards long

inches

of

cambric

folds

Strip

on

for tent

ready

rollers and

yards

two

lining; fold
then

the

Show

of

ill

blank

space

cioth

seWed.

strips of

J 20

Parties, Shows,

of white

cloth,sixteen

the

of

and

then

panorama;

and

Entertainments

one-half

inches

the

long, at

beginning

commence

Pasting Pictures
the

on

Colored

strip.

paper

is thin

leading

newspapers

the

colored

and

easilypasted

wild

picturesof

cambric.

the

on

their

in

publish

best,

pictures are

newspaper

issues

from

because
all

Almost
time

and

animals, rough riders,Indians

time

to

circus

performers.
When

the

one

wish

you

pictureand
time

before

after it has

the

very

the

on

it fresh

keep
the

save

in much

the

need

you

mixed

long

second

waste

the

no
bric.
cam-

and

best

the

with

paste

time.

picture for

the

first

design

on

startlingpicture for

most

toward

the last

Performers
the

same

way

as

stage. Always begin with

audience

pictures,but
When

the

arrange

panorama

design;

selecting

last.

play put

cause

so

of oil of cloves

two

or

The

over,

water, allowing it to boil well

of flour and

will

but

should

in your

cut

then

panorama;

all in order

them

attractive,comical

an

panorama;

You

drop

cooked

the

the

on

them

sort

each

want,

print while pasting the pictureson

using.

picturesyou

ready,

are

first

come

good paste

Select

all

Have

for

hunting
Make

to

on.

so

collection of the

When

neatly.

out

one

have

you

to

want

to

see

the last lead

picturestands

more;

up

to

for the

placing the pictureson

the

story is written
which

something
then

the best
climax

in

paste
and
a

on

stripof cambric,

will

various

exciting

most

story

or

or

play.

remember

The

not

have

to

Wild

them

little blank

close

will have

the roll at

animals

roll at the

the

the

When

the

turn
strip,

the

along

of

one

of the

half inches

below

of the

stick.

end

of

ness

cambric

the

lid

be

them

side

Are

of the

until

it

finallydisappears

(Fig. 123).
All

down

end

Pasted

half

; tack

panorama
of

inch

an

the

of cambric
this end

on

box

top of your

is

of
one-

smaller

or

the thickthe

inch,

one

be

tacked

five inches

about

"

coming

and

Should

strip must

still lower
the

the top

formers
per-

then

other

the

of the

one

every

ence
audi-

your

showing only its head,

thickness

fullyfour

panorama

object,so

behind

first end

tack

inch,

an

apart, allowing

from

crease

If the

121

peeping

Pictures

and

over

rollers.

the

one-half
your

edge

successive

passing slowly before

and

around

them

it first appears

as

side of the tent,

one

in,full view

on

each

Table

opportunity of enjoying

an

wild

and

on

together; keep

between

space

Show

West

on

from

top.
You

edge

perfectlyeven

and

having

the

roller,so

right angle

true

laid out

flat

Having

have

When

under
the
the

of

the

to

bric
cam-

straighton

stripwill

lie at

IT

roller when

the

(Fig. 126).
tacked

the

graduallyroll it around
not

particular

too

the

about

the

be

cannot

the
cloth
end

stick,so

Fig. 126.

cambric
the
the

of the

cloth

roller will

is

fastened

on

roller.

on,

stick,keeping

perfectlyeven

Cloth

"

as

the

stand

it winds

reached,

turn

striprunning

behind
around
in

the
and

one-half

over,

cambric
around.
an

inch

122

of the

end

tacked

the

along

the

moved

through

the

the

refit the

they

are

and

rescrew

is

ready

lid of the

to

bottom

nail

tight; restore

go

into

in

on

the

the

top

rollers with
of the

the

and

to

position (Fig. 124).

box

be

can

attached

re-

rama
pano-

(Fig. 123).
ends

the

of the

sides

of

respectiveplaces and

crank-handles

the

rollers.

the

box

second

lid of

or

the broom-stick

but

the

on

it loosens

lid down

their

you

manner

same

cambric

box, passing the top

staple-tacksin
them

until

slide the
the

on

holes, and

then

in

holes

strike

of rolling cloth

Method

it off and

the

Replace

"

in the

rollingthe

underneath

from

127.

; take

into

when

as

(Fig. 127).

wind

and

roller

second

the

to

first roller

strong hammer

edges

Fig.

the

on

direction

Entertainments

the cambric

precaution

same

With

stick.

tack

beginning

opposite

an

and

edge

the

Use
in

and

Parties, Shows,

on

Now

rollers

the

box;

see

that

top of the rollers

the

panorama

124

Parties, Shows,

of the
gay

box

and

sides

of

the

the

across

securelyon
be

moving
Set

the

firmlyin place.
sticks and glue the

on

The

130."

West

Show

to

the

pasteboard

tent

inside

box

of
upon

(Fig. 131).
a

white
a

table

with

circus
with

side

Your

little flagsof

sticks to the top

Wild

flag handle
the

three

Make

(Fig. 130); paste strips of

tent

Fig.

Entertainments

it

tack

paste

paper,

and

curtains

to

show

paper

peak

and

over

and

attached.

hold

the

will then

flag more
appear

tent.

the

entire

panorama

wound

to

The

the

on

second

in

telling

Do

Talk

in

were

speaking

afraid

of
have

you

that

will

way

out

will

tell

her

man

and

to

seen

the

real

or

the

for

if

though

read

horses,
war

the

about

the

will

spirit

of

the

with

hazardous

buffaloes,

dances

life

who

West
have

you

actualWild

be

show.

an

its

U2

are

Show,
traveled

West

show.

Even

immense

riders,

daring

stage

learned

sights

4P
life
Fig.

to
of

have

West

child.
Wild

your

Wild

friend,

bears

or

time

you

strange

funny

woman

inspiration

an

the

though

intimate

about

slowly

same

your
as

cloth

unnatural.

as

most

all

about

the

begin
the

at

sound

and

of

front,

roller;

remarks

125

portion
in

all

exactly

your

ideas,

you

West
be

to

been

give

first

stiff

be

and

any

the

your

way,

only

seated

Table

blank

words

have

would

people,

queer

If

it

that

to

is

of

to

on

the

only

audience

every-day

an

Show

enunciated

try

book;

wanted

not

the

well

not

from

and

leaving

clear,

Show.

and

roller,

crank-handle

the

turning

West

while

and

visible,

IVild

coach

help

drives,
in

aiding

wild

"

on

and

Indians

you

Method

131.

fastening

to

enter

poles
flagtent.

their
into

o
o

126

XI

CHAPTER

PICNIC

ROOF

BROOK

WITH

TO

friends

your
the

morning
a

lot

give

the

Have
to

of

place

large

general

the

be
in

effect

attractive
must

and

ripe
of

size.
than

for

and

to

detail

festive

in

pearance.
ap-

lieve;
make-be-

not

but

pick;

should

aim

fruit

the

cheerfully bright

paper,

The

in

frolic.

growing

real,

ready

tissue

the

and

be

and

picnic,

grounds

flowers

an

fruit
be

may

afternoon

an

growing

it must

and

to

prepare

The

flowers

FLOWERS

PICK

TO

NVITE

AND

CROSS

be

more

these

making

for
door
out-

decorations.
Sunflowers

be

can

into

Fig.

fashioned

rapidly by cutting

strips twenty-five

132.

"

Cut

the

this

sunflower

inches

long

orange-

and

six

Fig.

petals

colored
inches

133.

"

Fold

tissue

wide,

each
centre.

way.

127

paper

pointing

petal

through

128

the

and

Parties, Shows,
stripsinto petals three
wide

the

at

base

Entertainments

inches

deep

(Fig.132), ten

and

and

two

petals to

each

half

ches
in-

strip;then

creasing each
wise
petal lengththrough
its

to

centre

stiffness

give

(Fig. 133),
Fig. 134.

Gather

"

and

strip of

the

ing
gathereach

petals.

separatelyalong

thread

and

needle

-I.

"

the

forming

way

circles

pointed

centre, make
Cut

its

stripof

"

brown

tightly along
the

the
then

the

head

petals,taking

of

the

on

lower

long

and

two

under

circle
and
of

runs

the
lie
not
the

Finish

by driving the

nail

through

Sunflower

the

inches

nail

have

those

which

nine

first one,

top circle.

centre.

brown

gathered yellow
to

care

over

"

and

nail

the

between

Fig. 136.

circles,together with

gather the

slender

Around

of

petals.

two

paper

under

up

of

other, circle

petal points

circle of

lengthwise

one

centre, slide

brown

These

tissue

it close

(Fig. 136).

gathered

sunflower.

paper

against

One

135"

sunflower

into

strips

for the centre,

tie

this Fig.

"

"

two

wide

and

in

(Fig. 134);

inches

edge

with

straightedge

(Fig.135).

one

strip

sunflower,into

Fig.

137.

"

Paper
on

sunflower

broom-stick.

growing

Picnic

Roof
one

side of

stick

with

broom-handle,

or

129

the lower

end

sharpened

(Fig- 137)Hollyhocks
color

of every

inches

half

Fig. 138.

"

side of the

Fig.

139-

other, and

the centre

edges

fold

to

the

Smaller
the

real

through

(Fig. 139),

pinks,

and

nodding
only

you

flower

are

the
can

may

poppies

these

circles

until

turn

of

in

for

140.

Paper

"

making

poppy.

the

they

semble
re-

by drawing

be

made

have
the

into

brilliant,
same

way,

smooth, uncrimped

small
the

inside

one

circle of

centre,

dark-

and

paper

three

layers pinched together

centre

for

pushed

green

extreme

Fig.

pinks.

one

partiallyclosed

(Fig. 140), placed

other, with

circles

two

Paper

"

five and

paper

(Fig. 138).

circles,crimped

paper

hand

and

tissue

centre,

for

crimped

squeezed together, causing

and

the

tied

holy hock

the

at

stick.

on

circles of

diameter, held

in

Paper

of

made

be

can

at

(Fig.141). Large

all
the
peo-

Fig.

141.

"

Paper

poppy.

in-

disk

130

Parties, Shows,

nies

similar

are

made,

try

so

in construction
these

work

to

simple

and

to

way

Entertainments

to

of the

some

flowers

have

you

yourself.

out

make

Roses

is to
cut

tissue

cut

into

paper

square-corneredslashes

the

and

stripstwo

inches

two

of

each

into

then

Fold

begin

petals

the

first

and
Fig.

of

142

on

flowers

may

Get

any

which
one

rose.

curled

petals (Fig.142).

tie them

or

Paper

other
have

kind
In

Variety

sort
no

each

Let

natural

appear

you

of

may

and

bush

bear

if

but

the

each
where

wind

the

stick.

central

the

group

remainder,

outward

circle

of blossoms

and

kind, that

one

the

actuallygrowing.

Friiit,Peaches, Plums,

prefer.

of

slender

the

supply

generous

as

of

the

plaits

half

and

ners
cor-

other

three

the

the

of

the

edge

inward;
form

half

or

with

end

outward,

corners

the

Tie

blossoms, allowing each

Apples

fruit to

fruit

bush

those
to

bushes

bear

only

of fruit.

there

case

number,

bushes.

Make

two

petals form

curled

are

knife

the

Curl

along

inward

curl

striparound
The

those

straight bottom

petal;

deep;

with

sharp

petals.

and

half,outward.

the

the

petals along

stripinward,
the

inches

division,making

rose

the

of

in

curl

separate

slashes

half

wide, then

blade

scissors

or

use

are

branches

bushes,

no

or

or

if the

sticks with

bushes

natural

are

too

foliage,or

few

in

leaves

132

and

Parties, Shows,

and

climb

boys

fence

improvised
help

to

the

picnic grounds;

closelyresemble

not

may

render

to

the

enter

Entertainments

feeling of being

the

the

in

though

the

article,it

will

even

real

country

open

more

realistic.
the fence

Make

partiallybut
each

pole

short

the

rail to extend

rail

securelyto

earth.

distance

board

narrow

or

the

firmly into

and

other

by sinkingthe legsof

for

the chairs

with

place very heavy weights on

and

avoid

If possible get either

all these

will afford

and

pushing

If you

want

to

the

for

girlsand

the

make

As

even

the

the

the

yard

After

door,

girlsand

around

marching
air.

see

the

winding

let them

tipping.

guests,

will

as

take

also

in riding

turns

regular

Picnic
little basket

them

the

into

be

can

into

boys

room

in and

look

steady,

jogging board;

just like

seem

own

if it

rope,

avoided

of lunch.
house

keep

and
the

do

not

grounds

little later.

pleasant surprisea

Form

her

or

the

other.

affair

guests arrive, usher

your

let them
for

guest bring his

the chair

may

Lash

slender

or

chairs
or

your

boys

each

Country
let each

teeter

seats, allowing

chairs.

keep

slippingor

swing,

chair

facing

large,strong

twine

to

chairs

chairs

run

of the

the seat

rail

wheeling

or

back

livelytime

in which

wheelbarrow

the

of
possibility

the

the heaviest

and

all

apart; then

the

beyond

out

the two

Place

rail,across

strong kitchen

two

out

while
out

and

lead

they join in singing some

the

among

into

single file

the

chairs

and

them

lively

tables,open

pretty garden, and, while

still

singing,
Climb
and

march

among

by circlingaround

the
the

Over

flowers

and

spot chosen

the

Fence

fruit trees
for your

; end

dinner

the

procession

table, where

Picnic

Roof
all must

deposit

have

actual

an

ground

and

around

it.

the

in flower

earth, or

the

Spread

bringing each
pole;

Reserve
of the

centre

each
about

the

high,

rated
deco-

meet

table

guests
different
space

for

at

lay the

the

of

piece
Each
his

the

pick

of

fruit

player
fruit in

any

and

select

should

chosen

one

livelygame

will lie

on

No

than

one

turn.

one

way

he

membering
desires,re-

that each

always

be

and

steady,and

made

great fun.
are

Fig. 146.

piece goes

Crossing
is

the

piece

tablecloth.
more

let

privilegedto place

always
which

decorated

the

walk

turn

during

is

ticles.
ar-

fruit,and

girl in

table, and

may

The

land
gartake

piece of fruit,pick it,bring it to

person

the

on

planted in

to

the

grounds

centre

spread

pots.

some

and

boy

be

not

(Fig.146),

let the

their baskets

from

will

Tablecloth,

corner

then

must

you

the

of

sticks

ends

sharpened

course

sit

with

table

brightflowers

with
and

as

Of

tablecloth

boys

corners

forty-sixinches

about

the

four

reserved

space

girlsand

the

baskets.

the

table, as

the

Mark

lunch

their

133

as

to

Get

largeenough

the

form

decorative

the

"

pole.

centre-piece,

possible.

as

Brook
a

to

number

of flat stones

step upon;

arrange

that
them

eighteen

about
a

of

stretch

in turn
a

of

the

running

stones

pieces of
brook,

in

paper

the

fall,that she
similar

make
harmless

is

try

They

rules

to

confuse

to

touch

even

be

be,
the

careful,not

going

slow, or

too

in

her, and
their

many

calls,but it is
her

to

nearer

go

if need

or,

to

is

cheer

can

If

water.

player crosses

her

player with

the
or

each

she

fast,that

too

comments.

ways

against the

going

wood,

call to

must

party

crossing

were

make-believe

As

stones.

players

boy being obliged to

of

blocks

use

place of
the

of

rest

had,

the

into

misstep

the

Let

across.

girl and

each

irregularline,over

an

though they

just as

water,

be

to

not

are

feet

more

or

stones

for every

forfeit

pay

ground twenty

Entertainments
apart, in

inches

twenty

or

tip-toeon

brook

to

and

Parties, Shows,

134

than

two

yards.
the

girlsand

all the

After

boys

taken

have

their turn

at

crossing

brook, try
Japanese Tag

Each

keep

player must
the

tagged, making
all the

with

holding
or

foot, as

the

middle
hold

he

In

stick

The

tagged

back

present

or

in

laughable

most

any

in his hand

on

with

one

end

to

appearance,

knee, chest,back,
allowed

not

spot.

spot difficult

the

last

was

strange attitudes,

in

about

players are
another

she

the spot where

top of the head,

happens.

of the
a

was

it

on

people dancing
the

on

until

hand

game

young

hand

hand

her

When

to

tagged

remove

in

the

reach, the player may

the

restingon

spot where

tagged.
starting
The

any

person

who

hold

both

hands

clasping a

small

first

Game

shouts, "Pick

in front

of

her

her, each

stone, immediately

up

and

doubled
some

one

stone

up

holder," may

tightand

calls

out

one

"First

and

knock,"

so

"Second

cries

according

on,

preceding

the

aftei

player

another

knock,"

player

"First

taps

hand

one

of

stone-holder
the

change

luck

her

try

trials

and

are

hand
the

to

stone

by

tapping

continued

until

hand

so

endeavors

"it"
the

game

After

and
with

it

those

the

When
paper
will

of

flowers

have

been

her

the

of

is

player

while

she

"it,"
is free

does

her

"Second

hand

hand

and

the

and

the

does

or

stretching

not

clinched

knock"

to

hands.

outstretched
the

if the

stone;

the

again

player taps

Others

some

have

will

found

be

in

holding

The

the

stone

Scatter

one,

who

becomes

in turn

"it," and

on.

which

will

tag

players

others

many

to

goes
the

the

player calling

one

The

and

call

then

"it,"

becomes

of

the

the

get

player knocking

is empty,

other

to

calling

holding

back

allows

she

forward,

hands

her

puts

the

hand

able

are

"Third

Knock"

boy

or

stone,

if the

but

begins,

game

girl

the

contains

touched

the

another

knock,"

they

as

The

cry.

135

Picnic

Roof

picnic
to

an

good

is

carry
event

of

themselves

suggest

quiet

more

tired

grown

plan

to

this
to

there

game,
the

alternate

the

are

people,

young

livelier

kind

nature.

over

home,

long

give
and
to

cacli
your

be

guest
roof

remembered.

one

or

of

the

back-yard

pretty

picnic

The

Magic

Peep

136

Show.

CHAPTER

XII

THE

IND

MAGIC

make

or

twelve
nine

long,

inches

high,

little smaller

Cut
of

half

if

large enough

only

quarter

Fig.

147.

from
to

with

Back

"

the
the

of

open

bottom
the

an

end

for

the

inch

inch

of

end
of

wide

the

eye

one

to

wide

half

and
the

front, sides,

box
and

an

it

Magic

your

inch

cut.
137

the

at

the

front

through,

side

of

from

the

"

the

Fig.

Slit

sides

round

hole

of

and

cut

the
cut

half

box

in

side

top ; extend
149

one-

and

top

small

look

148.

margin

shows

the

in

opening

square

of

(Fig. 148).
back

and

have

like, for

Make

Fig.

opening.

box

wide

can

you

box, leaving

centre

each

on

or

you

large

(Fig. 147).
in

inches

ten

box,

Show.

Peep

end

pasteboard

simple

inches

SHOW

PEEP

box,
a

inch

an

of

slit

box.

the
the

slit
box

138

149.

Peep-hole

"

front

If the
within
will be

Fig. 150.

in

cut

ready

for

of the box-lid

edges
of the

slides

the

; then

top

held

be
up

stiffand
the

to

they will

so

them

Make

of

extend

here

the

but
squares.
After

be

must

slides

designs.

The

you

can

Explained
the

clean-cut

Qf

drawn

designs are

course)

the

Chapter
cut

when
boxes.

each

on

side

designs given

them

with

out, leaving

exactlythe shape
holes

should

of

appear

edges.
the

largerthan

much

enlarge
in

it

long enough

slides, and

cut

in the

with

beyond

separate

on

holes

slides

and

black

appear

different

sharp penknife

the

box

off

(Fig.151).
the

Draw

in box.

the

side slits and

trifle

of the box

Fig. isi.-siide

on

pieces of pasteboard

to fitin the

cut
to

put the lid

them

cut

Slides

perfectlyopaque,

light.

wide,

are

(Fig. 150).

The
must

ready

for slides.

inch

an

show

Peep

"

of box.

bent-down

half

Entertainments

and

Parties, Shows,

compiete designs on
in these

drawings by

the

grams,
printed dia-

system

XIV.

out, paste colored

tissue

paper

over

of

140

Entertainments

and

Parties, Shows,
the

wrong

side

of

the

work

how
lines

The

the

where

it meets

pink

in

the

paper,

which

in the

but

well

piece

to

the

color of

the

each

be
may-

figureor portion of figureintended

the

white

paper

than

one-eighth

paper

green

tissue

shape,

any

cover

horns.

paper

openings,

the

be

manage

dotted

of

must

over

done;

plains
ex-

tissue-paper coverings

cut

paper

and

described.

manner

Fig. iS4.-White

with

covered

are

is

the

designate

slide

the

of

the

of

sprite'sface

of his cap

The

inch

CQW

and

jumping

horns
over

in the

the

lap less
the

(Fig# j^

clothing.

cow.

Have

paper.
the

across

the

opening

same

red
and
way

The

Magic
In

when

the

on

slides

in

paper

several

the

the
156.

The

"

the cow,

spriteand

Fig. 158
show

shows

and

in

how

dark

gives an

idea

design againstthe

dark

and

for you

moon

to

of

are

Figs.

157

Fairy
the

to

parts

in color.

156

155,

Life

peep

different

design, which

same

of

pieces for

green

sprite.

figure,

always

preference

small

covering
of

the

on

maining
re-

large piece

one

use

pieces of

two

contact

Waters

when

slides appear
the

moon.

trace.

or

copy

-The

Fig. 157-

give

decided

background, only the

the

the

of

and

black

in

seen

contrast

rides

pets

her

waters.

and

the
her
she
in

fairywaters.
The

fairy

as

sea-horse

different

in

of

feeding

many-hued

159,

of

parent
clear, bright,trans-

mermaid

the

print

charm

coloring

the

the

light

white

give the

cannot

Fig. 158." Life

this

pasting paper

designs

over

slides, follow

whenever
in

come

paper

141

other

throughout

tissue

and

the

making

method

Show

Peep

parts of

composition are
160,

161

the food

and

Figs.
162,

merely little

142

Parties, Shows,

oval-shaped
mermaid's
the

holes

hair

waist

portion

Fig.

white

fish for the

eyes.

your

soon

face

pretty the
around

ribbon

as

to

The

tissue

her

Make

paper.

and

face, arms

the

body

to

remaining
figure

on

Fig. 162.

sea-horse.

light,then
group

the little mermaid

round

wee

finish the

bright

white

fish, scarlet,

Paste

you
the

the

Entertainments

brown;

mermaid's

-Mermaid

59

purple and
As

and

the

orange-color.

with

covered

line,pink;
of

and

slide,fit it in
peep

looks
as

piecesof

through

with

she

the

all the

calls them

black

peep

the

"

hole

eager
to

Fairy fish.

paper

show
and
fish

on

the

box,

turn

find

how

gathering

breakfast.

The

Magic

Peep

Show

143

Next

Fig. 163,the

comes

Chicks

Easter

Make

Fig. 164

yellow;

Fig. 165, blue;

Fig. 166,

green,

B,

purple;

168, white

shell;

the

chick,

Easter

chicks.

chicks
have

are

glad

been

to

escape

shells

the

from

I he

Light

and

the

little

shells

gayly painted.

Fig.
Fig. 164."

shells

,.,,,

poor

though

even

scarlet

blue

",

.,

white.

Fig.

broken

(Fig. 169) red,

"

chick,

orange

shell; Fig. 167 A,

white

Fig. 163.

light

yellow

chick.

Fig. 165.

Fig. 167.

"

"

Green

Blue

166.

shell.

egg."

Purple

"

Orange
White

egg.

colored
shell.

chick-

144

and

Parties, Shows,

Entertainments

a
*s

Fig. 168"

Scarlet

Fig. 169.

shell.

In

(Fig. 170), which

farmer's

the

are

Blind

pursued by

first

wife, the

Three

can

mouse

Pieces

"

red, blue

white

and

knife

belonging

orange-color; the
white, and
The

last

blade

scarlet,
or

green,

which

second,
brown.

one

of

the

and

its

often

the

animals

170.

"

Three

blind

Fig. 171.

"

One

of

the

three

natural
is

order

to

blind

mice.

and

color

changed

brilliant
secure

effect.

your

this is

show,

peep

more

vivid

mice.

colors

please

may

magic

knife,
handle

other

any

the

to

fancy. Remember,

Fig.

shell.

Mice

the
be

of

hues
a

of
to

in
more

The

You

can

the knife

from

through

peep

The

all three

make

hole

and

illustration

next

of

all,and

will

little brothers, sisters

On

Fig. 174 paste

shoes;
which

then

over

will make

172.

how

"

of

all paste

the

undoubtedly

prove

forth

(Fig.171)
placein
be

to

the

Dolls

(Fig. 173)

hair, a scarlet dress and

white

large piece of

doll's face, neck,

and

arms

over

white

paper

these

colors

them

affect

in

least.
Cut

for the
with

same

circular

ball and

brown

cover

manner

in

175

stance,

colors.

make

it

the

the doll

as

just described,
other

hole

tissue paper.

Fig.

Dress

toys.

paper

stockingswhite.

not

the

green

tissue

layerof

does

"Dancing

your

It is the

placed

173

box,

most

gales of laughter from

The

Fig.

the

and

knife.

butcher

The

colored
one

in

run!"

friends.

orange-

the

outline

one

they

bring

or

Dance

from

"see
will

Fig.

amusing

mice

145

Set the slide of mice

Fig. 172.
the

Peeft Show

Magic

but
For

her

in
in-

hair

146

her

brown,

dress

and

arms
use

Fig. 174-

"

the

"

well

very

Jumping
make

on

paper

and

pin-head

joints should
elbows

of

Jack.

the

features

want

draw

eyes,

and

nose

and,

face,

the

faces,

mouth, though

doll.

Dancing

"

of

matter

as

her

on

Fig. 175-

fact, the

without.

Joints

indicated
dots

of

be, according

girl dolls

and

all

be

(Fig. 176)

white.

illustrations,
are

yellow, and

ball.

Jack

that

shoes

If you

reallynecessary,

not

look

Let

face

Girl to dance

are

white.

lead-penciland

soft

features
dolls

lightpurple, her

stockings

very

Entertainments

and

Parties, Shows,

on

all

in

the

blue, except
toys,

by pasting thread
black
to

over

the

outlines

and

paper
the

the

shoulders

and

as

lines

seen

his
in

black

of

places where
dots

hips

at

of

the

cing
dan-

and

Parties, Shows,

148

Fig.

Fig. 178.

"

The

tulip.

red

177.

Fig.

Floral

"

179.

"

Entertainments

slide.

Ox-eyed

daisy.

Fig. 180.

"

BluebelL

The

Fig.

Magic

Peep

Fig. 182.

The

(Fig.183),playing
last slide.

white

the

stringsof
-of

balloons
color

all

the

others;

be

dark

red,

green,

with

hands,

different

Little

Make

her

and

149

White

1."

daisy.

the

Show

one

Sun-bonnet

lot of

the

little

feet

and

be

Green

leaves.

Girl

bright-coloredballoons, forms

dress
girl's
ankles

of white

"

blue, her

sun-bonnet

pink (Fig. 184).

tissue

paper

and

each

Let

balloon

from
may

the

others

pink, purple, light

ange,
yellow, blue, scarlet,or-

brown,
white
The

and
slide

light green,

vivid
will

yellow.
be

very

brilliant.
Invent

yourself.

other
Think

designs
Of

SOme-

Fig. 183."

Little

sun-bonnet

the

girl.

150

thing
succeed
The

would

you

with

like

one,

you

slides

more

you

to

and

see

will

for

Fig.

the
to

fun

will
little

your
When

where
take
at

the

light

will

facing

novel,

184.

will

you

"

to

your

on

when

slide;

new

make

another

magic

peep

Sun-bonnet

be

and

you

another.

show

the

longer

girl.

able

to

give

end

no

of

pleasure

friends.

exhibiting

turns

the

last, and

try it

want

have

Entertainments

and

Shows,

Parties,

the

brilliant

the

peep

shine

window
scenes

show

set

the

through
and

the

slides

peeping

beyond.

box

on

top

of

and

let

the

through

the

little

table

party
hole

Champion

of

the

New

152

Outdoor

Game

CHAPTER

XIII

YOUR

PLANT

GARDEN

New

RIGHT
doors

the

in

and

flowers,

run

and

and

have

played

think

of

all

and

of

skill,and

of

things requisite
than
I have

fade

last

but

"Plant

it!

absolutely

be

of

dozen
flowers

needed

red,

of

are

of

again,

time

we

but

the

material

be

degree

the

must

you

will

certain

try and

that

enjoy

can

add

to

will

game

require

where

one

is

though,
we

so

of

Hop-Scotch

able

Probably,

have

same

planting

tissue

this

fresh

Can,"
the

paper

making
cost

not

and

bright.

because

one

and

will

not

We

will

cannot

that

is

wilt

or

call

be

always

part of the

it

fun.

Roses

game,
and

yellow
and

that

roses

flowers,

Dozen

garden

dozen

with

flowers

time

long

if You

for
half

over

sport;

Two

will

and
must

be

the

game

for

sure

list.

lot

There

Tag,
be

to

space
a

open.

will

birds

cents.

Garden

Your

the

at

for

the

We

must

game

few

over

new.

lively,interesting,

more

them

of

something

the

to

of

of

out

the

What

Catcher,
You

be

to

plenty

the

in

played

more.

number

is
time.

good

Go-Seek,

many

time

air, with

there

be

Hide-and-

the

fresh

where

CAN

Game

are

sweet,

have
can

games

Flower

days

summer

YOU

IF

very
i53

half
half

pretty.

dozen

dozen

white,

pink.

half
The

154

and

Parties, Shows,

Entertainments
Cut
twelve

inches

the

sides,from

four

yellow

and

the dotted

indicate

red

the

across

the

186).

Fold

again

small

(Fig. 187).

Square

"

12

inches

each

will have

you

diagonally (Fig. 188)

Fig. 186.

"

from

straightacross
and

inch

by

the

edge
to

in

edges

of every

dotted

C;

to

dot

to

lines

Fig. 190.

petal with
on

the

righthand

and

this

(Fig.

crosswise
a

layers

fold, this

Again

will

petalsof
blade

"

of

of the

centre

the
the
a

more

once

Cut

give Fig. 189.

(Fig. 189), then

out

B, Fig.

to

Fold

Fig. 187.

in the

Open

the

will form

each

forming

diagonally (A

centre.

across

Begin by holding
of your

once

Fold

four

of

triangle(Fig.188).

three-quartersdeep

line F

slashed

folded

Square

must

side.

time

187),and

diagrams

centre

centre,

square

paper;

paper

square

hiiiiihiuiiiiuiuiiiiiiiuiiiiiii
in'1'iiiiiiiiiiiiniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiinniiimniiiiinni

Fig. 185.

the

(Fig.185).

the

of

white, pink,

tissue
on

where

through

each

along

lines

be folded

measuring

squares

paper
rose.

pair

of

folded

Square

cut

slash

edges

as

each

scissors

an

shown

(Fig.191).
Curl

twice.

The

corner

according

petal (Fig.192).
corner

one

one

blade

of

one

of the

petal between
scissors ;

the

thumb

gentlypull your

156

Parties, Shows,

side

the

and

thumb

the

of

scissors

and

blade

petal, while

Entertainments

outward, slidingthem
hold

you

the

remainder

petal; at
of

edge

-Two

curie i

half

curled

of

first half of the

the

direction.
two

curled

forward

each

of

below

around

rose

the
of
the

the
rose

rose

and

petals

the

tissue

Qut

flat and

paper

on

it three

of

the side

ners
cor-

When

have

you

the paper
an

and

over

opposite

of

all the

of

paper

pkce

Fig.

195.

"

Finished

above

finished

and

rose

bag.

level tea-

strong thread
the

(Fig. 194).

will be

both

flour

wind
and

one

of the circle in

spoonfuls of flour;
of the

shows

als
pet-

centre

string

and

paper

192

curled

are

the

lay
centre

paper

resenting
rep-

half

After

petals

in

the

tissue-paper

rose.

-Flour

of the

and

two

the

side

petals

backward,

on

blade

Fig. 193

gives

two

the

Fig.

circle,turn
half

other

time

scissors

curled.

petals around

curl the

petalwith

each

on

same

causes

curl.

left hand.
the

petal,which

rose.

the

around

petals

the

paper

over

under

to
ig3.

the

each

rubs

the

scrapes

the

your

thumb

The

Fig.

of

with

steady

along

Tie

then

gather

several

times

flour-bag formed
the

(Fig.195).

up

by

the

edges

around
the

low
be-

centre

string,adjust the petals and

Your

Plant

Mark

Out

Two

Garden

Flower

if You

Can

157
Barbara

Beds

where

the

Each

bed

and

length
beds

must

must

and

be

Each

then

must

all,two

the

of

four

each

on

side

player. Fig. 196

beds

flower

the
the

when

the

The

the

the

should

there
where

boy

flower

bed
.

the

be

diagonally

long

and

end

of the

sharpen

twelve

the

Fis- 196."

Plan

of

bed

flower

for

game.

no

regarding each

mistake

different-colored

color

cloth

cotton

their

position.

may

designate the

tioned
sta-

bara."
"Bar-

Use
to

take

the intervening

over

their

line

players send

That

dotted

position marked

the

from

across

with

plan

girl or

manner

to

space

and

other

in like

roses

every

circles denote

roses

played by
at

The

the

direction

the

in

pointsor places where

players stand,

the

beds

for

one

shows

beds

through

flower

"

divided.

station

flower

crosswise

making

other

of three

space

two

be divided

the centre,

The

each

parallelto

separated by

yards.

yards in

in width.

yard

run

planted.

three

measure

one

be

to

are

roses

of

inches

flag on
free end

of
a

the

slender

planted,

Flags
various

solid red

wide;

be

should

roses

closure
particularen-

color

hem

the

stick

of the stick

flower

one

and

cut
raw

pensive
inex-

From

flageighteen inches

edges;

yard
push

beds.

or

more

it down

then

tack
in

one

length;

into the earth

158

at

and

Parties, Shows,

the

outer

back
the

Have

roses.

of the

corner

flag stand

Entertainments

flower

bed

straightand

firm.

yellow and

same

seashore
mark

for pegging

If the game

marking

the

takes

beds;

wooden

the

peg

Fig. 198.

mon

place on

"

White

on

bed,

own

where

roses

to

are

be
be

flagsmust

level

played

smooth,

of

lawn,

flower

hard

beds

stick

earth

the

at

beach,

by

ning
run-

along in

white

use

the

to

outlining

is

the flower

out

tape down

tape

the

game

the end
sand.

of its

in

equal height.
If the

in clothespin

the

corresponding color

of

Tape

each

will be the bed

All

white,

the

corner

planted.

red

pink flag in

Erect

back

which
of

for the

Make

way.

outer

Fig. 197."

intended

the

tape for

with

corn-

bed.

clothespins(Fig.197), first slidingthe tape

in the

clothespin(Fig. 198).
The
are

on

Four

Rackets

for

ordinary flat palm-leaf fans, one

The

game

each

side.

is

played by sides,and

the

fan

to

Game

each

player.

calls for four

players,two

Your

Plant

Garden

The
is that each

garden

she

as

holding respectivelythe

two

side,while

the

the

send

to

the

the

rose

is

falls

the

on

the

first

side tries her

The

game

the

player has

skill,for

ends

with

scoring the greatest

when

played

game,
of their

with
own

must

the

her

turns

the

playing

remain

left

hand,

of

If she

flower

flower

the

bed,

the

from

fallingon

and

the

the

play

flower.

opposite
the

side

All

game.

fall until

the

side to side.

last rose,
the

play

When

same

the

ceeds,
suc-

point,

one

broken,

player on

the

endeavors

opposite side.

own

they

roses

close of the

boundary

line

beds.

Tally

required for keeping

taking part
under

the

When,

in

the

color

because

of the

Every

initial

or

be

can

point

one

of

one

changed

scored

must

to

be

person

who

player,the

oppo-

of the

name

of the failure of

Make

game.

initials

The

sport.

and

Card

record

those

it.

the

where

pasteboard (Fig. 199).

scores

the
their

line of her

alternate

must

and

her

be

rose

points wins

white

written

the

turn,

those

one

at

are

the

scores

boundary

of

exception of

on

take

garden.

own

try again with

the

number

with

out

line of its

had

A
will be

it in her

player may

are

roses

righthand,

point for

boundary

the

color;

one

players

"planted," and

one

own

begins.

roses

the

in her

roses

pink

the

in the

beyond

go

scores

"fault," and

After

land

red

the

game

it,or the flour-bagof

and

"failure"

rose

of

bed, fall short

is

held

of

roses

the

and

of her

is said to be

rose

should

but

flyingand

rose

the

one

the fan- racket

strikes it with

159

roses

many

six

and

ready

and

player holds

first

as

yellow and

all is

When

stations,a signalis given

The

white

the

with

two

oppositeside.

plant

Every player has

can.

Can

Game

shall

in turn

player

if You

160

Parties, Shows,

site side

scores

column

point,the

belonging

that

to

Entertainments

and

side

be

must

score

the

on

recorded

tallycard

in the

under

the

third
word

"Won."

Fig. 199.

To

shall

which
for

the

four

take

in such
other

and

colors

of

straws

that

way

closed

girlor

within

the

positionof

for

varying lengths,and
the

the

players are

Choice

extending
in

same

hand

; allow

ends

Sides,

colors,draw

of

sides.

them

grasp
of the

each

draw

the

longest straw

the

player holding

the

straw

and

so

next

player to
has
in

hand

by

seen

ends

uneven
a

straw.

first choice

length

straws,

in your

straws

the

straws

draw

To

length,while

boy taking

To

of

distribution

the

toss

Tally card.

the

Determine

first,and

be

"

of

the
are

The

colors;

second

choice,

player from

each

has

on.

toss

for

positionof

sides

means

that

Plant

side

shall

toss

twig placed
stones
at

mark

the

grounds,

also

charm

One

the

of

these

lawn

right of

this

boys

and

The

either

respects the
there

each

player

have

color, but

must

be

artists,must

four

bed;

flower

days

the

on

be

of

take

floor, and

no

green
use,

their

When

place

that

green

the

of

four

merry

scene.

also

may

side;

his

to

the
may
the

beds

and

side

safety-pins when

be

adapted

weather

the

hold

be

may

the

case

is

house

cold
out

and

by

pins
clothes-

wooden
as

roses

good.

the

marked

tape down

floor

to

grows

tacks, such

fasten

plant

may

the

sides

both

on

original rules

in this

thumb

garden

in

game.

each

on

be
take

two

four-handed

player

every

and
the

the

as

Can"

to

the

players necessarily playing

lawn, only
and

uppermost,

only

stand

must

bed,

appear

in

as

otherwise

indoors

played

as

beds

to

volleyed by

players,

belonging

same

same

not

position on

group

pretty

four

roses

two

if You

Garden

When

would

wooden

into

Your

tape

roses,

of

over

all,the

and

for

the

are

in the

not

chill Autumn

rainy.
white

three

divided

separate

when

rules

turn,

flags outlining
of

attractive

eight players, four

are

same

"Plant

best

twelve

the

play

the

nearest

blossom

scattered

eight players.

or

in

when

ground

colored

intended

which

comes

roses

blossoms

gay,

very

two

must

When

though

game,

part, each

with

girls,make

the

the

on

stand.

from

choice

ground

play.

garden court, and,

the

played by

other

land

the

the

on

tossed

stone

to

is that

twenty-four bright

of

corners

side

161

players

be

whose

first

game

sandy beach,

or

his

laid

point

must

player

Can

the

the

stones

right for
the

where

mark

may

stick

spot

The

players invariably

and

in

tossed.

the

wins

the

spot

if You

toward

stone

time, and

same

the

the

be

Garden

from

the

on

to

are

the

small

distant

yards

two

Your

used

are
on

carpeted.

by
bare

164

Parties, Shows,

name

sometimes

call him

we

and

Claus

Santa

Saint

Christmas

our

in

Nicholas,

Kris

Claus, the

same

In

Kringle.

But

in

is

the

always
cheer

for the

that

to

includes

this year.

Claus

sleighfull

of the

will drive

Claus

reindeer

to

them

bring

will do

for the

The

and

Box

"

for top

sleigh; any
in

try

plush

will

over

the

colored

portions
are

by
lay

the

knows,

box

in his

sleigh
wish.

all if you

foundation

of

Sleigh,

for the

(Fig.202) to

set on

Find

some

furs

hang

over

body

of

the sled
to

use

as

the

sleigh

(Fig.203).
robes

do

the

sides

and

boas, collars,circulars

"

sides

of

the

box.

If

you

back
or

have

of

no

not

the
cealed
con-

robes,

small, light

Fig.

203.

"

Santa

Claus

the

furs,

over

of

to

Fit

rugs.

gay-

paper

which

he

colored

or

Tack

blankets.

roofs

over

of sled,

kind

and

them

of toys

boys

fellow

light
great de-

takes

girlsand

only two

willing,however,

ordinary sled (Fig.201)

202.

jolly little

the

all of them.

is

He

and

sled.

Ordinary

"

Santa

one.

every

201.

always

same,

specialbenefit

Possibly Santa
An

Fig.

be

driving his tiny reindeer

of houses

and

is both

by

may

bringing good

box

he

England

in

matter

he

called, he

those

do, though

we

land
Switzer-

no

name

Fig.

as

he is St. Nicholas.

Russia

and

Santa

Entertainments

St.

Samiklaus,

what

and

sleigh ready for fur robe.

Jolly Utile
board

sides

the

on

board

the

of

the

with

Make

165

top front of the box, restingthe ends

the

over

Claus

Sanla

box

the

the

make

to

same

the

on

that

as

paper

seat

tacked

of the

board

sleigh.
the

on

Cover

box.

two

Reindeer
of stiff
make

it

deer

the
do

can

you

Fig. 204.

because

you

and

divide

inches
thirty-six

the

the

six inches

skilled

large sheet

think

not

cannot

you

drawing, for

in

of paper

draw

and

on

in

squares
of these

each
will

in width

eight squares

the

give
six

the aid

it will be

squares

reindeer.

fun

Number
Fig. 204.

oblong

letter

the

bottom

lower

corner

will find

top and

the
lower

the

deer

hind

hoof

the

space.

upward

the

of the

long

toe

space

of the

square

long

in

enclosed

soft

by

the lines

hind

of the distance

the

A-5,

run

and

distance

very

Make

short

yours

the

make

it touch
side

up
the
line

to

forms

the hoof
of the

centre

Draw

ing
copy-

the bottom

from

between

so.

slantingline
the

you

outward

slantingline

from

and

begin

the extreme

nearly to

A-5.

A-5,

the

leg stretchingdiagonally

from

This

A-5.

it reaches

then

hoof.

Examine

205.

above

toe;

each

on

lead-penciland

slantingline
one-third

Fig.

enclosed

space

one-quarter

Extensions

hoof, the littlespace,

part of the square

of the

as

part of the

Use

about

the top of the

the bottom

lines

and

"
"

and

Fig. 205

by drawing

corner

to

edge

of

space

across

lower

"

".

the side lines of your

and

of

and

With

height.

high;

squares

on

sides,which

four

copy
1

into

oblong

measuring

than

be

not

may

Take

easily.

so

do

Now,

oblong forty-eightinches

an

wide

to

like

pastboard

the
the

upper

top line

top line 5 less

A

to

the

op-

166

of the

posite line
hoof

same

and

the

In

the

perceive that only

four

squares

drawing

on

of this is cut
extends

lower

205.

the

bottom

space

short

entirelyacross

the

space

lines 4-5,

off

B-C.

by

square

If you

the

4-5
A-B.

upper
notice
over

of

part of the

the

hoof

enclosed

in

and

in

The

and

all the

continue

so

extreme

then

shallow
into

space

you

your
corner

upper

runs

closelythe
one

will

squares.

part and

the

you

that

vacant,

are

A-5,

space

straightline;

A-B, immediately

line

is drawn

enlarged

lower

A-5.

above

corner

Reindeer

"

the

to

inside

space,

above
the

same

lower

B
Fig.

the

immediately

4-5,

space

draw

the

leg in

Entertainments

Return

square.

already begun

portion of

the

and

Parties, Shows,

have

scallop
third

the

enclosed
been

by

work-

yolly Little
ing on,

will

you

that the

see

all three

of the other

leg,and

that

forms

4-A

almost

empty
a

off

4, cut

way

by

over

the

on

your

space

short

with

the

same

the
205

and

the

lines

slightlycurved

vacant

4-A,

corner

bow-shaped.

Draw

and

the

the line

on

it in the

same

and

it is the

that

Fig.

smaller,and

corner

line

A-B,

4-5,

in

vacant

Look

paper.

space

as

the

the

the hind

corresponding

will discover

you

lines

two

from

Fig. 206, following the

on

4-A is vacant, while

from

extending

line bent

167

occupied by portions of

space

square

the line

on

are

diagonally across

corner

at

the

corner

corners

Claus

Santa

only

205,

paring
by carefullycom-

diagrams, Fig.

two

Fig. 206,

will find

you

formed

are

alike

each, differingonly

in

in

size;

Fig. 206.

Reindeer

"

enclosed

ready

to be

enlarged.

thus

will understand

you

make

can

you

square

When
form

entire
the

the

time,
deer

the

as

make

To
a

with

dotted
Cut

finished,go

may

be

or

seen

sure

that

from

your

the

from

the

deer
the

bottom

begun, taking

large squares

your

the

on

paint

have

you

paint is absolutelydry

lines in
out

is

larger simply by drawing

on

copy

given

black

slantingline

level line out

much
as

and

as

drawing

deer

very

Continue

plain,that they

soon

to

at

space

of the

and

deer

your

larger squares.

on

how

of

squares
all the

over

pencillines
the

from

the

the

erase

will

top of each
of each

lines

heavy
As

pencil-linedsquares.

hoof

hoof

line
out-

which

room.

firmly,extend

stand

one

Fig. 206.

ink, making
across

the

it

to

and
meet

draw

ward
downanother

it,according

Fig. 204.
deer

and

with

pins or

thumb-tacks

fasten

him

Parlies, Shows,

168

out

flat

large sheet

another

on

pencil run

line

and

the

on

Entertainments

of paper;

then

around

paper

the

the

second

markings

"

Reindeer

want

Claus'

sleighmake

the

each

deer

strip

by strip of

re-enforced

this like those

If you

did

for Santa

them

second

of

it out.

cut

six deer

with

give

outline

deer;

on

as

you

deer.

Back

heavy, stiff

very

and

pasteboard
207.

will

the first deer; then

on

Fig.

the soft lead-

deer, which

the

you

with

nail

wood

thin

each

on

of

wood.

them.
the

from

tacked

sticks
one

of

Claus'

sleighand

To

represent

make

only once,
only

the

isilywith
black
ikle

to

scarlet
the

same

shape,

see

spend

to

necessary
used

ladder.

large rag

and

much

time
then

be

features.

Make

face
boots

long

The

trousers

flannel,fleece

side

out;

(Fig.211)

together.

or

making

them

wrinkles.

sewed

straw

Santa

leg (Fig.
flat

narrow

at

the

centre

wood

then

rudely

in front

of Santa

It is not

excelsior.

the

doll, as

semble
re-

it will be

ing
entirelycovered, show-

almost

the

the

material; the cap

and

on

stick

reindeer

Claus,
with

reach

hind

three

will

Santa

portion of

form

the

wood

slantingstripsof

they look.

stuffed

have

the

fine

doll

will

of

Stand

how

the

one

framework

upper

muslin;

cotton

The

deer,

to

ends

two

of

edge

together with

deer

deer.

inclined

an

the

the

to

animals

from

each

on

head

the

two

across

each

on

fastened

of
the

Fasten

207).

and

middle

the

Let

for which

you

(Fig. 208)
and

loose

Claus'

at

should

(Fig.210)

coat

of the

stockings

enough

(Fig.209)
the

like

mark

can

red

cloth

costume

cut

the

be

of

cut

of

melon

must

be

Jolly Lillle Sanla

with

trimmed
easiest

Claus'

them

make.

to

208."

Fig.

bands

Santa

Fig. 209."

boot.

with

fur.

Ermine

stripsof

Cut

Santa

will

white

black

ink

to

Trim

169

look

and

mark

Fig.

210.

Claus'

Santa

"

coat.

elongated spots

(Fig.208), the neck,

tops of the boots

^
Fig.

211.

"

Santa

it is

Claus'

represent the little black

the

and

best,

flannel

cotton

trousers.

real ermine.

on

of

Clans

Claus'

cap.

Fig.
Fig.

212.

"

with

Cap

ermine.

sleeves and

212)
it

on

with
the

eyebrows
face.

Fig.

trimmed

"

Claus'

edge
fur.

of the
Make

doll's head

also of

Paint

213.

Santa

Claus'

wig.

and

(Fig.210)

coat

the

wig

of

raw

(Fig.213), then

raw

cotton

Claus'

and

pink,

edge

white
the

(Fig. 214),

face

214.

Santa

his

Santa

"

whiskers

eyebrows.

of the

(Fig.

cap

cotton, and

fasten

beard, moustache
and

glue

cheeks

and

them
the

and
on

end

the
of

Parties, Shows,

170

his
the

fur-topped boots
and

tacks

With

the

positionon
around

the

ribbon

reins

Fill the

stringfasten
of the

of each

neck

He

box

Santa

sleigh.

will then

in

break

should

bright
receive

colored

the

of

of these
which

arms

is

and

cup

the

deer.
rein-

if you

can

of

216),

fold

this

wrap

all other

of

easy.

the

centre

to

(Fig.

saucer

properly,the wrapping
be

liable

difficult articles

most

and

manage,

Take

and

of

one

article

Any

paper.

giftswill

cup

ends

ribbon

gayly driving his

be

specialattention.

up,

Christmas

tie the

or

ends
to

red

Gifts

tissue

to

"

pin

seem

upright sitting

an

long,narrow

and

in

sleighwith

215)

Fig. 215.

Claus

Tie

Christmas

wrapped

dressinghim, bring
(Fig. 200).

mitten-covered

the

of

When

trousers

reindeer

the

to

on

blue.

the

over

up

seat

his hands.

form

his eyes

bright red, and

nose

Entertainments

and

first,
place it

saucer

piece of

the

tissue

paper

on

the

(Fig.

paper
around

up

it,

saucer.

bringing the
(Fig. 217).
down

the
cup

and

wrap

the

Do

top of the paper

on

up

it

with

same

both

the

over

(Fig.219).

the

Now

ends

togetherat
(Fig.218);

cup

and

saucer

place

the

set

two

together(Fig.220).

Fig.

216.

"

Saucer

in

centre

of

tissue

paper.

the
on

the

then

centre

crush

ered
paper-covmore

paper

and

Shows,

Parties,

172

Christmas

Your

can

of

be

long

the

nut

this
the

and

makes
left

and

hair

side

the

red

fine

of

of

pieces
made

Claus

Santa

the

white

plain

the

greeting,

of

beard

of

card,

almond

white

The

on

the

Christmas."

with

which

is

on

head
blank

the

top

should

portion

the

inked

being

cotton

fastened

Claus.

"Merry

decorated

on

refined

cap

and

Cards

cardboard

an

peaked
Santa

Entertainments

of
be

should

head

face;

glued
the

on

head;

glued
be

on

scribed
in-

XV

CHAPTER

CHRISTMAS

LIVING

Christmas

HIS

to

where

to

mechanical

and

do

tree,

around

the

shops.

and

moves,

tinsel

star,

little

from

face

guardian

make

where

set

up

its

existence

thrown

slowly

need

into

the

green,

from

to

quite

neck

over

to

shining

musically
that

star

little

distance

eyes

colored

that

it

as

sends

out

below

the

reveal

the

of

order

to

until

given

living

surprise, for

complete
in

the

be

the

it does

have

not

and

decorated,
time

absolutely

tree

no

the

arrives,

beautiful, sparkling Christmas

tree

to

hint

be
of

door

is

glides

room.

undressed

smoothly

the

with

preparation

see

be

and

How

Choose

all may

open

face

with

tree.

the

it

Then,

bright

tinkle

brilliant

Christmas

all covered

and
that

point

living

it whirl
sometimes

they

tree

ornaments

bottom

point.

the

keep

can

and

of

the

topmost

laughing

"

at

every

angel

You
secret

the

on

rays
a

bells

is

attached

makes

dizzily as
It

it

tub

remain

not

is

that

Christmas

green

glittering
with

device

spin
in

it does

neither

put,

in

planted

not

stand;

it is

just
a

is

tree

fastened

or

toys,

TREE

Prepare
tall

shoulders

Living

the

girl for

cambric
her

the

cut

and

angel
a

i73

of

the

tree

and

long, plain

cloak

like

inverted

hang

feet.

Tree.

Christmas

an

from
that

dark
will

fit

cornucopia

174

Parties, Shows,

the

Make

of stiff brown

out

cambric,
the
to

material

to

shoulders-

of

three

Get

223).

at

it into

wide

and

rather
Solid

top,

fall from
back

(Fig.

or

four

quires

each

of

some

the

green

paper,
inches

stripinto

Stripfor heading
inches

around

with

pasting it

fringe,leaving a

coarse

two

hat

and

221,

hat

the

strips six
cut

Fig.

of

cape

tissue

moss-green

cut

Hat

like

the

Cover

222.

allowing

Peaked

cutting it

paper,

together like Fig.

Entertainments

and

the

wide.

the

at

Beginning

cloak, allowing it

Above

the

first

Fig.

second
three

the

at

reach

row,

inches

the

this pattern.

the

sew

the

edge

fringe

of the cloth.
the

overlapping it, sew

its lower

bringing
the

of

after

hat

bottom

justto

fringe,and

of

row

to

Cut

221."

bottom

within

edge

edge

of the

first

row.

this

In

put

way

on

after

row

fringe,always overlapping it,until

is

entirelycovered,

its cape
Take
kind

the

in

children

the cloak

the

cover

hat

roll

hoop
on

the

"

222.

"

Paste
like

it

together

cloak

pavements

out

firmly at

straightfrom
in front.

once,

fit the

edge

over

hoop

in

of

the

fold

will

hold

in
the
and

this.

hem
cloak

up

and

of the

one

"hoop time," and, turning the edge

Fig.

of

manner.

same

lightwooden

the

then

row

the

the

the
bottom

shoulders

and

with

it.

it should
generous

This

hang

smooth

lap where

the
and

it closes

The

Living

Christmas

*75

Tree.

ImveimtebBy

the

Pin
to

the

cloak
all

it from

reach

can

on

the

all

there

the

bottom

cloak,

the

over

sides, and

of

strings
leave
has

the

large dress

The

tall

be

may

her

the

On

needed.
be

stringsof

colored

from

hooks

the

safety pins

and

the

danger

night

be

put

Put

and

put safely
and

the

Christmas

let the

her

around

glass balls,
glass

and

neck

suspend
and

ornaments

her

head,

will be

ready

hat

peaked

is to
not

triumphant
of accident

the

on

appear,
to

be

hang

tree, and, after it is

the

the

unprotected

are

to

angel

decorations

livingChristmas

her

for

which

on

on

Fig.

and

and

light in weight.

eventful

presents.

here

ents.
presand

until

All

nicely adjusted, hang

the

small

bells, and

hooks,

decorations

trimmed

angel slipinto

tree

that

hat, tipped by its bright star,

must

presents

way

tree.

completely

until

away

row

and

finishingtouches

entered

of small

sew

with

popcorn

Decorate
a

tinsel

the

on

in such

proceed

sew

fragileglass ornaments
Pin

177

opening only large enough

waisthanger

To

Around

Tree

head.

the

suspend

Now
you

together,leaving an

fronts

slip over

Christmas

Living

in

going

thought

allow

not

lights,candles

angel

for

To

entry.
do

gas

tree

of.

up

the

tree

or

down

the

cape

hat

of the

where

there

fire,and

let the

cloak

the

in which

in

open

Cover

"

leave

material.

the

adjoining

room
or

avoid

223.

and

room

stairs incased

one

in

the

cloak

she

is

One

of

the

Booths

at

the

Girls'

by

and

Boys'

Themselves,

178

Fair

with

Articles

Made

180

young

people of

all the

girlsand

Some

little

your

own

boys

your

to

want

may

make

decorating,and

the

do

and

Parties, Shows,

Entertainments

circle,ask

committee

managing
several

so

articles

Space

on.

of

that

sender

3Z*

girl and

credit

for

in

each

and

what

she

curely
se-

receive
he

or

the

article,that

may

la*******

of

fastened

separate

boy

have

must

address

in ink

every

the list

understand

sent

and

each

to

promised (Fig.224).

age,

on

wish

under

contributor

written

to reach.

provided on

article

name,

from

may

writing down

each

every

the

tm/tj
"Jfe******

be

must

the articles
Let

able

are

each, others

for

names

name

/do4*JL
^L./?"^-^-6'

for contributions

has

full
made

(Fig.225).
addition

In

"4-ZAuauJ^feg/tuv

fULit-

you

have

should
and

grab-bag

"^_
.

"Four

224.

List of

"

promised

with

an

Paste

Fig. 225.

the

"

ordinary

tissue

gay

paper

Card
one

paper

along

ready
article.

to

popular

ever

in

blackbirds

twenty
a

pie"

articles.

will be
Take

the

booths

the

and

Baked
Fig.

the attractive

to

attach

wooden
laid
the

to

on

tub

just the thing.

in flat

plaitsfrom

inside of the

226.

"

blackbird

tub

bottom.

to

top

top edge, carry

Fig.

outside

the

(Fig. 226), cover

it

like

on

over

this

grab-bag.

for

the

outside

the

the

with

How

to

down

under

same

Fig.

227.

with

grab-bag
colored

paper,

tack

fasten

green

tub

bows

ribbon
tub

Fig. 228

these

on

with
at the

space
to

cover

Each

grab-bag.
tied

the
the

on

is covered

covered

of the tub

cover

and

Cover

with

pink

the

if red

handles;

as

with

you

can

double

top for
the

layer

of

much

crowding,

different

separate article

sized
must

articles
be

medium

cardboard
Water

or

veniently,
con-

too
on

stiff
smooth

Color paper,

not

Fig. 229."

Pattern

bran

of blackbird.

or

intended

wrapped

top of the pie.

Use

paper,

layer of sawdust,

many

without

piecesof

smooth

with

place

tissue

is used

large,lightlycrushed

Blackbirds
as

of

ready for

paper

string(Fig.228).
Make

outside

Package

"

handles

handles.

sand, deep enough

paper

edge.

181

grab-bag.

the

on

leaving sufficient
the

bottom

If the

ribbons

Fill the bottom

for

Fair

paper.

pink

newspaper,

Girls'

fasten

(Fig. 227).

The

"

Up

the

and

paper,

handles

the

Get

in

182

Fig. 229,

black

dotted

and

line

when

neck

at

of

bend

it

Fig.

229.

from

it is
dotted

Paint

line of

Turn

ink

or

bend

dry,

downward,

enlarged pattern

an

life-size

be

must

Entertainments

them

Cut

and,

the

up

the beak
at

birds

sides

Bend

curve.

birds.

the

as

both

on

the

for

limber,

too

of

and

Parties, Shows,

the

up

Fig. 229.

bringing the
the

up

Fig. 230.

dotted
the
at

lines

top
the

dots

and
be

hairpin.

Bend

and

head

long, on

the

push

handle

end

one

holes

two

to

u
Bend

"

Fig. 232.

one

of

hairpin

square

hook.

over

and

"

hook

into

Top
bent

handle.

outward

at

of the bird

back

in the

of

hairpin into

wire

through

up

of the bird ; tie the centre

short

bend

end

of the

of the

Bend

the

and

flatten

end

of
a

the

hammer.

of

hooked

hook

bird, bringing the stringup

it with

gether
to-

forward

liftingthe blackbirds;

for

in the

short

them

curve

longer end

horizontal

the

and

into

(Fig.229).

slide the

the underside

then

229,

shape.

Puncture

must

(Fig.231)
on

Fig.

on

in

bent

(Fig 230).

There
of

Blackbird

"

of

tail in

wings according

231.

end

bird

Pinch

U
Fig.

the

hairpin
Curve

the

nine
string,

of the

end

the

againstthe

down
the

on

top

the
of

hole
inches

hairpin;

other

bird's

hole

breast.

bird's
the

it

hook

square

foremost

through

up

close

make

back

hairpin

How

into

handle

to

Up

and

fasten

(Fig.232)
the

securely to

more

Get

breast

Girls'

and

the hooked
back

end

the

of

183

Fair

of the

bird

hairpin

by pasting

^O"
"o

Fig. 234.

Fig.

233.

-Hairpin

fastened

to

of

of bird.

piece of
the

back

of the
of

paper

Push

(Fig. 233).

wire.

the

hairpin on

bird's

Set the blackbird

will

you

straightand

hairpin
and
at

the

long
Fig. 235.
hook

"

of

hairpin.

Make

into

end

handle

(Fig.235)

it will be

perfectly

hair-

hard

of the

of

string

knot; then
another

hook

wire

(Fig. 235)

it securelyon

the

of the

twist

loop;

of the

the

hairpin hook
and

around

string

over

another

the
Fig. 236.

string,as

length

(Fig.234).

manner

day, when

short

edge

place,standing

ends

half

fasten

same

the

the

over

the

steady.

the two

one

hairpin lying over

tight around

up

find

its

together into
bend

the

in

secure

to breast

bird.

paper

in the

until next

away

Tie

paper

piece of

breast

dry, and
pin

the

another

Paste

portion of

short

the

over

Hairpin

"

fastened

back

shown

in

Fig. 236.

hook

"

to

Fasten
the

the

string.

184

Parties, Shows,
Instead

be

much

your

of

making

quicker

and

Entertainments
blackbird

complete

one

easier

first;then

blackbirds

and

make

to

ink

them
them

on

all

finished

are

time.

It will

once

and

take

the

and

and

by

he

bird

any

the system

small,

and

Blackbird
the

parcel

the

bird

dust,
saw-

top of

on

wants

one

any

"grab"

let him

chooses

from

the

the

hairpin

in

of

means

the

XIV.

under

when

then

purchase

to

larged,
en-

made

hide

resting the
pie;

by

are

Each

on

string down

the

when

pie,hook

Package

(Fig. 237),

long

Chapter

birds

for the

ready

same

large and

in

the

When

the

make

size

squares,

explained

as

until

pattern

can

you

pattern the proper

of

continue

about

not

all

out

in this way

have

you

cut

all,and

working

it will

time,

and

pattern

paint

or

at

lift

pie
the

bird's back.
The

the

take

give
Fig.

in

237-"

Blackbird

place

free

to

of

with

the

first

choose, she

in the

pie.

package

one.

should

ready

girlor boy

it to

parcel
the

in

charge must

from

another

package

hook

and

it down

While
take

the
care

purchaser
not

to

hook,

purchaser, quickly

slide

sink

the

on

in the

is left

the

pie

entirely

ages
disarrange the pack-

The

Blackbird

185

Pie.

186

Parties, Shows,

and

be

kept

Extra

packages

side, back

one

must

the

of

for

The
At
and

the

people.

young

find

may

which

they

have

with

some

with

the

and

the

excitement

but

it cannot

and

should
be

agent

The
lends

come

find

would-be

certain

the

of

order,

those

for

ascertain

all your
on

boys;

quickly

ones

one

then

handed

whose

side

the

the
out

the

the

the

her

interest

for

express

empty-handed.

the

or

name,

purchaser's

express
will feel

office
some

is included

she

packages.

upon

girls,and
name

article,

the

office in

the

the

the

one

he

express

table

at

person,

and

office

every

appear

parcel bearing
to

you

tion
addi-

Christian

with

package

names

for the

The

certain

package

table, for

articles
of

parcel for

another

labelled

leave
a

cityfrom

acquainted

purchase

may

surety whether

express

be

to

for

express

must

this

for

the

is received.

name

an

finding
to

friends

greatly to

intended

parcel

buyer

charm

fortunate

Arrange

be

one

to

be

of the

instance, if

the

mark

paper

one

of the
For

add

package

for

at

your

call at

happens

buyer bearing

that

name

sent.

city will

may

to

the

of

place Cincinnati, Ohio:

Christian

sold

unable

curiosityto

side

be

bear

Cincinnati,

the

the

uncertainty
a

in

some

same

some

the

name,

the

also

Mary

package

with

one

any

they

and

when

when

Mary,

of

name

articles

been

and

Mary

name

them

in white

up

name

of

have

people

young

Though

with

named

Christian

to

supposed

are

friend

of

for

should

packages

the

number

up

basket

or

Office

daintilytied

be

with

parcels waiting

The

office.

Wrap

box

fair will be

your

must

labelled

package

covered

Pic."

Express

article

each

this table

in

"Blackbird

originalidea

Another

Entertainments

alphabetical
on

called

inquiring purchaser.

the
for

other
may

Parties, Shows,

188

to

nine

high

inches

the

the

long enough

Fig. 238."

ceilingto
four

be

flagsmay

Paste

inches

(Fig. 238

apart
corners

extend

Pattern

the

and

in

the

if the

of each

edge

gracefulloop

(Fig. 240).

Place

make

four

stringand

ceilingis

very

the

the

from

the

"

Flags

size

strong string

"

of the

centre

of

Pattern

pennant.

twelve

flagsabout
reach

stringsto

small, if large,a dozen

is

Fig. 240.

to

the

flagover

Fig. 239.

room

strings, according

If

Fig. 239).

of

side wall
on

Entertainments

larger.

straightdotted
to

and

to

flag-

more

or

the

for decoration.

of

the

Have

room.

generous

supply.

on

Tie

one

the

chandelier

around

and

end

over

of

each
or

the

of

lamp

the

close
flag-strings

hook.

string-knotson

Wind
the

an

extra

chandelier

to

the

ceiling

string tight
to

hold

the

How

stringsin place
the

on

without

and

Girls

from

them

keep

picture-moulding.In this way

the slightestinjury to the
the

fasten
picture-moulding,

nails driven

wire

Up

where

frames

Fasten

Fair

in

will do

they

walls.

the hooks

fasten

obtain

can

you

the

Tie

results

good

Should

there
tacks

top ledge of the window

be

no

or

small

and

door

harm.

no

top of window

stringsfrom

extra

and

stringsto large,strong

the

on

189

slippingdown.

hooks
flagstringsto picture-

of the

free ends

Gel

to

and

door

and

frames,

"r

="

Fig.
Fig.

241.

Fringe

"

for

cut

tassel.

draw

taut

these

along
and

the

the

picture-moulding,almost
Hang
string.
folded

folded
not

long, gay

Make

the

sheets
the

from

store, and

sheets

less

than

fringe

effect
like

tassel

them

inch

much

of small

tent

wall

at

bright tissue
into

(Fig. 241), making

one

tie the

will be

the

on

wide.

Fig. 243.
for

colored
variouslycut

into

head.

walls, then

tassels of

of the

Winding

"

of

tassel

them

stringson

242.

top

"

Tassel

ready

decoration.

interveningflagthe

same

as

with

flags.
the

end

paper.

tissue

paper

of each
Take
as

the

they

flagonce
come

long fringe,lengthwise of
each

Pinch

separate strand
the

of

the

fringe

twenty-inch-length

and

Parties, Shows,

190

fringetogetherat

the

end

of

allowing one
farther

down

one-half

and

inches

top, wind
the

tie

the

large tassels

These

and

the

tied

and

Let

form

your

white

tables

be

sheets

folded

cotton

within

inch

one

the

Decorate
tables

The

end

gay

the

in

such

and

line of

attached

flagsmake

to

fine

front
in

and

the

sheet

the

at

various

be

with

will fall
sides.

two

the

making

ways,

cambric,

will not

them

cover

that

way

inexpensive colored
paper

twelve

walls.

the

and

sizes,and

different

covering

plain tissue

of the tassel four

paper

of each

for

floor at

white

with

gay

paper.

of the

of

wind

top;

picture-hooks by eight or
with

decoration

the

at

top (Fig. 243).

to

the

string(Fig.242),

out

the head

extreme

picture-moulding at

finish

extend

form

lengths of string wound

inch

tie it with

stringto

again to

from

Entertainments

crimped

or

strong enough

tissue
to

use

for this purpose.

The
them

covering of

first

to

it also renders
would

it

otherwise

decorations.

order

to

they

are

in

colored

the
be

must

colors,causing
and
reality,

than

material

lesseningthe outlay for

tear

decorations, paste

the

less

this way

not

to

sheets

while

place of

tacks

muslin

used

in

pins.
the

Make
or

in

than

much

use

required,in

be

the

gives value

brilliant

more

possibleto

But

fasteningon
or

even

appear

white

fanciful

designs

along the top

the

lower

portionsare
with

of front

edge
inclined

material
and

paste

and
to
to

into

wide

the

strips at

sides of the white

stripscut
their

covered

hang entirelyfree, except

stand

out

; these

may

into

points
edges

upper

ing
tables, allowwhere

pendant

be fastened

in

place

little paste.

Cut

wider, a
around

colored

some

few

of

the

narrower;

the front

and

stripsabout
and
two

make

sides of

fourteen
each
one

wide;

inches

striplong enough
table.

Lay

to

others
reach

brilliant

red

How

stripeighteen inches
through

the

Get

to

wide

Up

down

on

fold

centre;

Girls' Fair

flat surface

again

and

191

and

fold

until

again

wise
cross-

the

piece

0
"v""V"n,VoV^"^o^"

R
C
245.

"

Unfolded

red

paper

for

ready

f\
l

decorating

fair booth.

is of

the

desired

two

and

cut

according

width,

one-half

about

inches;

then

dotted

lines

Fig. 244.

(Fig.244).
off every

Fig. 245.
gives the

to

Open

other

lower

Attached
effect

and

out

seen

and
table

this

decoration

in the first illustration.

for green

Fig. 247.

"

Green

decoration

cut

paper

cutting

will have

you

Fig. 246." Folded

decoration.

Red
for

paper

"

design.

cut

ornament

to

folded

and

opened-

192

and

Parties, Shows,
Fold

and

Open

and

given

in

You

cut

Fig. 248

and

Fig.

with

other

think

design of

decorative

these, and

at

piecesof

various

wide

like

Fig. 246.

orange

color is

249.

many

attractive

inches

Another

Fig. 247.

devise

can

stripfourteen

green

it will be

Entertainments

old

designs

will make

designs fully

it is well

until

you

experiment

to

cutting them

newspaper,

find

good patterns.

as

into

what

you

In this way

your

just

Fig.

249.

"

Orange

design

open.

originalityis brought
Fig. 248."

to

Orange

artistic

your

ready

design

Select

cut.

out

in

and

measure

developed.

sense

cheery, happy girlfor

Postmaster

"

who

one

and
when

try

to

cannot

induce

handing
of the
More

the
made

out

help giving a bright smile with every letter,

her to make
some
pleasant appropriateremark
much
the mail, as this will add
to the enjoyment

occasion.

important though

small, the useful, the

by

the

girlsand

valentines,May

than

anything

beautiful

boys.

There

else will be

the

odd

should

be

and

the

articles
a

lot of

baskets, Easter-egg novelties,paper

large,

for

sale

original

fireworks,

How

Hallowe'en
from

the

circus,
candles

by

the

be

devoted

is

city

letters

to

your

there

work.

teresting
in-

the

shows,

home-made

rugs,

and

many

is

which

of

"Fresh
methods

no

ways.

telling

the

incurred

might

proceeds

all
the

up

feel

will
Air

Fund"
of

how

using
much

the

air

how

of

obtained

money

fresh

pure

then,

teachers

money

Expense

all

and

helps

Think

getting

gain.

the

for

objects

boys.

in

clear

and

expense

purpose.

Fund,"

and

other

there

in

cabins,
other

Judy

the

extra

slight

but

breath

have

If

are

of

people;

parents

Really

log

many

and

and

no

almost

be
be

Air

girls

young

will

your

best

to

or

charitable

"Fresh

frail
these

need

some

the

of
the

and

Punch

world,

the

little

will

fair

children

many
of

for

entire

One

of

entails

post-office
in

taken

the

tiny

toys,

Philippines,

193

candlesticks.

and

The

fair

wonders

seven

Fair

instructive

forgetting

not

Girls'

the

Russia,

Japan,

things,

Up

and

funny

games,

scenes

Get

to

enjoyment

fair,

and

how

when
does

your

good

they
not

exist

profits
your

the

in

to

fair

panions
com-

and

proud

happy
result

your

good
may

of

some

own

your

see

lives

make

can

you

your

suffering

the

saves

glad

the

little

poor

and

by

of

locality
ends.

plish
accom-

XVII

CHAPTER

IN

OUT

CAMPING

is

*HO

ready

to

It is

if you

they
too,

will

There
Guides
to

loved

dearly

own

your

be

travel

the

have

must

dogs,

but

secured

far, for

You

what

else

all campers

talk

about

overland

and

are

just

the

with
and
and

taken

cups,
a

tin
on

tent,

these

hatchet,

journey

yard.

all

these,

in

true

well

campers'
194

is

as

flour

should

bags

pot,

pail

be
tin

and

provisions

fashion,

for

things except

coffee
tin

and

made

bags

Old

party

be

to
use

all your

spoons,
as

think, plan

trip

kettle,

camp

and

to

camp.

camping

fork

wash-basin;
the

have

not

back

wagon,

put

can

you

The

the

in

needed

articles

knives,

As

camping

no

kettle.

camp

old

have

Into

thing.

sports.

will

own

thing

proper

outfit.

same

will

various

the

perhaps

this

you

the

carrying

wolf.

outdoor
you

your

wild

Outfit,

it is the

and

do,

much

is

the

Nipper,

your

Camping
as

and

and

Wolves,

and

of

Cats

trail,and

will.

you

descendants

ground

camping

the

Tramp

are

creatures

them.

in
on

if

headquarters

at

full of wild

ones

pedition
ex-

Land?

meet

sailing, fishing

of

plenty

be

can

for

around,

prowl

may

wild

camping

believe

to

probably

are

on

YARD

Believe

land,

choose

will

you

wild

out

go

Make-

to

BACK

YOUR

for

there

plied
sup-

plates
dipper

must

be

should

be

be

party should

Land

Believe

spread

to

Yard

Back

welcome

addition

with

sharp pocket

get forgotten

to

the

on

197

if it

ground
outfit,and

to the

knives

for

the

whittling

needs.
and

camp
the

line,for

clothes

the

the site of your

Select

Make-

provided

for other

and

stakes

Your

blankets

will be

damp

too

seem

from

and

Shawls

articles.

to

back

running

no

in

Out

Camping

pitch your

line is to support

with

tent

reference
and

the tent

act

as

ridge pole.
Make

of

edge

sheets

muslin

two

each

on

to the

Tie

"

hem

the

the

tent

will
"

six

Make
You

can

from

run

the

Fig. 251.

The

"

hem

wide

foot of the sheet.

sheet

of the

two

Tie

is

sheet

(Fig.250)
of the

three

tapes

tie

and

sheet-

tent

each

on

tape

edges, one

at

tape

ready

to

six wooden
them

have

be

side

strong and

may

round,

large enough

to

are

hold

near

the

point whittled

at

the

bottom

be

easilydriven

put up

for

at

into

the

252.

three-

cut

each

of the

square,

notch

Have

on

) "

irregular;the only essentials

securely.

the tape and

either

head

covering.

resembling Fig.

pegs

the

tent.

tapes in all (Fig.251).

the pegs

peg

togetheralong

tape.

give

or

the

the

Tent

the

comers

cornered

tent

of

of the ends

centre

This

the

at

corners

with

of the four

sewed

sheet, which

narrow

Fig. 250.

the

that

the

\/

top for
that

ground,

wooden

tent

peg.

and

Parties, Shows,

198
Look

placed

tent

carefullyand

about

the

on

Entertainments

decide

exactly where

clothesline; then

line.

Hold

place with

you

stretch

to peg

tent

your

to

the

other

the

down

(Fig. 253).

tent

the

Find

side

best

of the tent

ground,

place

the

near

and

the table in true

make

forked

sticks,sharpened

into

the

and

the

line

with,

and

the

first

sticks

the

sticks

Have

ground

the

height you
the

the

two

where
on

all the

height from
,

",

stick

stand

and the

ning
run-

pointdirected

clothespinsand

peg

way.

for

tent

lower

fashion.

Take

and

drive

end,

about

one

foot

four strong
two
more

or

of them

apart,

feet,or

two

the

forks

table,

angle

separate,

at

equal

an

ground.
i

across

head

the peg

the

above

crotch, or

the

pushing

(Fig. 254).

want

sticks

it

peg

feet from

two

about

keep

the

in

two

away

Table,

straightline

remaining

the

and

in

ground

out

and

pegs

with

same

woodsman

on

side

slantinglyinto

the

in the

clothespinswhile
one

the

pegs

Remove

ridgecentre

ground by tying the tapes

from

toward

the

clothesline,and

the

the
way

the top

in

around

is the

centre

covering evenly over

to the

This

crosswise

of the

from

Fig. 253."

the

hang

the

want

you

each

Lay
"

pair

""

of

Fig- 2S4-

"

The

sticks

iegs ready

are

laid

for the

across

board.

the

table

sticks.

forked

Get

piece of board,

Fig. 255.

boxes

for

suitable

and

strong

for seats.

Select

"

shelves, made

Fig.

256.

"

Nail
box

Your

one

or

the

for the

from

cleats
shelves.

the

rest

one

Yard
end

199
each

on

will have

you

of the

rustic

Use

(Fig. 255).

camp

table,

wooden

for your

Cupboard

camping

side of another

inside

Back

little camp-table.

box

keep suppliesand

to

and

any

Safe
in which

Your

just made,

have

supports you

in

Out

Camping

utensils.

box,

wooden

Fig. 257.

"

Fit

This
made

is your
of

one

in

or

the

two

cup-

camp-cupboard
box.

200

Parties, Shows,

board.

Do

inside

of each

this

first

by

of wood

(Fig.257).

to

as

serve

Set

fork

for

paper

The
your

drinking

mother

let you

to

Carry

water.

Fig. 258.

from
down

distances

two

on

tin spoons,

tin cups,

from

in the

cans

and

the

cleats,on

pieces

cupboard
old

an

the

table

smooth, clean,

table-cloth.

for

Now

Ask

few

two, three

or

white

piece of

equal

at

lot of lids of tin

camping plates,also

knife, a kitchen
folded

cupboard

for

Slide in the shelves,restingeach

(Fig.256).

bottom

Entertainments

nailingstripsof wood,

of the

side

and

your

about

There

tent.

half its

Fig. 259.

"

"

the

Sink

have

pail part

large,clean pail suitable

pail to

the

dig

Spring

hole

the

opposite side

into

way

Bank

the

earth

up

around

the

yard

the ground.

large enough

height (Fig.258).

of the

for

Bank

the

pail for the

to

sink the

loose earth

spring.

pail
up

Out

Camming
all around
grass,

Your

pail (Fig. 259), and

the
and

moss

in

vines ;

hiding

the

Back

Yard

the

cover

earth

201

with

leaves,

the

pail completely with

green-

k6

Fig. 260.

ery;

then

your

mountain
A

fill the

clean

Like

"

country

spring in

back

your

yard.

fresh, cool water,

pail with

and

lo:

there

is

spring (Fig. 260).

tomato

free

can,

rust, with

from

the

top removed,

will make
A

Pail

Fine

for

carrying water.

the

tin,near

the

by hammering
then

and

end

one

hole

form

and

prevent

of

of

camp-pail
a

tin

the

ground
from

one

can
a

good-sized

handle

side
wire

to the

piece of

When

camp,

always

carry

the water

go

the

in the

through,

pailby

ing
threadeach

through

the outside

on

of

slidingout

you
to

of the can,

nail

twine

hole in

need

spring

littletin

place
in

water

for

to

the

it, and

pail.

is

It is not

can.

pretend there

short distance
to the

each

on

stringfrom

necessary

Camp
but you

top

make

can

tying a large knot

(Fig. 261).

-The

You

other

is

from

forked

one.

each

to

have

real

Fire,
Drive

two

forked

other; lay a

stick; then

stout

pileup

some

sticks in the
stick

across

dry twigs

Parties, Shows,

202

the

the

short

end

kettle

camp
fire

of

handle

Fig. 262.

the

Tie
end

stick,leaving one

cross

under

the stakes.

between

midway

"

of

You

cord.

cook

to

them

and

up

of
and

tie to

fire.

make-believe

things into

the

over

down

loop

to

put various

can

cook

to

the

over

the centre

on

reach

and

kettle

You

pretend

strong cord

long enough

pail or

pretend

can

the

and

Entertainments

and

the

make-believe

(Fig. 262).
Of

course

Believe

Land

have

you

must

and

plentyof

fish

Make

for your
box

Select

camp.

(Fig.263), and

end
measure

(Fig.264).
the

To

height

"

low

end

wooden

make

of

Fig. 264.

"

the

The

to

be

Boat

rather

each

on

Fig. 263.

boat, for

the

there

caught, so

wooden

long, narrow
tack

an

packing-box

for the boat

pasteboard

with

packing-

pointedpasteboard

extra

end

packing-box, and

box

lakes in Make-

are

its pasteboard

ends.

you
cut

will have
from

an

to

old

204

and

Parties, Shows,

Fig. 268.

If you

want

to

With

"

play

the

that

you

Out
in

the

boat,

take

fishingpoles,with
to

the

end

of the

kind

any

stringfor

"

The

in

place it is

boat.

are

Fishing

of

long

sticks

stringfor

common

Fig. 269.

seats

Entertainments

bait.

row-boat

or

line and

When

is turned

into

vou

canes

for

bit of paper

tied

walking
a

want

sail-boat.

to

turn

the

into

row-boat

cloth

white

to

the

earth

the

string

rapid

the

of
If

your

be

to

stiff

the

to

free

the

the

keep

sail

and

breeze

stretched

out,

and

upon,

sail

just

sailing

were

at

of

Cut

immediately
down

stands

the

of

269).

hole

and

end

you

dashing

spray

yard

back

of

to

the

is

large

four

and

stretch

each

on

one

fastened

turns

string

boat
the

ground

piece

into

straight
and

fasten
if

as

there

along

times

at

the

over,

boat.

several,

erect

boat

good

with

rate

sides

four

the

to

truly

were

tie

then

205

(Fig.

the

through

the

in

sail

of

pole

planted

up

bottom

the

run

well

is

it

until

steady;

and

bow,

Yard

three-cornered

rig

the

of

centre

covered

the

next

line

forward

and

pole

Back

tack

can

you

of

end

the

on

the

in

hole

sail-boat,

Your

in

Out

Camping

posts,

clothesline,

need

you
of

tent

making

tents

more

be

can

little

put

friends,

Should

clothesline.

the

for

up

on

settlement

the
of

each

of

the

tents.

Playing Tether-Ball

with

206

the

Home-Made

Game.

XVIII

CHAPTER

OUTDOOR

FUN

HOME-MADE
ITH
make

this

make

it

inches

money

The

be

an

long

extra

bean

straight

pole,

soft

strong,

for

and

will

broom

long-handled
Use

pole,

clothesline

twine

twelve

Cut

pieces,

the

lengths straight

the

entire

In

this

twine

thread

bunch,

figure
are

be

not

an

and

drawn

outlined,

post,

boxes

several
in
much

the

half

size

need

not

rackets,

two

of
any

which

are

shingles.

or

unused

small,

curtain

pole,
the

or

flagstaff,
a

long,

very

handle

of

an

old

make

for

Ball

Your

and

tie

place

string

all

around

the

centre

(Fig. 270).

diagrams

the

single

strands

detail, because,
confusion
207

then

length

from

one-half

other

in

inches

evenly together;

inch

will

children

twenty-four

and

and

two

answer.

Cover

each

long

smaller

to

The

hollow

about

"

You

the

and

game

Pole

clothesline

stationary

be

can

you

common

should

old

from

cut

The

ball.

cents

tether-ball

diameter

for

few

well.

in

tennis

of

entire

ball

rubber

may

TETHER-BALL

outlay

an

WITH

should

might

ensue.

every

of

separate

and

Parties, Shows,

208

tying the lengths of

After

part into three divisions

Entertainments

twine

each

strands

of four

the

together,separate

longest
Braid

(Fig.271).

Centre.

Tie

Fig. 270."
the

strands

the

string

all

of

Fig. 271."

gether.
to-

strings
ball

these
tied

strands

around

Tying
for

the

covering.

together in
the

the
tether-

bunch;

Fig. 272.
one

continue

distance
inches

and

remove

the

bunch

ends

the

loose

remove

the string,

stringfrom

strands

braid

all

untie
around

this

braid

is

long,

with

string

tie

of it

gether close

two

strands
of

each,

into

(Fig.

When

or

and joining
together,

bunches

eight

ends

half

(Fig.273); bring the

into three

braid

tightlyfor

and

two

string

(Fig. 272), then

of the braid

all the

and

of

the

to

braiding firmly and

three

Untie

for ball loop.

braid, beginning close

the

Ffe. 273."

braid

The

"

one

274).
larger
inch

one

another
the

loose

firmly
up

to-

to the

Fig.

274.

into

one

"

Braid
braid.

braid.

the

away

Tether-

braided

ring

string;then

stem

with

ends

of the

string(Fig.275).

loose

strands

the

Wind

have

will then

You

with

Fun

Outdoor

the

Divide

extra

an

making eight bunches

stationaryand
strands, or
the

pass

first

the

netting

for

ready

in

are

ball

left hand;
the

the

this

until

loop

from

forms

string
for

the

the

strands

Do

double

knot
and

tie is

short

again

to

form

across

not

tween
be-

Fig. 277."

Tie

the

knots

in

this

take

will

firm

the bunch
your

is made.

the

Bring
the

loop

the

from

knot.

in your
of

fingerout

Pull

stem;

Fig. 277

bunch

formed

give Fig. 276.

distance
a

and

left hand

the

through

bunches; this

three

way.

right hand

under

take

First step

"

tying

loop.

the entire

crossing of

same

in your

right hand

your

stringsuntil
the

bunch

the

thing
some-

hand,

ball.

carry

cut

each,

to

each

your

and

strands

firm ; then

fingerof

covering

cover.

you

knot

down

in

stem.

bunches; hold it there while

Fig. 276.
strands

The

"

hard

stem

bunch,

one

the two

Fig. 275.

209

braided

of three
the

Pin

(Fig.275).

on

tie

bunches

into

Ball

then

shows

by
the
tie

the

method.
Tie

bunches

together two
have

been

bunches, and

more

used

and

you

have

made

two

more,

four knots

until

all the

(Fig.278).

Parties, Shows,

210

Fit the network

to

remain

on

over

your

the ball while

and

Entertainments

ball

(Fig.279),allowing the covering

you

tie the

bunches

another

below

all

are

280.

"

knots

The

second

row

in ball covering.

of

Fig.

281.

of four

row

the first

Fig. 278.

at

Fig.

of strands

"

numbered,

Covering

of

bunches

showing

tether-ball

complete.

knots
Look

row.

The

into

almost

circle until
you

and

Parties, Shows,

212

can

circular

pullout

line

is

the stake

Entertainments

distinctlymarked

and

dig

hole

(Fig.283), then

where

it stood

at

the

FX

FX
tether-ball

Fig. 284." The

centre, and
Mark
the

this
the

six feet

straight lines

out

from

about

cross

two

the
The

and

two

line,F and

spot where

near

pole.

the

Cut

notch

top of

running
and

side must

stand

feet

from

(Fig.284).
the

the
Fig. 286.

the

ball when

one-

the

either

serve

of

designates

playeron

to

each

the circle and

one-half

cross

On

circle mark

the

half feet from

Fig. 285."

of

yond
be-

circle

side.

each

the

V.

of the

sides

opposite

across

straightline

edge
on

pole.

circle and

of the

centre

extend

plant your

straightline

court.

the

"

The

tether

pole is erected

for the

game.

and

ready

Fun

Outdoor

with

The

begins.

game

service

length of

to

the

depends

use

that

and

crosses

are

called

crosses.

The
are

213

Tether-Ball

of

tether

upon

pole

your

you

height

your

young

friends.

Make

the

pole

long enough

low
to al-

being planted
This

Fig. 287."
the

first

tying

the

is

ond

ball

tying

to

poie-string.

the

above

up

above
the

height

head.

top of the

Cut

string fast

around

string must

be

well

and

doubled

and

waxed

must

reach

Tie

ground.
end
so

of the

when

you

bat

first

pole, E

under
D

and

about

notch

the

of

ball

erect

twisted
it

and

the

of

loose

your

pole

tremble

even

is the end

around

The

ball

ever

so

Fig. 287 gives

is the loose

D, then

feet

long

the

on

the attached

tically,
ver-

near

feet

it will not

three

notch.

two

extend

erecting it

step in tying the ball

pole string.
the

of

and

ground,

again,

vigorously(Fig. 286).
the

the

waxed,

stringand

firmlythat

of

the

within

firm

steady and

end

one

be

to

to

pole before

Tie

(Fig. 285).

ball

surface

the

your

sufficiently
deep

in

step

poie-string.

the

to

sec-

288."

Fig.

[step in

attached

end.

back

on

the
to

Pass

again over
Fig. 289.

through

the

loop (Fig. 288);

"

The

tether

play.

ready

to

repeat this stitch

each

each

how

knots.

head.

your

of

wide

piece of

; fold the

Pattern

inches

cording

the

handle

it

Smooth

down
with
Make

racket

in

within,
the
into

or

tether
two

for

court

The

allowable
reach

courts,

cross

the

The
one

any

in

line

racket.

rough
second

same

way.

thoroughly

the

un-

of the

meaning

"

01

,-,

the

the
time

court

looks

during

the

side of

the

is used
the

finished
like this.

before

circle

on

The

Fig- 291."

ground

circle line

each

ac-

carefully

straightline
on

cut

thickest

the

the

at

over

pole.
each

and

centre

inches

pattern

the

us

Inside

game.

see

sandpaper (Fig.

291).

divisions

for it is not

the

one-half

racket

the

may

the

pole just above

five and

pencil

and

out

let

the

whittle

,.

you

shingle,

at

it

racket.

attempting

give

that you

the

line

the

over

around

derstand

pattern

It will

the

Rackets

curved

draw

Now
Paper

the

Open

lay

edges

the

string on

loose

long and

to

and

part;

for

the

ring around

for

Fig. 290.

Fig. 290."

drawn

are

lengthwise through

paper

___^

of

tight

Make

twelve

paper

end

red

string very

Fig. 289.

the knots

Paint

the

drawing

Examine

is made.

height of

the

Entertainments

over,

by tying the

tying,but

of

process

and

over

Finish

time.
in several

end

and

Parties, Shows,

214

shall go,

one

no

to

game

step on,

or

ground surrounding
to

divide

line,making

the
a

ground
separate

player.
in

each

court

is intended

to

mark

the

spot where

stand

player must

first

begins. The

any

place within

her

own

side of the

each

such

player
to

as

way

The

marked,
the

The
her
but

the

cause

holds

server

the

of courts

and

the

back

time
the

she

endeavors

pole.

between
entire
and
wins

the

one

this
two

the

time, no

on

wind

players until
ball

above
the

of

ball

other

red

nearest

player must

the

circle.

the

the

ball

with

pole
first

the

stringher

the

racket

opposite
second

player, a

kept going

greatest number

her

in the

the

this

band;

pole,

opponent,

or

player succeeds

one

the

is

stone

and, strikingit with

the

wind

as

spot, previously

player

toward

the

at

each

near

as

winding around,

around

strike it and

pletely
com-

begins by

wood

beyond

hand

other

progress

stringin

wind

to

it

; the

and

ball

the

returns

manner

girlwinning

the

turn.

ball
to

stringand.

While
a

In

to

the

the

girllanding a

her

in

send

to

stop the

the

standing

choice

tries to

As

go

court

own

of

piece of

or

The

opponent

direction.

may

band.

pole.

ball

end

players,and

while

approaches

ball

chosen

she

game

ball attached

red

opposite side
the

the

on

stone

ball

send

game

Game

ball

the

small

and

racket, endeavors
as

the

for two

the

the

on

the

of the

stay in her

stringwith

pole

first turn

court

of

above

pole

feet from

pole has

when

cross

the

during

she must

strike the

tether

the

ten

in the

go

to

turn, tossing a

possible to

ball

the

on

times

Object

is intended

game

in

one,

other

the

215

line.

the

around

stand

court, but

her

Tether- Ball
strike

or

player must

The
is for

"serve"

to

serving; at

while

court

with

Fun

Outdoor

around

way

forth

back

and

in

winding
the

wins

of games

out

the

game,

of eleven

set.

playing

the

game

player being

the

allowed

ball may
to

have

two

struck

be
or

more

but

once

trials

at

during

216

The
If
its

shall

turns

fault

the

making

free

strike

If
she

is

the

of

the

the

loses

All

faults

her

winds

about
the

the

give

her

the

ponent,
op-

and

court

own

player

to

goes

in

the

string

any

has

pole

commits
free

is

around

and

fault

hit

from

steps
over-

guilty
the

loses

the

of

handle

red

the

below

turn,

one

player

she

way,

winds

tether

opponent

If

turn.

string

the

during

once

next

court

own

When

than

more

loses

turn.

winding

so

her

in

cross

turn

on

band,
turn.

cross

on

her

court.

own

When

grown-up

stand

must

pole

nine

be

must

the

around

the

hang,
This

pole,
when

six

and

high

when

feet
must

be
must

making

the

rest,
may

the

above

courts

at

game

girls
feet

pole

the

dividing
of

or

ball

and

of

racket,

player

the

fault,

boundary

and

fault

of

guilty

lost

the

and

fault,

court

ball.

strikes

player

The

the

on

opponent's

called

is

players.

two

her

into

turn.

stands
the

at

the

ball

failure

her

loses

then

who

the

the

pole,

Entertainments

between

send

to

the

around

way

alternate

fails

player

and

Shows,

Parties,

two

be

three
extend
entire
and

played

boys

play

erected.

feet

in
ten

length
one-half

by

red

The

The

ground.

circle

outward

feet

sides,

from
of

equal

pole
on

the

on

from

each

The

ball

the

ground.
numbers.

the

ground

straight

feet.

twenty

band

The

diameter.
feet

the

tether-ball,

line
side
must

PART

MINIATURE

II

SEVEN

OF

THE

WONDERS

WORLD

220

Seven

himself

the

greatlyabout

in

years

many
erected
take

and

watching

at

trip to

house

he

long, five

feet

men

the

you

with

done

was

You

also

must

blocks

use

be

casings of

years

the

and

care

and

tawny
color

same

pose
sup-

to

build

blocks
very

pile,and

hard, for

all the work

and

in

place

tian
Egyp-

of the

heavy

and

the

as

that the miniature

now
originals,

King Cheops

mids
pyra-

that the outside

had

an

of

army

laboring constantlyduring twenty

men

thousand

You

need

can

make

employ only

Khufu

your
ten

one

long

Pyramid

fingersinstead

of

men.

side of

one

on

you

precisionin building your

yellow hue,

sandpaper (Fig. 292);

paste it

do

Sandpaper

The

from

thirtyfeet

precision.

exact,

off.

are

his stones.

minutes

hundred

Cut

How

labor

for the

stones

them

the latter

pileup

to

in twenty
one

it of

thousand

hundred

possibly

use

possible,get
may

largestever

may

monstrous

obliged to

Coarse
If

the

of them

five feet wide.

were

care

Have

pyramids.
stone

utmost

and

energy

you

stones, most

lift such

layersof

the

bother

not

spent much

older

grow

huge

to

did

King

Structure,

or

Well, they

hundred

two

of

four

busied

this

see

managed

ever

pyramid?

it took

and

high

crocodiles

pyramid,

enormous

and

It is made

B.C.

The

in, but

Wonderful

built 900

watching

nation.

When

Egypt

of

lived

building an

World

Monarch,

instead

ruling a

time.

any

Great

and

Egyptian King,

an

of the

JVonders

Pyramid
if the

piece of cardboard;

an

paper

is not

old box-lid

stiff
will do.

enough,
Make

a.
!""

The

two

sides

more

along

the

like the

Cut

one

of each

stripsof

narrow

gum

(Fig. 293).

side of the

pyramid

221

The

the

all the

edge

Fig.

making

293.

"

the fourth

and
the

cut

narrow

strips of muslin

side,extend

down

flat

on

the

Join
When

the right side edge.

into the

it out

correspondingslit in

pyramid

along

line

of sandpaper.

of the

Gum

muslin

dotted

the cloth.
pasteboard underneath
of these strips(Fig.294).
parts togetherby means

shows

Place

"

of Egypt

first and

right side edge

Fig. 292.

294)

Pyramids

projection(T, Fig.

first side

level surface

(U, Fig. 294).

under

weight

Seven

222

When

JVonders

ready

remove

(S, V, O, Fig. 294);

then

to

dry.

the first and

fourth

Fig. 294.

pyramid

The

294).

that

Remember

it and

the

World

ends

off the

cut

of the

strips

toy into shape by bringing

the

bend

sections

the

of

slidingT

together and

into

(Fig.

Join all the parts together.

"

must

stand

four

sides

and

erect

of

the

firm

real

as

in

pyramid

Fig.

295.
built

are

upon
A

and

the

base

you

can

get

crease

instead

lines of yours
some

without
of

Perfect

tough

should

also

which

paper

breaking, you

Square,

may

make

form

will fold
the

true

together in

pyramid

If

square.

of

four, by cuttingit the shape of Fig. 296 and

one

flat

piece

bending

Pyramids

The

it

evenly along

The

loose ends

and

slit.

the

the

dotted

must

be

If you

sand.

evenly with

Fig. 296.

will make
take

the

fine

small

it

use

have

evenly

it

the

Egypt

Sphinx:

as

make

may

there

If you

fine wire

sprinkler.
before
are

three

before

in

You

famous

of extension

means

make

some.

Give

sprinkle it

filled with

sand

piece.

one

get the

can

and

nail

through

cutting out

slantingsides.

it dries

cannot

must

223

four

pepper-box

the pyramid

baking-powder

sanded

the

kitchen

sprinkler.

empty

places;

togetherby

glue, and

old

You

by hammering

cover

In

"

the

form

regular sandpaper
of

An

to

fastened
no

wash

thin

paper

have

lines

of Egypt

pepper-box,

punch tiny holes

prepare
the

the

in

tin in many

the

paper

and

design.

structures

great pyramid, the middle-sized

in

addition

pyramid

to

and

224

Wonders

Seven

the

little pyramid

the little wee

like the

"

bear

in the

of the

big bear,

story book.

Pile
set

was

who

monarch

built

the

longest
The

will admit.

Cheops

nine

inches

in

satisfied with

Mycerinus,

did

as

as

of the

high

have

After
think

but

these

is

the

pyramids

always be

must

diagonal

row,

gives their
of

the

the

Sphinx

each

correct

of your

paper
feet

feet and

450

of

is

690

six

your

feet

as

with

nine

last,King
the

stone

high, with

inches, not

each

nearly so

little pyramid

he

high;

feet and

The

playing

hill 203

quite

tall

half

about

Egyptian structures, naturally you

be

grouped

as

you

might

pleased to place them,

are

from

Ordinary Toys

fixed in certain
one

the

positions.

facing exactly E.

positions.The

second,
east

the smallest

one.

Different
and

and

six inches.

feet and
Build

could

they

of which

tired

merely

354

second

making

that

the

Cheops;

reaching up

his stones

side

grown

monument.

the

and

feet and

447

foundation

as

for

for the

mountain, measuring 746

build

base, each

must

Cheops's

called

the dimensions

largeas

not

blocks, for his pyramid

side

is named

one

(pronounced Me-ker-in-us).

foundation

height of

as

and

height.

King Chephren
and

largestis

originalis like

side of the square

inches

each

Mycerinus

name

each

was

The

it.

bear

Stones

Chephren (pronounced Kefren)

the colossal

Make

of

middle-sized

Each

king, and

different

is named

second
has

by

up

the

World

second

of the second

to

first must
the

monument.

W.

Stand
N.

stand

northeast

S.
to

of the

them

Fig.

in

297

the northeast

third,and

226

Seven

Wonders

plains
birth

of the
than

more

before

years

Little wonder
and

worn

small

your

4,000

of Christ.

appears

IVorld

and

chipped

sister's

doll

its

that

the

it

now

that, like
is broken

nose

off.

Begin carving
larger size

from

this,find

paper

Bend

line,

and

Sphinx

the

Cut

out

There

is

cause

that

this.

covered
to

ours

In

of

look

like the

and

on

of

the

in

and

your

old

some

paste it on
the dotted

be

ready

Sphinx

ground,

to

sandy plain.

carving the body,

real

above

will

fail

you

is

and

like
be-

entirely
we

want

original.
the

wind

sweeps

the sand

in

great

should

look

masses

all

over

the

it out

Sphinx

need

sand, with only the head

objects,so
had

no

Should

299.

nearly

as

design across

down

with

parts of Egypt

against

the

close

crouch

the

stiff sandpaper.

ink

the head

printof

of

with

magazine, cut

or

Fig.298.

Fig. 298."

head

possiblelike Fig.

as

Sphinx by cutting

Fig. 298

the

Mark

in

the

people

their

Buildings Made

with

Slanting Sides
that

the

sand

might

slipoff when

it struck

them.

pouring

some

Try
sand

pyramids
will

on

and

Understand

your
you

the

Fig. 299 "The

bead

of the

Sphinx

like this.

The

of the

reason

the

which

Pyramids

peculiarstyleof

Sphinx

and

of Egypt
The

architecture.

pyramids

is the

stand

227

land

plain of

the

to

up

place where

Tall
is

graceful
marked
Fig.

300.

"

Cut

this from

green

it

paper.

Cut

301;

then

top
the

bend
where
base

it

any

of

grouped

"

The

tall date

palm

and

relieve

zeh.
Gi-

date

tered,
scat-

or

would

Fig. 301.

on

either

palms,

,.

ft

most
al-

place

Several

Well

letter P ; next

and

tree

plain

your

very

Fig. 300

the

joins

the

of

302

Fig.

as

stem

(Fig.302)

plant

it

Paste

the

trees.

light-weight

Fig.

over

ing
giv-

scars,

mark

cut

is

stem

native

from

and

in

appearance

our

pasteboard.

the

on

of

Fig. 300
paper,

leaf

leaves
out

its

different

bark

green

stiff

spread
old

very

the

from

The

crown;

with

set

you

Palm

tree.

and

glossy

are

that

The

Date

beautiful

on

sequently,
con-

give

structures.

your

Egypt

Gizeh

must

you
name

in

tend

look
to

Fig. 302."
stem

y1

the

Bend

where

.,

severity

joins ^

baSe.

the
it

Seven

228

of the
the

landscape.

stand

of the

Wonders

thin

layer of

and

Sphinx

of the
sand

the paper

will
be

"

roots

ready

for the

have

to

304.

Make

"

As

Many

do

is to

and

Arabs.

Camels
use

the

plain,

of the trees

saddle

of

writing

paper.

realistic appearance,

camels

stands

or

this camel.

Enlarge

give the place a

all you
as

303-

the

sprinkledover

Fig.
Fig-

World

the

explained in Chapter XIV,

You

as

and

the

may

own

You

will then

scene

Desire;

old

Egyptian

and

it will

method

of squares,

enlarge the

camel

in

The

Fig. 303

and

run

then

lead

cut

out

Pyramids
the

of Egypt

figure,lay it down

pencilaround

its

edge.

Fig. 306.

and

repeat the outline

then

have

fine camels

strong enough

to

carry

as

often

which

"

Cut

Cut

out

will stand

firm

on

cardboard

this second

the Arab

want

burdens.

flat

out

you

as

229

like this.

camels.
on

animal

four

You

will

feet and

be

Seven

230

Wonders

Make

of

writing paper

fold it like

and

Fig. 307.

Cut
in the

out

back

the

the

(Fig. 304).

Fig. 305

Arab

of the

"

fit it

Fold

of the

Saddle

Paint
on

or

together

so

mark

the camel's

at back

(Fig.306),being
drapery

World

that

the

it

as

in

Fig. 308,

the

short slit

back.

in this way.

sure
man

to

make
will

sit well

on

the

The
saddle.

Along

figure at

the

the dotted

lines

the

animal.

When
As

dry
a

"

mark

harness

tie

two

Arab

on

as

in

231

place a stripof paste

back, pasting the

Fig. 308.

(Fig.307).

of Egyfii

Pyramids

sides

the

and

together at

fold the

the

centre

camel.

Fig. 308

stringon

the

and

mount

camel's

him

head,

on

orna-

Wonders

Seven

232

it with

ment

the

give

The

the

placed

the

pyramids,
be

the

to

small.

that

will

309.

"

Fasten

the

camel's

harness

by

make

can

latter

front

of

seem

may

all

otherwise,
of

out

must

proportion,
stands

camel

it

Pyramid

close

looks

very

several

with

Men

free

from

held

with

others

Riding
and

harness
the

halter

by

head.

Bedouins
you

be

Grand

some

rider,

on

hole

men

in

off;

live

Camels

Fig.

and

the

way

Have

them,

Arab,

the

distance

when

because

through

animals

long

the

to

(Fig. 308).

some

objects

your

up

hand

and

(Fig. 309)

string

string

trees,

be

to

tassels

the

of

right

his

World

tiny

end

threading
in

the

of

bending

seated

piece

on

of

rocks,

paper

which

the

cardboard

right

height.
All
the

the

objects
of

system

Egyptian
placed

large

may

be

can

shown

squares

scene

in

given

be

envelope

taken
when

enlarged
in

up,
not

to

Chapter
each
in

any
14,

piece
use.

size

desired
and
folded

the
flat

by

entire
and

234

Seven

their

sun

small

islands

each

high,

The

statue

Apollo
high,

between

the

be

be

order

legs

that
of

need

not

made

to

every

and

tribute
pass

to

the

beneath

the

and

they

will

all

when
marvel

metal

harbor

eleven

may

pass

Take

the

as

bottom

line;

then

paper

the

and

stone

down

flat

cloth.

With

lay

over

of the

pencil

run

entirelyaround

line

the

on

the

figure;

be

very

about

the

to

and

it out

cut

stiff,

one-fourth

tip-top line

pattern

fold

wrinkle.

(Fig.310);

pattern
nine

measure

the

ticular

or

ing
cover-

carefullyon

very

from

lead

lawn

batting for
the

paper

double

filled

bronze

outer

without

inches

the

it

statue; let the cloth be perfectly

cotton

it

of

news

stiff fine

Use

filling.
Enlarge
make

figure of

of bronze

Colossus

stone.

smooth

carry

statue

world.

the

raw

the

beautiful

and

smooth,

carefully.

"legs

and

approach

the

at

the

over

of the

pattern

with

hundred

one

fine batiste

this

in the

picturesof history.

sailors

in with

Enlarge

on

Colossus

Make

"

that

stand

harbor

ship entering the

polished

Fig. 310.

two

this

god;
it

and

obliged to

span

in the

Towering
as

be

built

pedestalsfiftyfeet

stone

large, about

very

have

you

port of Rhodes,

immense

stands

Napoleon

as

must

in

erected

must

the

to

Colossus

your

apart,"

feet

have

you

that

pretend

entrance

JVorld

of the

must

you

the

at

that

so

water.

wide

So

god.

island

IVonders

having

all the

curves

soft

cloth
par-

of

Fig. 313.

"

Your

Colossus

of Rhodes

235

will look

like this.

Seven

236

the

the

Baste

figurecorrect.
them

machine-stitch

of the

Wonders

World

two

layers of

the

outside

around

cloth

together
of

edge

the

and

pencil

outline.
Do

where

they
talents

your

Leave
arm

should

Lines

Straight

this and

the best of

devote

work.

half-inch

the

remember

curve;

the

to

Sew

not

(Fig. 311).

opening
Pull

off

the

at

shoulder

bit of the

soft,raw

it in at the

between
the

of

the

and

cotton

opening

front

and

the

With

figure.

upraised
force

(Fig.311)
back

smooth,

slender, dull-pointedstick
the
the

represent the
When

sun.

the

stuff

the

the

point with

it is filled out
the

points

same

way;

shoulder

side, and
is

the

way

to

build

and

the

arm,

the

head,
of

the

cotton

continue

firmly.

then

fill the

upper

is held

to

Stuff

head

in

until

cotton

the

which

arm

This

the

and

and

of

point,pack

and

piece

push
one

rays

have

you

tip of

another

Fig. 3"."

into

up

points surrounding

which

in

well

cotton

of

in

all
the

opposite

part of the
down

at

the

next

the

upliftedhand

and

the

body.

Colossus.

Begin
of the left foot and
arm,

of the

then

leg,and

the

at

stuff the lower

lower

the

Sole

half of the

filled hanging
partially

part of the body and

fillin the other

leg.

Before

the

edtire

stuffingthe

length

feet take

Colossus

The

strong, stiff hat-pins and

two

the ends

in

the

must

pins

broken
lines

end

along
the

below

the

the

figureby
feet;
the

out

the

keep

each

the

B,

and

then

slowly punch

rays

around

end

openings

the

carefullycut
like

In

hard

needle
lower
will

centre

manner

the

and

the

stitch

cloth

you

upon

be

the

outline

an

the raised
idea

their

hole

around

the

feet.

Lift

stiff finish

the

raw

the

stuffing

until

they

points.

divisions
with

until the

over

the

the

of

point

is sufficiently

opening

the

on

other

surrounds

between

space

between

by twistingthe pointed

cloth that

the

careful

covering

an

shows

half

the

side

each

and
ing.
open-

and

body

the

side.

insertingthe

portionof
give

and

by

of the

each

fringe of

the

down

pin points,carefullytwist

held

Colossus

open

and

uplifted arm,

Enlarge

the

away

wads,

when

taken

the

the

and

Statue,

stuffingthe figure,use

When

through

the

the

dotted

and

the

around

inch

an

again, adjusting them

Out

and

Turn

extending

into

head

penholder

large.

arm

open

of the scissors.

of

if it is firm

by

them

insert

pin,

The

body.

into

packed

held

when

the

(Fig. 311)

C, C

pin points,and

Cut

blade

bend

straightagain;

out

less than

not

yet been

not

all the

up

If you

represent the pins placed inside;

(Fig.311).

has
two

heads.

them

into

upright when
figurestiffly

Sew

well

leg

extend

pins

if it bends

pins

hammer

heads,

legs in Fig. 311

feet

off the

break

237

perfectlystraight.Very carefullywork

first,up

which

cotton,

the

be

points of

the

the

removing

of Rhodes

not

and

pins

up

between
hand.

of the

to

tear

labor

bedquiltswhen

soft; do

cotton

the

run

it; the
the

the

they

same

roll it

of the

stick

care

must

With

thread

fingers and

around

legs.

Fillingin
your

end

not

the

figurewith

and
the
cotton

great-grandmothers
stuffed elaborate

be

pended
ex-

designs

238

Seven

of grapes

and

valued.

Give

vines

the

on

Apollo

the

if the

small

is

statue

Coat

the

openings by
have

312.

Cut

"

ery.
drap-

side where

the

cloth

means

were

that

the

the

drapery

the

arm

the

the

to

statue

closer
are

seem

the

two

the

higher

than

inking

curved

the

face.

lines for the

eyebrows
curve

place with

scarf

that

so

scissors

no

allow

trim

off

ing.
of the stitch-

edges

foreshortens
features

rather

nostrils,a largercurve

for

of

between

sharp

Draw

dots

eyes,

end

with

is held

for the

other

is visible ; then

chin

oblongs

the

cloth

for

; under

the

for the

look

face; this
if

as

that

and

the

they
brows
eye-

makes

all the features

level.

Do

high
these

nose,

the

to

they actually are,

the

around

it in

the

top of the head, which

when

fold

ink

up

the

position causes

and

Features

held

being

together than

nearer

this while

chin

and

pen

figure at

space

Fasten

Bronze

dry, and

the

the

for

Fig. 312

co

and

the

little ravellings
along the

any

The

the front

body.

unbronzed

spaces.

against

through

pin (Fig. 313).

handle

pen

joins the body

arm

forward

and

the

of

figure,bringing

portionof

the

end

partiallyto

seem

according

looselyacross

of

arms

end

and

liquidbronze,

enlarge the

one

the

Mark

the face.

the
to

Hold

With

on

of the

one

the

strip

for

cloth

it with

stripof cloth

drapery.

of

bronze

twist

each

Cut

Fig.

highly

now

Varnish

of

side

closed,

through

quiltsare

an

perfectlydry

back

World

Such

coverings,

All-over
When

of the

Wonders

mark

mouth

two

curved

elongated

two

and

forget

forehead

the

on

with

not

little one

Making

the

Colossus

239

of

Rhodes

Seven

240

for the

lower

before

make

or

and

half

inches

deep.

the

the

on

boxes

of

the

the

glue is
and

covers

the

the

through

the

to

them

of the

bottom

cork

in turn
a

box

box

into the cork.

the

sanded

it

the

stand

foundation

There,
Rhodes,

in
the

boxes

one

the

of

up

Of

and

two

thin

sand, and,

be

two

stone

projectingpin points

cork
to

the

end

of each

rest

of the

through
the

in

the

shows

point

of

is

of the
into

run

the

should

together

box.
statue

be

so

as

to

Colossus

of

piece.

famous

the

on

cork

Seven
Fig. 314.

Wonders

will

two

the

cork

bottom

pin

the

Fig. 314

in

of the renowned

one

about

outside

the

bottom

with

box

firm; the

boxes

fastened

made

the

outside

must

securely
seem

the

of

means

from

Apollo
and

cork, while

securely to
by

the

sprinklewith

each

the

pin

common

hat-pin firmly planted

held

paper

after it is attached

to

the

the

give

wet

work

of the box

inside

top of

each

half wide, and

large enough

the

of

cardboard

by pushing

pin point; then, holding

by pushing

box

the

the bottom

place,fasten

piece of

Apollo

tops of the boxes;

pin point, having

firmlyon

statue.

foundation

stone

on

head.

and

boxes

IVorld

face

bronze

and

Erect
upon

the

heavy

inch

the

While

dry, replace

pedestalsfor

it

Open

of the

drawing

high, an

coating of glue.
when

to ink
two

inches

half

Practise

lip.

attempting

Find

JVonders

World,

is

COm-

"

the

Fasten
boxes

the
in

statue's

this way.

feet

to

242

Seven

Wonders

The

lie scattered

to

that

piecesand

in many

had

Colossus

been

Statue
the

the

on

of the

is Broken

for you

allow

camels

Nearly

three

centuries

prostrate,"he reports,
with

its thumb
most

blocks

sees

their
vast

statues;

one

fragments
after the

still lying where

Colossus

of the

the

carry

the

arms;

by

was

pieces of
had

man

whose

weight

the

pieces

it lies there

men

clasp

can

greater than

are

in its shattered

nine

the

as

Few

fingersalone

the

to Alexandria.

even

yawn

caverns

of stone

Rhodes

This

wonder.

real

when

disaster,Pliny saw

to

the

fallen

of the

it fell: "And

"it stirs

after

it had

their backs

on

fragments

where

656 A.D.,

conquered by the Saracens, who sold many

bronze
sun
god to a Jew of Syria Edessa.
hundred

the

that

know

it remained

down,

centuries, until the year

for many

Rhodes

people of

ground,

thrown

World

within

limbs;

builder

established

it."
The

$500,000, which
war
presented to

about

cost

engines of
their

several

were

the

large as

The

modelled

in Rhodes.

to

its

cityin

all other

famous

thousand

In

universitywere
grammar,

the

of

sale
named

man

him

give

statues

in

Rhodes

with

and

and

and
works

the

time

Roman

is described

cities of its era,

adorned

by

made

is said

Laocoon

the world

ports, streets, walls

Greek

Rhodians

Colossus, which

pounds.
fairest

the

the

from

the

up

De-

siege

B.C.

city,303

There
so

obtained

was

Poliorketes, after they had

metrios
of

Colossus

for

the

one

have

weighed
Bull

Farnese
Rhodes

by

and

all of
public edifices,
of

art.

Among

which

became

and

none

720,900

were

both
the

thought

was

historians

beauty

Brutus, Cassius, Caesar

the

to

but

superior

as

of

convenience
which

the

students

Cicero, and

the model

were

fusely
proin

the

of Greek

its

first

and

The

Latin
has

played

and

Turkey,
also

the

of

the

is

ruled

by

this

Danish

scientific

the

of

pieces

look;
with

Rhodes

on

original

the

"Wonder"

then

the

You

much

they

and

stated

facts

subject

to

of

see

the

go

find

how

world.

any

closely

that

But

the

for

to

and

from

time

has

all

discover
be

the

compare

pictures
your

on

the

your
which

Apollo

of
of

ing
governcollects

to

time

that

stated

that

remains

fore,
there-

lookout,
and

statue

island

fife,

Turkey,

newspapers

Rhodes

possession

office

news

of

to

find

now

to

must

wish

will

you

the

will

Rhodes.

how

know

to

of

expedition

Colossus

is

holds

interesting
one

you

world.

belonging

have

243

so

it

who

pasha,

for

the

state;

islands

island,

same

city,

in

part

will

We

this

powerful

adjoining

revenues.

from

more

no

Rhodes

of

in

important

very

is

written

was

grammars,

Rhodes

Colossus

how

Colossus

may

resembles

be

the

of

lished
pubthe

Cardboard

Pharos

244

of Alexandria

CHAPTER

THE

PHAROS

OF

XXI

ALEXANDRIA
OF

AND

HALICARNASSUS

that

LAY

and

that

Alexandria,
there

is
to

you

and

original
to

and

stone

do

"Pharos

other

countries

occurred

to

similar
have

at

are

the

may

now

your

the

the

of

kind

is

Pharos

from

any

grand,
structure

it of

make
the

have

white

honor

of

and
of

of

finished

and

not

harbors.

be

Remember,
245

hurry

all

dependent
These
the

it

why

on

the

never

to

erect

seas

may
fires
bon-

upon

chance

people
for

from

people

will

they

preparations

sailors.

the

wonder

sailors

lighthouses

make

Known

and

that

coasts,

danger

and
poor

it

lighthouse,

entrances

material

help

your

their

only

Ever

When

build

times

desires

immense

to

are

you

Lighthouse

see

on

burning

ready
you

to

structures

guides

fires

them

for

Here

something

must

of

city

who

different

an

You

the

Alexandria,"

means:

will

in

best,

First

that

what

unique,

great

Egypt.

Ptolemy,

wants

purpose.

of

The

Think

new

very

your

the

building

entirely

an

he

in

of

coast

building

Cnidus,

live

called

King

erect

of

you

the

on

known;

ever

Sostratus

are

you

architect,

adapted

MAUSOLEUM

THE

watch-

have,

so

building,

though,

that

we

get
that
are

246

livingin
States

the third

but

Select

on

the

island

of

Your

It

happens

Mediterranean

not

are

in the United

for

Lot

Building

in which

Sea

we

island

the

lighthousewill

that your

World

Pharos.

extremity of

eastern

that

B.C., and

century

the

of the

Wonders

Seven

be

island

an

on

Colossus

the

was

in the

tical
iden-

reared, only

apig

saipu|S

!i* inches ;

4/2

Inches

4'/s Inches

-c

5 Inches

Side
Fig. 313.

not

neck
to

for

the

on

of

the

land,

side
built

very

of the

by

men,

of Pharos

water.

which

city of Alexandria, making

building material.

for your
be

same

Foundation

"

new

You

must

of Alexandria.

The

island

stretches
it easy
have

large,about

six hundred

feet

through

to

go

plenty

styleof beacon-light,because

of Pharos

the

square,

back
of

the
and

ground

foundation
and

the

has

water

forth
space
is to

building

Building

the

Pharos

247

of

Alexandria

248

Seven

will be

many

stories

extend

feet

Wojiders

The

upward.

high, that

the

paper

will

answer

Cut

the

Fig.

316.

be

out

at

sea.

four

A). Extending

Fig.

317.

Run

"

across

five inches

Near

edges.

centre

"Make

Fig. 318

line

another

one

of

two

the

from

out

on

opposite

the

this.

like

the

five hundred

measuring

side.
paper

as

stone.

centre

of the

of

piece

in size

Foundation

line
with

smaller

the

for

each

Begin

"

and

miles

seen

square

slits (A

long

are

be

World

lighthouse must

lightmay

piece like Fig. 315 with

along the dotted fines on
edges

smaller

stories,growing

Stiff,white

the

of the

side.

the four

are

square

depth.

On

end
bottom

and

The

best

eight inches

wide

fine

mark

line

edge (Fig.319).
the
a

edge

at

half from

each
the

the

Make

end,

edge E,

make

inch
the

on

same

of the
fine
will

flap,C,

and

inches

extension,or

is to cut

piece

long (Fig. 316).

half

from

three

inches

midway

between

the

division

(Fig.320).

the opposite

the

outer

oppositeedge (Fig.318);

ends

bring

half in

carefullycrease

Fig. 315

at

extra

an

and

and

inch

an

fines

eleven

one

another
which

heavy

and

each

across

is

sides have

to

way

lengthwise across

edge (Fig.317); repeat

then

of the

two

there

side

all of the

lines.

of paper

of each

each

square,

Cut

flap,D.

the dotted

Run

end

one

B,
slit,

sides of the

Crease

from

the

this fine and

one

all the

inch

and

lines,bend-

Seven

250

Wonders

others, requirespaper

seven

show

the

324

given

are

to

of the

by

World

five inches.

Figs. 321,

sizes of the

relative

the

four

is

the

explain

of the

slits

in

first story

(Fig. 321),

the
Fig. 322.

Second

"

story

of

Pharos

of

while
In

edge.

the

the

to

there

edge
at

turns

through
(G

G).

The

third story

"

Third

story

Alexandria.

of

the

ends

Pharos

of

of

slit reaches

the

of

edge

touches

at

story (Fig.322) the right-hand slit not

runs

Fig. 323-

stories,

left-hand

right-hand slit (H H, Fig. 321)

the second

the

Alexandria.

to

square,

in

as

three

of

neither

tre
cen-

Notice

the

additional

cutting
the

on

squares.
that

grams
dia-

also intended

are

to

and

cut

fiat; the

out

323,

stories when

paper

laid

322,

Fig.

324.

"

of

the

the

edge

of

right-hand

(Fig.323)

Fourth

story

Alexandria.

and

but
tends
ex-

the paper
slit of the

differs from

of

one

only

square,

right angles

the

Pharos

of

the

Pharos

The

other

the

it turns

of

those

edge

the

of

straight line

turning again
the

edge

at

of

the

story (Fig.324) the

fourth

slits

tpuu

story I, I (Fig. 324),

being

the

slit.

long

Fig.

gives the diagram

the

Room

in the

largeopenings

four

sides

allow

to

beacon-light to
into the dark
of the

centre

is

one.

This

has

for

story, which

fifth

the top

325)

is

side

edge

out
llnch

The

night.

Fig. 325.

diagram (Fig.
inch

one

the

shine

of the

windows;

the

on

all the

Cut

Fifth

other

of Pharos

story

have
sides

dotted

will

side

and
Fig. 326."
wood

The
fire.

pitch-

down

inside

the

of the

together into

cut

paper

bunch,

as

in

inward

the

the

do

room;

into

are

and

top

which
slits,

ing
together,formBend

room.

portion of
Use

put the

each

by slidingthe

the sides

of

corners

fastenings secure.

orange-coloredtissue

twisted

four

crease

extend

form

near

squares

bend

edge flaps through

bring the edges of

the

of the

lines,then

story together in proper

four

of Alexandria.

slits cut

heavy fines,and

all the

crease

"

of the sides

two

square;

extending flaps.

and

the

entirelythrough
the

In

there

the

in

of

distance

square,

slit reaches

the

251

right angles, making

the

(Fig.323).

like

cut

first

325

H,

paper

short

at

side

adjoining

sharp angle;

are

within

runs

where

square,
to

it

two;

of Alexandria

the

back

flapswhich

this to make

the

strips of bright-red

fringe on

Fig. 326,

one

for the

edge

and

Wonders

Seven

252

of the

Pitch-Wood
is to

which

gleam

out

Fire

the

upon

World

treacherous

approaches

the

to

harbor.
fuel

Having

ready

cut

paper,

for

few

the
down

the

outside
of

each

the

back

fit the

inside;

tightlyinto
Fourth

Fig. 327."

or

ready

the

for

of the

side

of each

one

over

story
fourth

the

to

When

the
the

of

the

stiff white

four

and

slits

fire

fire slide

the

two

bottom

the

of

the
above

in

the

same

side

tightto

Be

to

fit in

steps may

way

327.
/

of

the

the
fifth

the under

keep

the

front

side

of the

Fasten

each

lower

you

attached

the

place.

the

on

Fig.
o

flaps of

sure

bend

(Fig. 326)

flaps up

story.

it

top of Fig.

each

on

succeeding story directlyunder

one

and

315,

resemble

will

work

on

slit which

the

on

two

that

front

the

fifth.

Pharos

is finished

White

leading to

the

top of the fourth

it,that

to

hole

Through

top story; flatten the ends

side

the

the

of

of

Slip the

through

comes

end

bend

and

"

story with

fire

pitch-wood

and

"324
^

that

in

flap

corner

the

by B, Fig.

end

side

adjoining side.

flap through

shown

covers,

hole

C, and

the

or

erected

small

the

around
the

of

be

Fig. 324

sides, allowing
extend

to

end

of

centre

the

each

Pierce

moments.

exact

stone,

lighthouse may

building,your

in

white

fire,and

make-believe

the

for

make

Marble

the three

flightsof

Steps

top of the lighthouse. Cut the top flight(Fig.328)

paper.

one-half

Let
inches

it
in

measure

one-half

inch

in width

and

length,including the top landing.

The

of

extension

side

The

inch

an

Pharos

Fold

long.

the

of

of Alexandria

the

Slip the

(Fig.329).
side of the

top of the fourth

stairs into

the

the

Make

and

slit I

left-hand
like the

steps

right-hand

bottom
the

and

form

the

on

of

edge
top

back

paper

slide the

story, and

flightof steps

next

three-quarters

firmly to

crease

into the

the

on

be

flat,straightstripof

extension

slit H

should

landing

times, in fan fashion

forth many

253

of

third

story.
five

only longer

ones,

the

"

4/2 Inches

Fig. 329Fig. 328.

and

one-half

end

of the

run

it

edge

inches

of the

inches

in

The

of

story.
the

across

these

stripfor

paper

which

last

the
have
the

Attach

the

third

should

top flight;

flightof
same

the
slit

marble

manner.

when

measure

from

right-hand

story in the

the

flat

seven

length.
real

which

making

of the

steps in the

second

Sostratus

of Cnidus

Natural
on

the

Place

right angles

at

creased

steps

lighthouse

to

creased.

being

turns

flight with

to attach

the bottom

over

bottom

second

steps diagonally
The

extension

the

before

length

Top

"

ready

steps.

slit H

the

fasten

edge (G)

in

platform

through

and

flight of marble

Top

"

to
one

his

erect

for

your

lighthouse and
the
Pharos

covering

cloth

cover

smooth

is to stand.

should

be

had

Island

lighthouse,but
Pharos.
it
and
On

Find

box

looselywith
tightonly
all the

over

irregularlyplaced, so

little

kind

any

other

have

may

you

the

fun

of

larger than

of

stiff

the

it will

cloth;
which

on

space

portionsof
that

the

box

jut

out

the
in

254

Wonders

Seven

rock

rough

immense
sew

the

the

cover

and

in others

places; fold

the

Tack
on

cloth

sea-blue

with

wood

of

foundation

or

varnish
the

for

While

the

sand.

When
the

down

write

would
your

like

and

and

space

not

the

allow

to

of

reserved

to make
sufficiently

the

on

Pharos.

it

limp.

the

Draw

half of

paste the

stand,
it

glue them
(Fig.

statue

Then

it out.

cut

ward
in-

Turn

flapsand

bottom

of its

side

one

white

OF

FOR

paint

has

Sostratus

of the

paint
dried,

just as

in this

name

GODS,

with

light coat

central

stone.

centre

do

to

SOSTRATUS

on

the

line,one

backward,

very

terranean
Medi-

bend

forward,

the

stand

the

other

upright on

statue

slip

cut

top

building.

If you

did,

dotted

of the

moist, sprinkle generously with

paper
the

covered

waters

careful

Be

down-hanging

white

on

the

half
of the

is

island
the

dry, glue

through

up
at

glue

tack

wood,

heavy pasteboard

the

the cloth

securelyto

330)

of

lighthouse.

glue to dampen

pasteboard,

if of

there;

and

glue, except

or

is of

an

Island

give

Sea;

box

represent the

to

paper

If the

of

appearance

or

one

or

the

here

ready glue

World

much

as

stitch

When

on.

have

possible.

as

with

on

cover

of the

CNIDUS

THE

that

write

TO

of old carved

the

his

Sostratus

name

the
name

RESCUING

THE

BENEFIT

over

real architect

way:

first story of the

so

the

SAILORS

OF

then

Pharos;
cannot

white

deep

be

paint over

seen.

paint, "King
on

the stone

After

it
the

Ptolemy."
wall

of

the

The

building,then

and

toward

you,

colored

tissue
the

inch

how

see

top openings.

will

wee

faint

give a

have

of

corners

fire

burning

paper

sails,and

of the

it stand

of the front

tween
be-

edges

and

how

and

shining brightly

closelythe

boats,

paper

in

contrast

in the

name

paint.

one

it appears,

tiny

idea

King's

used

Make

The

water.

the

real

the

set

255

bright sunlight; let

well

resembles

make-believe
boats

in the

with
light,

length, with

in

it and

plasteryou

Pharos

the

and

you

from

of the

place the

Now

of Alexandria

plasteredover

Instead

plaster.

Pharos

not

them

scatter

size

of

over

the

an

the

on

Pharos

huge proportions of

and

the

house.
light-

Call in
Friends

Your

let them

and

that

pretend

the

enjoy
the

the

Pharos

cost

lighthousesof

over

the

building,because
world's

million

dollars.

world
was

yours
to

the

them

showing

are

day, and

Roman

named

and

the

to

marks

Seven

how

after

ing
build-

Wonders

of

of all the

believe

Pharos

completed

was

sixteen

square

the centre

On
in

the

with

XXIII,

and

in the year

Mausoleum
or

of the

Temple

paper

make

must

282

B.C., and

the

useful

that

remained

your

ing
stand-

centuries.

The
Turn

You

your

this white

of the most

Wonders."

all

in the

epoch

World, and beside being very beautiful,it is one

"Seven

wages,

them

an

must

laborers

low

Pharos,

girlsthat

of the

one

they

such

Explain

first and

boys

with

even

were

the

is

; tell them

you

gigantic in size, that

cents

history. Say

you

is

structure

paid only twenty

were

lighthousewith

of

Halicarnassus.

of

pasteboardbox upside down.

nearly square

like the

top glue a pasteboard cella made

Diana, Chapter

pillarsmade

in the

glue them

along

same

the

XXIII.
manner

four

the

Surround
as

those

edges of the

in

box,

one

cella

Chapter
Cover

Fig.

331.

"

The

Mausoleum

256

of Halicarnassus.

Fig.

345-"

Your

Little

2tf

Statue

of

Zeus

XXII

CHAPTER

THE

STATUE

that

MAGINE
of

statue

ZEUS

you

see

of

crown

down

in

Victory,

the

and

eagle,

There:
You

have

the

most

ever

and

but

beautiful

make

Are

and

that

real

giant
of
r

irom

the

are

you

elephant
j

Sculptor

of

distant

the

falls
knees.

winged

figure

crowned

with

of
an

Olympia,
statue

ages

year

statue

ago

439

B.C.

of

Zeus,

Phidias

tusks

believe
have

that

been

.
,

glittering

dals.
san-

the

actually modelling
Make

statue.

Over

lilies, which
across

hair

that

pretend

must

golden

of

and

gold

leaves.

mantle

sceptre

upon

seeing?

lived
the

his

olive

the

holds

worth

who

little

body

wonderful

about

Zeus

can

you

and

ivory

golden

Zeus

at

by Phidias,

You

you

looking

modelled
You

that

not

white

slender

rich

are

in

he

long,

feet

Was

been

made

hand

one

other
his

on

his

seated

ivory,

upon

green

thrown

is

ivory,

ebony,

enamelled

over

of

white

majestic

you

wearing

embroidered

gold,

In

of

and

shoulder

one

OLYMPIA

before

throne

precious stones,
a

AT

gigantic size, made

immense

an

OF

sent

to
Fig.

,
,

regions

dreds
hun-

to

supply
259

enough

332.

"

Make
doll.

Zeus

of

Seven

260

the

ivory for

and

work,
and

precious stones
and

Wonders

one-half

that

you

have

an

Zeus

of

Make

ebony.

six inches

or

of the IVorld

in

length. Pry

abundance
doll

off its

of

(Fig.332)
wig, then

Fig. 336.
Fig. 335Fig- 333beard

Gild

"

and

the

doll

out

with

all

You

the head

tissue
like

(Figs.t"33

and

Figs.336

Fig. 337.

on

the

bind

with

feet

you

glue

and

334)
a

Fig. 338

of

crown

head
into

keep

olive

the

on

the

throne.

Fold

the

for cutting
of

crown

olive

leaves.

them

flat,round

paint

the

doll white

absolutelywhite.

the

of green
and

cut

together

glue.

Bend

sittingposition
statue

so

until
Fig. 338.

it

give

leaves.

with
a

be

arms

doll

paper

the

Zeus.

and

on

Gild

fasten

crown

on

"

five

337, and

The

crossed;

Mustache

Fold

of the

back

and

"

glued

leaves.

olive

paper

the

and

Make

(Fig.335).

of

feet

the entire

make

Beard

Hair,

sandals

at

Should

cotton

raw

must

hair

back.

of varnish.

layer of

Gild

"

the

coat

over.

sandals

Fig. 334-

mustache.

Gild
on

hair,

Gold

"

gold,

Cut

the

"

Zeus

is

for his robe.

ready

Back

S3

Top

of

BTopofArm ! (J

Arm

""

Arm

Arm

Jt
._

jl
j

"

L
5lDE

Side

-1

Seat

J
y.

_jm

v.

2*L.

Front

_o

o.

u;||

ii..

.JE

r^

tf
Fig. 339.

"

Make

the throne

261

like this.

The

Statue

of Zeus

Throne

Fig. (339); the back,

to

is

seat

half

long.
inch

wide;

front
the

wide,

each

on

inch

is

long

the

centre

and

and

two

inch

high

and

arm

is

inch

length of

ornament

three-quarterinches.

wide

one

top of

three-quarter
top of

the
and

back-piece for

the

an

The

arm

quarter.

inch
and

F,

half

are

an

including

not

flaps.Length

of

throne

is

of back

and

four

one-half

inches.

side

an

Each
and

inch

their

wide;

one-quarter

from

six and
inch

are

Cardboard

front

are

arms

the

is

front

one

feet
side

and

seat

one-quarter
The

an

The

and

one

inches

of

edge

extreme

White

of

263

Olymftia

at

greatest length,counting
the

entire
the

of
and

feet, is
half.

of back

The

width

piece (Fig.340),
and

is two

one

inch

an

including X

not

of

length

and

X,

three-quarter
Fig.

inches.
X

are

under

The

sides X
and

one

side of the

and

one-half
throne

inch

sides

340.

in

"

An

extra

length,as

and

they

fit

throne.

exactly the

J.

Lightly Score,
then

bend

dotted

side

part A

the

top part

lines

and

heavy

cut

(Fig. 339) including D

B ; slide C

through

and

from

lines.

L;

Bend
then

outside

and

inward
bend
bend

the

forward
inward

the

box-like

the front

G, then

I and

against the

and

run

the

extension

U, which

and

slide them

Bend

R.

and
on

back

fasten

the throne

Q,

the

left

lower

Fig. 340

and

Rest

of

inch

one

the

to

The

two

diamond,

are

slits

hold

marked

which

time

slide

Bend

ward
for-

arms

and

and

forward

O.

Bring

front;
S

the

run

through
the

through

go

two

Penknife

slits and

it to

use

through

are

straighten
Bend

the slits.
bend

then

back

by slidingV through Y

of throne

and

over

and

over

and

Attach

(Fig.340).

Dais

slide

with

the

marked,

the
In

shows

the

flapsof
the

and

the

them.

are

with

footstool

the

The

dais.
and
one

four

of the

diagrams

designs like

through

the

edges
one

upper

is three

extensions

counted,

not

designs.

same

side, passing

throne

the seat

four

quarter from

one-

the

and

the

(Fig. 340);

high, its top

sides; all

long, tongues
and

J.

and

to the

of the

each

and

pass

same

forward

across

they

J (Fig.339)

flaps. Fig. 341

each

are

S must

T;

Upper

by

the

through

and

after
and

of throne.

the sides

then

flapsthrough

backward

and

at

back

Blade

points of tongues

and

down

the

and

slidingtongues
the

H;

lines

Bend

side of the chair.

Use

out

dotted

Bring

M,

directlyunder

fits

slits to the under

in

and

likewise.

arm

the

line

K.

at

P, including T

Q through

tongue

throne

N, and

and

through N

other

sides of the throne

inner

through

dotted

along

of the

back

the

the

extending along

sides

the

backward

Bend

E.

at

arm

of the World

Wonders

Seven

264

four

one-half
inch

slits

and

are

sides

inches

on

quarter

each

an

inch

sides.
square,

the

(Fig.342)

of footstool

designson

and

with

other
marked

dais

flaps and

the

with
slits

tongues,

Seven

266

Wonders

of the World

Attach
to

dais

upper

the under

the

side

bottom

dais
the

flaps; bend
In the

part of the dais.

upper

through

by

by sliding the

four

Stool

the

remaining

slits

Extension

same

the
way

four

fasten

dais

marked

ExitnVioh

ttpwtn

or

on

extensions

down-hanging

Back.

Tor

against

the throne

top of the upper

on

flat

flapsup

Oau

"B"

Dais
Ft.**

X
rup

Fig. 343-

with

the

same

(Fig.343)
five inches

flapsof
about

and

designs.
fasten

square

lower

eight by

dais
ten

on

the

"

dais.

and

put together the

upper

dais

on

on

inches.

lower

Bend

top and

down

The

one

inch

it.

high.

stiff cardboard

the

Make

or

Glue

thin

lower

dais

lower

dais

the

wood,

bottom
in size

The

Statue

the

Inlay
black

by painting a
back

and

down

of Zeus
Throne

band

of the arms;

the

ornaments

the

344.

The

"

lion

for

panel

unbend
the

front

that

his

place him

on

feet

rest

stripof smoothly

bring
in

the

folds

cloth
like

those

looselyhere
entire

strip

sceptre of

and

cloth.

headless

it out,

then

the

slide

pin

Zeus

eagle
glue

and

the

grasp

his

Add

glue to

little

by running
been

its

taking

and

cloth

Pin
on

one

the

down

him

well to
the

Fasten

folded
back

end

of
the

across

of

Zeus,
knees

the
the

Trace

to

up

it in

stitch

the

with

the

pin,
hat-

top of
Make

place.

hand

and
make

point

down

previouslypunctured
Trace

bringing

Fig. 346.

"

Cut

out

gold eagle.

eagle-crowned sceptre

by binding
a

footstool; then

Fig. 346; gild

eagle'sbody

the

of

the

gum

pins

Make

hat-pin.

from

cut

lions and

lions

the

gild

there, then

of

the two

Drapery

gold eagle

through
the

and

pins.

345,

glue and

with

the

Fasten

Fig.

with

side

two

throne.

footstool.

left shoulder

the

in

front

the

on

starched

ironed

of Zeus, and

statue

the

may

over

up

panel

his throne,

firmlyin place with glue and

statue
a

and

Zeus

the

panel on

throne.

straightand

and

centre

(Fig.344),gild the

the

lines

side of the

top of the

on

Trace

each

the

keep

Gild

267

Ebony

the top, down

neat.

Fig.

Olympia

with

across

the front

at

cut

out

the

sceptre tightlytogether with

sure

they stick

into
in the

the

fast ;

small

thread.

steady the sceptre

needle

hole

that

has

dais,and paint the sceptre white.

Seven

268

IVonders

Winged

(Fig. 347), glue

tight
idea

the

on

of

the

of the

front

represent

the

empty

of

the

arm

immense

size

worshipper

the

at

precious

the

gods,

throne

are

in

held

large,it

that

Fig- 347-

"

the

from

the
the

of

arms

sphinxes.

the

where

chief

the

and

of

temple

Olympic

year,

Rise

lift the

from

roof

Zeus

believed

games
was

so

Throne

building; also,
masterpiece

supreme

anxious

was

that

His
the

off

the

was

Everyone

people

winged

The

that

with
glittering

the

two

in

fourth

He

statue

of art.

doll

said, that

was

the

that

was

Greece,

every

would

and

in

let the

Play
is

an

doll

golden pictures

statue

Should

he

Zeus.

supported by

real

Olympia

it, and

hand

give

to

one-inch

throne

ebony

the

glue

Then,

on

of

and

of

were

shrine

stones

stories

The

throne.

drapery

and

ivory, gold

and

statue, place

of

bit

of Zeus

the

the

IVorld

Victory

hand
of

of

throne, glue

of

Figure

it to

top

of the

to

should

it.

see

stand

one

The

before

figure of victory.

figure and

the

transmitted

to

try it,and
the
You

four
for
was

see

held

Possibly

care.

The

little Zeus.

your

do

if you

find

not

it,he

upon

this

time

next

would
charm
are

you

yourself smiling

as

you

ately
immedi-

be

may

worried,
plate
contem-

little statues.

might

successive
four

and

all worry

forget

gaze

let your

days

centuries
a

and

the

calamity

to

friends

young

play

real
die

that

Zeus

each

day

attracted

without

to

come

having

is

see
a

crowds
seen

your

century,
of
Zeus

because

people,
of

for

Zeus

as

it

Olympia.

CHAPTER

TEMPLE

THE

'ANY

are

white
all

each

columns

the

column
and

make

it curve,

then

along

the

straight

lengthwise
the

in

Fig.

inches

in

the

you

have
or

Ionic

and

the

wrap

on

circumference,

they cling tight, then

and

bottom

glue

the

the

smooth,

unmarked
Press

the

two

to

paste

or

column.

remove

the

roll

Slash

long pencil

lapping
of

careful

even.

around

edge

Keep

being

strong

column

cut

Fig. 348.

perfectly

spread

and

marble,

to

column

entire

stiff

column

extensions

top

Now

349.

one

and

glue-covered

until

gracefully

how

is

think

Use

required.
it

all,
the

will

you

dimensions,

true

it off

Look

see

the

and

slashed

the

out

take

over

edges together

bend
as

two

edge

and

edge

marked
stick

roll

that

were

given

in

but

Temple,

according

the

exact

bottom

the

up

more

EPHESUS

twenty-eight

make,

to

pretending

paper,

AT

Diana's

easy

wish

strictly to
cut

for

so

and

fun

DIANA

columns,

needed

be

columns
it

OF

marble

white

will

to

XXIII

capital

blossom

is

called

of

made

the

on

It

capitals crowning

was

its

into

curves

the

end

Ionic, and

pillars of buildings,

capitals.

Column;

Your

at

will

you

principally
columns

when

on

each

side,

The

column

stem.

the

of

the

examine

you

easily recognize

because

that
269

of

roll

the

temple

those

beautiful
of

Diana

minding
re-

umns
colwith

rolled
was

Seven

270

known

one

of the

that

utilized

as

structure

Find

piece of

inches, and

Wonders

of the

this beautiful
stiff white

extra

of

Ground

temple (Fig.350).
ladder-like

one

World, for it

styleof

the first

was

architecture.

cardboard, nineteen

eleven

by

it draw

on

The
of your

JVorld

of the

IVonders

distance

The
the

stripto

Plan

outside

from

the outside

of the

edge

other

edge
is nine

%t%

1111111'

w
Cut

Fig. 348."
the

columns

all of

The

and

wide
a

divided

sixteen-inch

then

strips are

foldingeach

half

of the

along

the

edge

mark

the

spaces.

each

paper

-Ground

the

Make

Diana':

of

sixteen-inch

three
lines

oblong

for

spaces

times.
on

the
the

inches

two

through

exactlycrosswise

the

plan

long,

inches

sixteen

of the paper

Draw

350.

temple.

six spaces.

into

stripof

Fig.

column

finished

inches.

The

Fig. 349-"

like

this.

Place

by folding
the centre,
this

ground plan

cella

on

the

strip
and

centre

World

of the

IVonders

Seven

272

the

and

board,
the

glue
walls

two

edges

the

of

the columns

it like

The

facing the

walls

half

and
the

centre

Build

the

on

of cardboard

for each
inches
the
and

three

When

the
on

cut

the

seventeen

the

extension

by

sixteen

of

the

roof,

to

inches

ten

the

each

by

it three-

high

floor of the
inches

with

and
cella
the

from

its open

sides

and

Diana

beneath

glue

inch

cardboard

Goddess

ward
feet half for-

Diana's

Diana

top of the dais in

on

like

white

twelve

cut

Fig. 356,

long, not

fastened
of the

temple.

inches, and

be

must

are

end
of

roof of the

ceilingand

gables

roof

then

ceilingand

sides,which

glued

two

on

bend

back.

and

high

the

Out

ten

end

(Fig.353)
Trace

Cut

backward,

the

at

the

edge

them.

cardboard

of

have

an

the

capitalsof
touch

Fig. 354;

of

to

inches, and

glue it on
back

cella.

of the

Bend

(Fig. 355).

cella.

firmly

dais

quarters of

Fig. 353."

outside

rolled

three

by

foundation

the

which

the

Cut
five

the

of

centre

Make

the

two

counting

two

the

ceiling

gables,one

and

three-quarter

the

extensions

bent

roof.
curely
se-

ceiling,

cardboard

inches, bend

it

lengthwise through the centre

and
glue it on top of the ceilingby

fasteningthe

ends

tight to

the Up-

Fig.

354."

Make

dais

for Diana.

on

The

to extend

trifle

the

edges

and

also

projecthalf

front

of the

and

ceiling
inch

an

back

Fit the

temple.

the

of

roof-covered

ceilingover

the

top of the

temple;

that

everything

is

see

properly placed, then

the

drop
ceiling;

Fig. 356."

glue

The

move
re-

little

gable.

top of each

on

273

Efthestts

and

beyond

over

over

at

the roof

Allow

rightgables.

of Diana

Temple

roll of

lars,
capitalson all of the pilagain adjust the roofed
it steady
hold
ceiling and

the

until

it adheres

firmlyto

the

temple.
Take

long, nine
three

box

inches

inches

bottom

eleven

side

foundation

your

wide

high;
up

statelytemple

inches
and
it

turn

and
with

glue
its

securely on

Fig. 355.

"

Statue

of

the

Goddess

Diana.

the box.
Use
on

white

passe-partout

stripsto

fasten

board, twenty-seven by
light-weight

the

sixteen

box

down

inches.

tight

the

of

each

made

in two

Cut

paper

half

by

the

Cut

inches, and

water-color

paper,

twelve

section

exact

by drawing
top of the

paper.

when

form

seven

Take

the

steps in

in your

This

creased

lines half
the

C, and

lines
away

the

heavy

across

will

in

Lightly score
and

Make

by

the

six

other

inch

the

Fig.
all the

forward

359.

at

front

of

spaces

from

the

(Fig. 357)

spaces

fashion, will

fan

landings

steps and

the

treads.

or

off

square

one

varying lengthsrunning

Top

This

the

half section of front steps same

in

D
makes

Fig. 358

lines,then
horizontal
as

diagonal lines

the

corner
crease

lines.

with
first,

onal
diagCut

(Fig.358).

square

the

from

the

it; continue

across

descending

horizontal

along

each

(Fig.357).

paper
D

ments
measure-

inch

an

forward,
bottom

diagonal line

marked

half

thirteen

make

apart and

other

every

If your

fit together. Divide

not

and

of

first line

squared

line

thirteen

sections

beginning

backward

an

draw

marked

squares

one-

six inches.

by

side to side into half-inch

lines across,

Begin
square,

and

same.

measurements.

steps will

your

longest section

across

nine

six inches.

by

steps, counting top and

with

down

side

eightsections.

steps nine

section

steps the

lengthwise from

twelve

which,

front

back

will be

of front

be

flightmust

same.

careful

of paper

Each

temple.

In all there

one-half

and

the

not

are

for

right-hand

be very

Steps

the

left-hand

sections

sections
Now

end

white

right-hand section

inches, the
two

of

sections.

piecesor

six

Marble

sides

four

for the

the

Make

side

World

making
The

oil

of the

light-weight,smooth

medium

Get
for

PVonders

Seven

274

as

of
the
Make

and

shown
the

the

by
stairs.

ward
steps backthe

other

the exception that

The

the

must

corner

out

run

vertical lines

the

draw

of Diana

Temple

the left instead

to

of the

(Figs.357, 358, 359)

and

section
that

275

Ephesus

at

at

right hand,

so

.the left side of the

make
like

corner

the

right-hand one, only

reversed.

Make

Brace

for the

centre

the two

sections

of

and

two

where

one-half

by

three-inch

piece

of

cardboard

ruled

in half-inch
Fig. 357.
the

lines

Vertical

"

of

end

the

and

mark

The

squares
like

cut

the

steps

inch, according

lines

diagonal

Draw

Fig.358.

steps.

across.

line

heavy
360.

join,

this

on

the

to

heavy
bent
Fit

be

must

Fig.

on

lines in

and

Fig. 360, and

dotted

at

over

still deeper, each

cut

lines

front

have

the

section
brace

of

steps

extensions

in

as

glue the straightedge

hand

Fig. 361.

of the

this

on

left-

brace;

flush

the

edge

of

steps.The

brace

should

with

the

one-half

the

'.D

5
51

$
SI

not

reach

the

tread

Fig.

359-

squares

Cut
as

shown

the

of

lies upon

the

of

the

When

lap
"

to

the
the

tops

that

step

tion
founda-

temple.
is on,

brace

edge

as

of

the

Fig. 360.
of

the

away

here.

right-handsection

over

be

cut.

"

Brace

steps

for

ready

tre
cen-

to

276

Seven

the left-hand

section half

front

Wonders

flightof steps
the

Make

back

an

will be

flightin

inch ;

no

according

cut

are

the

to

glue the

two

like

Side

Fig. 361.

side
front

The

finished

of steps
flights

like

line

heavy

in

(Fig.361), and

together as
Make

you

four

brace.

must

359;

the

corners

Fig. 358.

Each

of

Fig.

joined

more

the

"

steps

have

the two

Brace

for

ready

to be

sections of each
front

braces,one

cut.

same

side must

for each

six

corner,

be

joined

by dividingwith
lines

half-inch

each
spaces,
lines

being

the

distance

half-inch
must

of the

steps

then
tical
ver-

agonal
di-

exact

across

square,

fit the

by

into

apart, the

lines wider

width

piece of

for

crossingthese

finished.

the

as

flight.

cardboard

brace

the

of

corner

brace, the

its central

horizontal

Fig. 363." Corner

the

Steps

Fig. 362.
"

together,and

manner.

extensions

corner

square

World

finished.

The

have

of the

for

they

diagonal edges
at

the

corners

The

of

the

four

(Fig.

Temple

There

flights.

Diana

of

the

along

dotted

lines

heavy

(Fig.

and

lines

these

of

side

these

the

of

wider

spaces

and
Set

the

beautiful

original
columns

and

steps

then

the

(Fig.

by

steps

the

At

steps.

the

on

side

side

glue

and

the

to

the

on

back

steps

them

flights,

foundation

temple

back

pasting

tion
founda-

temple

and

one

each

the

will

temple

rebuilt

structure

that

behold

in

Asia

the

gift

give

some

356

and
of

your

twenty-

king.

placed

friends

may

Diana.

Goddess

about

hundred

books

of

pile

elevated

be
and

classic

double

must

front

open

height

side

two

extensions
and

on

up

numbering
in

along

point

board.

temple

little

the

the

of

front

front

temple

The

table.

at

the

ground
the

the

Glue

of

sides

and

over

end

the

of

corners

glue

time

same

the

on

Fasten

them

binding

down

bend

and

each

at

board.

359)

feet

braces

flights

ground

in

of

363).

Fit

the

five

277

362).

Cut

one

be

must

Ephesus

at

idea

B.C.,
seven,

of

on

look

Your

the

grand
marble

whose

were

sixty

280

Seven

cityinto

of the

side

equal parts,

two

river.

of the World

Wonders
half

Gardens

The

the

on

built

are

of the
so

and

east

high

as

the

on

the

as

feet)

readily look

can

you

west

walls

city(three hundred

the walls
on

half

over

the stretch of land

to

all sides.
If you

will

find

some

very

Stiff Pasteboard
we

go to work

can

and

build

immediately

toy Hanging

Cut

pieceof

the pasteboard

exactly square,
each

on

Fig. 364." Cut

of

piece

exactly

pasteboard

square-

make

box-like

from

each

each

line in

shown

edge, as

by

pencil line

the

at

along
edge

the

edge

Of

lines in
of

ing
measur-

four

one-half

straightline

the dotted

and, placing

the knife-blade

run

Draw

the line ; that means,

it,score

and

(Fig. 364).

foundation.

turn

eighteen

of the

dens.
Gar-

this

sides
inches

we

three

Fig. 365.

will

inches
Take

straightruler along

the

of the

ruler, cutting the pasteboard

only

partially through.

each

line

is

pasteboard
from

you

then

allow

As

scored, raise the

and

bend

along the
the

it away

scored

line,

pasteboard

to

"

32)

lie out

flat

After

again.

all the lines

scored,

cut

the

are

erly
prop-

lines A

A
Fig. 365."

B
Mark

it off like this.

Gardens

Hanging
and

(Fig. 365) only

inward

enough
lines C

and

Allowing
lines

at

each

and

out

corners

half-inch

D,
in

the

four

then

the

Bend

tension
ex-

on

the

cut

the

corner

as

"Q

(Fig.365).

scant

far
the

meet

to

281

of Babylon

Fig. 366.

little extensions,
sides

and

and

the

these

on

the

extensions, one

Each

Extension

the side until it sticks fast.

made

into

have

each

foundation

of the

inch
line

apart,

I I

as

Make

the

entire

lengthwise,a quarter
inches

You

now

long

and

Twelve

this.

time, securely

have

the

of
a

three

the

upper
an

inch

strip of
inches

edge
from

it may

Hanging

stripdraw

these

short

the top
draw

resemble

Gardens.

stripof

inches

three

half

lines
lines

by

an

long

edge, J J (Fig.367).

another

the line

cardboard
wide.

that

long, and

of the

inch from

will be

perfectlydry, must

platform, cut

inches

Cross

cardboard

Openings

foundation

(Fig.367).

this line and

Between

sides

of the real

length

running lengthwise one

367.

like

Tight

this way

all the

one-half

and

the

Across

In

platform

sides of the

twelve

cardboard

through

cut

To

wide.

at

box, which, when

large,square

openings

closelythe

on

Cut

F"g- 366."

sides.
Hold

to

sides

remaining

(Fig.366), glue

tensions
ex-

strong glue and,

with

Cover

(Fig. 366).

bending

the

J J, as

twelve

Across

line,running

and

K, Fig.

one-half

its entire

length

282

have

you

Seven

Wonders

two

long lines,and

run

with

Begin
from

one

end

on

the

dot

of the

The

the

the

line

division.

the twelve

Begin
(Fig.367)

the

at

and

draw

many-

point.

line up

the
The

make

To

"

opposite corner
lines

two

the

fourth

of

the

second

division

the

the

This

same

an

Arch

solid

division

each

opening.

367);

the
then

under

another

or

make

pillarat
With

division

the

way

like

manner

and

J J

twelve

each

point

edge

of all the arches

with

scissors

cut

the

and

draw

that

you

draw
of every

arched

end

Pierce
around

division

draw

ing.
mak-

are

curved

openings.

division
same

In

lines K
will

twelve

of the

one

in the

division.

between

strip.

line

guide, giving

stripyou

small

L;

this

up

to

the

same

will

(Fig. 367). Skip

on

space

to

where

make

the dot.

as

inch

of the

corner

lines,and

shows

intended

one-half

Form

in M

(Fig. 367)

short

Fig. 367.

line from

merely

curved

the

(Fig.367)

and

lower

by
K

is

diagram Fig. 367

only portions of

the

width

Division

Second

stripmarked
of

centre

the second

crosses

as

the entire

across

lines.

short

World

of the

of the

of your

another
drew
an

other

arch

the

arch

arch

in

division

the
on

divisions,leaving

stripand

also between

knife-blade

Holes
as

two

shown

by

the arch

sides of the second

(Fig.

division

Gardens

Hanging

the

from

arch

of the

edge
arches

in

like

across

each

The

manner

of your

the

strip
"

be

slide
in

guide

not

it breaks

the

cut

than

inside

away

the

rough

of

the

all

least bit from

sixteenth

box

all of the

making

and

particles. Cut

and

more

thumb

Smooth

uneven

(Fig.367)

strip may

strip will

the

283

your

until

opening.

by cutting away

end

that

"

forward

arched

strip,leaving an

piece with

cut

and

it backward

finger,bend

first

inch

and, holding the

arch

the

to

up

of Babylon

of

an

foundation.

arches

of

your

Garden.
the

Stand

slipthe stripinside

and

the lower

side of the box

mark

divisions

on

the

the box

the

opening

arch

Remove

the

be

of

each
box

of

the

four

as

Strip and

made

be

cut
on

of the
the

open

cut

yOU

garden

the

sides

you

those

will

arches

arches

are

box

of

to

the

in
Fig. 368-Stend

have

foundation

The

used

top of

will

markings

foundation, cut

archways
the

the

Repeat

out.

on

one

for

to

flat

strip.

foundation

archways

stripdown

each

of

the

ready

the

pencil

strip, and

the

lay

Side

(Fig.368) and, holding it firmlyin place,

edge
of

marked

twelve

of it ;

One

on

arches

by running

line around

side

and

Box

like

the

one

side.

Fig. 369.

Babylonians

strongest kind
of

on

first story of

support their enormously heavy

perfect square

the box

of

foundations.

structures

Make

pasteboard measuring

because
another

thirteen

and

Seven

284

inches

one-half

eight and

the

first

platform

and

shave

forms

The

After
the

Use

off the

stripwill

outside

two-inch

The

box

with

second

box

your

height of

and

two

thoroughly dry,
that did

duty

end

arches

from

edge

of the

solid fifth division

one

portionhas

been

cut

for the

of the

four

the

form.
plat-

Garden.

guide

the

sides and

of this is

stripfor

stripwhere

in

this is all

pasteboard

inch

of the Hanging

glue

form

strip

which

taken

off.

now

Fit

When

Cut

of the

the end

the

same

arches.

square,

Foundation

"

World

sides,to

one-half

inches

one-half

inches.

arches.

and

two

Fig. 369.

one-half

of the

of the four

each

on

off the

Mark
will be

Wonders

nine

border
should

one-half

every

be

Second

Box

complete, make

and
on

the

inches

side to form

five and

one-half

Platform

third

box

square.

still smaller,of

the sides of the

inches

off

Measure

square

platform.
and

two

Gardens

Hanging
high.

inches

arches

Cut

guiding stripof

same

additional

openings

of the

stripthat

in the

third

it may

it fit the

be

quarter inch

high.

the four

the

one-half
Two
it

each

that

no

pressure

the

Find
hole
have

upper

the square
centre

through the

and

one-

from

cut

box

your

last box

form,
platBuild

arches.

the

of

centre

lay a

ruler very

with

lower

another

corners

and

lines meet

two

the

and

coarse

marks

when

very

its

top

pencilline

left-hand

drawn

onally
diag-

R, S (Fig.371).

top of the platform is

platform

centre

to

line with

this

on
lightly

sides; draw

the other two

from

the

centre

Centre

the arched

cross

of each

for these

together.

the

Find

of the square

where

the centre

use

be

must

and

one

platform exactly over

right-hand corner

P, Q (Fig.370);

(Fig. 371),

and

let the

top of the other,as in Fig. 369.

bend

may

corner

perfectly

more

finished

into open

also be cut

turn

from

exact

also

can

it.

across

The

fit

fit in the

to
sufficiently

of each

centre

platform in

across

to

square

openings

on

To

take

You

lengthwise lower edge

When

inches

more

platform must

beneath

one

three

Platform

square.

platforms one

the

Place

of the

and

shorten

stripto
for this

up

and

three

arched

the

aid

cutting off

box.

enough

narrow

six inches

pasteboard

measure

first

new

pillarsalong

Last

of

after

the

platform.

the fourth

Make

make

to

with

platform

archways

open

of the

off the bottom

trim

in this

285

of Babylon

cross

at

the dot

each

other.

carefullypuncture

darning

needle.

You

will

fasteningthe platforms

Wonders

Seven

286

The
of
as

original Gardens

you

have
them.

under
the

made

first lower

Different

Four

the

Floors

supported by pillarsand

were

the

only

yours,

World

of the

Between

the

platform

twelve

real

platforms had

pillarswhich
arched

formed

arches,
pillars

more

the

entering

ran,

passageways

^k=
Fig.

370.

To

"

find

the

Fig.

centre.

371.

Cross

"

with

each

from

equally

the

of

between

four

pillarsand

pillarsand

rows

of

with

open-sided

top of the many

sides

arches

cells.

Fig. 372.

line

"

brick.

Babylonian

dividing the ground beneath,

and

There

passages.
gave

arches

pillarswhich

=il

another.

that

The

this

of

square

the

of

effect

supported them,

honeycomb

formed

were

proper

and

and

rows

were

all

at

the

built

were

of the

Queer Square
which
in

had
square

long,twelve
Fig.

many,

beneath

king's name

bounded

inches
You

372.
each

are

the

centre.

The

wide, and

three

pretend

must

opening
many

more

the floors.

stamped

are

made

brick

that
of

Bricks
on

them, with other writing

bricks

inches
your

just such

were

thick

twelve

inches

looked

and

like

tween
pasteboard pillarsbebricks

that

there

entire

space

and

pillarsthroughout the

Seven

288

Wonders

Stick

through the

the

hat-pin through
to the

Add

the second
each

that

and

time

is

along

"

fourth

or

of the

centre

the

through

the structure

Place

Long

IVorld

Hat-Pin

Then

top platform.
third

platform;

platforms to

the

centre

the

on

the

first

edge

ground

of the

the

of

with

the

the

run

slide

top platform,keeping the sides straightand

next

pin

of the

centre

of the

this up

parallel.

others, running

top of the

the

platform.

of its sides flush with

one

ground, and

its

adjoiningside

"

two

.***

Fig.

373-

Place

"

in this

ground

inches

from

inches

of

the

the

ground

building

adjoining edge

the

and

is turned

that

pierced the

hole

edge

of the

Then

leave

four
stick

it there

the back
at

the

box

the
and

strip
the

Bind

is all

structure

ground

top platform on
left-hand

extreme

the

to the

top

of

side
other.
an-

corner

be

glued

certain

which

you

lies

gether.
to-

that it
have

along

the

(Fig.373).
the

Different

of the structure

firmlytogether and

the

sixteen

cut

Paste

"

ground, leaving about five

inches of ground at the other
into
the hat-pin firmly down

until the

of the

ground
To

ground,

one

of the

fittingthe building on

so

back

and

in front

Gardens.

In

374.

of

position.

side of the

ground

Fig.
the

on

stripsof

Parts

fasten

white

the

whole

writing paper

building to
two

inches

Gardens

Hanging
long
the

and

the

wide;

then, paste half of

centre;
from

upward

half -inch

scant

the
flat

stripout

top of the

on

it,and

Fig. 375-

to

the

three lower

second

platform

to

and
the

down

the

stiffwhite

steps; make

second
When

the

Four

writingpaper.

them

mediately
imBind

f
like this.

top platform down

then

manner;
to

extends

to

fasten

the top

the

platform, also

third

the

the

first

the

paste is perfectlydry,

first
tiously
cau-

hat-pin.

Build

from

same

free half of

securely (Fig. 374).

of the

through
platform

fourth

bring the
platform, which

the first flight of steps

in the

ground.
the

remove

Cut

corners

platform

next

"

the

corner;

next

gum

289

stripcrosswise

stripon

one

Flap

of the

fold each

right-hand lower

beneath

the other

of Babylon

Flights
Cut

of

Steps

Fig. 375,

exactly according

to

the

for the first

flightof

dimensions

or

sizes

different

of the

and

stairs

and

inch

an

side of the

width
and

back,
as

the

the

flap H

width

that
the

stairs

the

heavy

the

inches.

the

of

inch.

an

to

stand

G, bend
the

down

flap J

edge

the line F L

at the

under

the

top of the

forward

bent
flat

out

side

the

on

the stairs
ink

straightlines

from

side

C;

the

lines will

steps. In like

make

lines

on

manner

of the three

each

flightsof steps.
the

two

Bend

and

flaps H
"

,
alone.

along one

the

of

and

for

on

then the line F E

all of

pen

with

serve

down
...

is

along the flap

lie

Open

side of C

other
will

be

may

and

draw

to fit on

all of the dotted

must

it

flat

same

Cut

the bottom

ground.

stairs

the

Stairs

at

that

v
Your

width

The

which

"

top of

the

be

of

top landing and

backward

bend

""..
Fig. 376.

The

it is intended

lines except that

_,.

the bottom

should

of
by five-eighths

lines of the stairs and

side of the

inch, and

this

long

(Fig.375).

is three

inch

the

inches.

one

from

C, C

Landing

Top
one

down

turns

stairs themselves

length of

is four

(Fig.375)

eighth inch;

one-

height of

The

inches.

the

one-eighth inches

The

D, F (Fig.375) is

the back

height of

and

four

that

C, C (Fig.375) because

as

(L, Fig. 375) is

D,

and

one

stairs

same

The

stairs

the

over

will find

one-eighth wide.
stairs

the side of the

of the

be

must

(Fig.375) is three

D, D

of the World

parts given. You

(Fig. 375)

C,

the

Wonders

Seven

290

of the

head
side

the

top landing (Fig.375),

steps; turn
of the
D

T
J

F.

outward

which
stairs,
Turn

back

the
will

flap

bring

the line

Making

Our

Hanging

291

Garden.

292

Seven

that the back

tightand

the

under

side

of the top

flap G

the

same

bend

the

lower

flap at

Let

the

the

and

inch, height
three

and

quarters of
of back

the

from

the

of the
as

way

stairs

side

first story.

in

measure

back

in the

should

be

stairs in

rection
opposite di-

do

To

fasten

this,simply
backward

bent

around, bringing the

stairs

bent

are

length

width

in

and

two

into
from

under

shape.
C

to

seven-eighthsof

one-half

and

the

except

inches,length

of side

one-half

F three-

inches,width

inch.

an

story

in

width

half

an

as

run

of

the

glued
third

in the
C

Stairs

you

Crease

length from

inches, length
F

flightsof

in

two

and

of backward,

inches,

Flight

for it is to
the first,

two

Gardens

extreme

of
inch; top landing, three-quarters

an

the second

eighths inches,
to

stairs

the

right of

hand

of the

one-eighth inches, length of top

Second
at

edge

more

measure

to

by three-eighthsof

Fasten

stairs

stairs

flap

against

flightof

Fig. 377.

after the

one-half

lie flat

your

flightrun

instead

inch, height of

an

three

in

forward

seven-eighthsof

inch

shown

flightof

three

front

story of your

second

topmost

paper

second

(Fig. 375)
E

the

Make

foldingturns

the

Extension

of the side,which

bottom
of

first

down

and

and

flap H,

the

let the

lines

around

Gum

first,as

dotted

this method
of

Crease

(Fig. 376).

ground.

only

the

from

an

the

to

way,

side

flap H.

alone

the

of

coiner

the

World

landing securely along

left-hand

stand

to

the

of

of the

extend

top M

corner

the

cover

may

flat ; let its

able

will be

an

IVonders

to

two

direction.

(Fig.375)

five-eighthsof
D

stairway

same

the first

and

inch, height of back

an

the left

in the
Let

and

inch, height

one-half
two

two

on

same

these
seven-

from

inches, top of

inches,width

five-

Gardens

Hanging
eighthsof
this

Fasten

inch; the top landing one-half

an

the fourth

Make

the second.

375)

and

side

of

eighths of
back
inch.

of

Top
of

eighthsof
of steps

an

and

of the

one-

width

direction

same

from

Length

platform.

to

as

(Fig.

three-eighthsof

quarter inch,length D

an

an

three-

quarter

one-

landing

one-

inch

by

five-

Bend

to
in-

flight

this

glue

the

at

of

back

inch.

an

shape

and

in the

inch.

one

inch, top of

and

quarter

one

by

inch, height of

an

one

to D

quarter

one-

width

inch,

the smallest:

are

one-half

last stairs turn

inch

of the third

corner

three-quartersinches,

inch, height from

one

and

These
and

one

the left-hand

stairway at

293

of Babylon

ner
right-hand cor-

top platform of the

Gardens.
Now

which

to

are

Make

with
and

face

wings,

Then

379.

Bulls
in

each

cut

ink

hat
out

pairsat

stairway.

Fig. 378

and

the

on

stand
of

landing

paper

work

Broad-Fronted

Stone

the

to

go

white

of

draw

the

like

Fig.

the strange

animal, part bull, part bird,

and

part
line

378);

man.
on

bend

Bend

ted
at dot-

top of wings (Fig.

OUtward

all four

Fig. 378"

Cut

out

the

stone

bulls by this pattern.

under

extensions

the

of

of the IVorld

Wonders

Seven

294

hoofs

the

and

the extensions

top of the first stairway. Paste

the

the

stand

hoofs

firmly

Carve

the head

out

the

platform.

seven

each

Gum

needed

which

stand

up

high

top of

your

wings

to bottom

it

along

dotted

hooks

paper

be

must

of the

of feet

lines like
the

slits

that hold

pasted

Q;

fast.

down

story,

as

little largerthan

of the

flat

in

two

the

pieces of

382).

Cut

one-half

at

top fullytwo

inches, width

bottom

three

inches.

Height

at

Turn

top

and

fold

(Fig.

Mark

flapsP

two

right hand

on

shaft will extend

The

of bull from

the extensions

out

the

near

one-fourth

flapsbackward

the

crease

and

inch.

one-fourth

Two

to

R, which

the back
up

form

high

part
above

and

Statues

glue one

platform, and

back

of

white

stiff

all the

inches,

Fig. 377.

diagram

front of the first

of

corner

pattern

Fig.381, slidingthe

Make
a

and

one

top of the third story.

the fourth

stone

will guard

stairway.

of

380) through

who

must

one-fourth

and

same

and
bull

more

counting flapsor bull;width

not

stone

in

(Fig.380). Heightof shaft

is three

-The

One

is

shaft

Fig. 379-

at

bull

stone

bull

on

two

stairway as

securely in place.

of

more

place

of each

Fig.377.

from

the

and

bulls

stone

at

out

to

cut

or

creature

the

heavy

first

at

the other

platform

writing paper
lines and

right-hand corner

the

bend

as

in

for the

back

the

on

Fig.
two

right-hand
377.

statues

all the dotted

Use

(Fig.
lines

Seven

296

Fig. 381."
and

Stone

Wonders

of the World

V)

shaft

ball.

Fig. 382.

Fig.

383."

garden

of

tree

fringed

in
paper.

the

Fig. 384."
tree.

palm

"

Use

writing

for the statues.

paper

Fig. 385."

tree

garden.

In the

Gardens

Hanging
except the extensions
the

through
the

slit
in

statues

bulls, and

bend

V;

bend

T;

with

green

paint

white

Garden

will

green

then

glue

of

stairs,

tissue

paper

be

now

of green

ready

for

Shrubbery
tissue paper

for the three varieties of

several

Make

385).
trees

of each

have

all of

of

tone

the

same

of

one

For

paper.

Fig. 383

fringe
in

as

paper

and

kind

variety,made

have

four

paper

for

the

Fig. 386;
of

layers
the

fringe
the

layer for

one

ringed part; begin

with

the

plain strip
Fig. 386.

roll it around

and

around
its

top U;

extensions

with

or

Slip the flap S

(Figs. 383, 384,

trees

unf

fit in the

297

them.

different tones

and

and

forward.

all of the

The
Use

these

down

Color

place.

statues

pasted over
The

of Babylon

slender

Make

"

fringe like this.

and
stick

(Fig.386).

Bend

the top

over

to

prevent

unrolling (Fig.383).
Plant

in the hole
front

statue

extending
of the

you

dug

for it

(Fig.377);
the

Gardens.

line

on

This

Tree

the first

alternate

entirelyaround

these
the

platform just back

trees

with

the

of the

palm trees,

top of the first platform

Fig. 387 gives the pattern

for the

palm;

cut

Seven

298

and

the six leaves

through

IVonders

stripall

the centre

W,

in

and

of the World
piece,fold

one

in

fringeas

the

double
stick

as

For
like

cut

did

the

other

to

This

and

the

the

with

pointed

and

time
the
end

X; unfold

the

lengthwise
leaves

and

for the palm

line Y

and

tree.

roll it

on

slender

round

first tree.

tree

Fig. 386,

scissors.
bottom

dotted

stripon

you

Pattern

"

leaf

Fig. 387.

each

six

use

layers of fringe which

afterward

begin

at

crimped

the top of the

with

have

you

blade

of the

stick instead

of the

top of the fringeroll the paper

narrow

of the

stick.

This

down

the

tree

times

and

cut

gives

bushy

foliage(Fig.385).
Cut

circles of dark

olive-greenpaper
Make

like

Fig. 388.

Fig. 389, stopping

Fig

388."
green

Cut

circles

paper.

the

Fold

of

at

Plants

circle

dotted

evenly four

line

Fig. 389.
cut

to

"

before

Fold

like this.

and

the

reaching

Fig.

300.

"

and

The

like

centre.

circle cut

opened.

Gardens

Hanging
and

Unfold
at

Plant

Cut

Fig.

the

twist

391.

"

of

shrub

between

shrubs

number

will resemble

the papers

the centre, and

for

for

times

the

trees

the

stems

it

each

in the

of the
the

lightlythrough

(Fig.393)

preciseformal

allowing a

each

paper

and

plant

tree

platform

rows,

in

shapes

then

as

in

Fig. 394.

"

the centre,

the other

Twist

of the

the

plant.

crease

hand,

twist

trees.

plant,next
to

come

Fig. 394.

In

"

Fig.

Plants

higher platform

beneath

like

Fig. 393-

plants at

between
Your

tree

platform.

stem

fingersof

of these

(Fig.391).

stems

plant.

Arrange
in

Hold
the

is for

This

"

299

top of the second

on

tissue

Fig. 392.

the

make

to

light sage-green

plants. Holding

by drawing

Fig. 390.

few

garden.

392

of Babylon

formal

rows.

tree

between

and
two

so

on

plants

Seven

300

Make

fringe;

of

the

trunks

tree

distances

in

of

that

Play

the

of

palm

button

and

apart
sides

three

of

in

the

the

of

vine

line

the

the

the

on

the

over

roots

or

moulds

the

along

trees

hang

to

plant

tissue

crimped

row

Glue

straight

and

cut

and

trees

moulds.

World

between

portions

number

the

finely

very

vines

allowing

Make

edge.

of

long,

the

paste

platform,

first

rather

of

yines

paper

Wonders

equal

at

ground

ends

the

on

gardens.
the

in

highest

the

of

platform

pyramid
.

An

the

from
of

the

believe

platforms

and

found

the

below

politicians
be

and

made

are

and

rooms

to

that

pretend

must

the

garden

the

simple,

with

trades,
sweet

here

arches

of

the

and

apartments

outside

and

money
on

wholesome

the

side

you
there

flowers.

on

the

one

which

fragrant

corridors

pleasures

on

fountains

the

while

below

dashing

magnificent
vaulted

Water

along

and

between

spaces

their

the

many-colored,

into
in

ply

the

runs

sparkling

are

shrubs

rare

up

that

supply

to

structure,

among

Pumps

Euphrates,

river

make

can

Engine

You
different

banquet
changers

terraces

Nature.

are

III

PART

THINGS

TO

MAKE

HOME,

FOR

AND

FAIRS

GIFT

DAYS,

The

Tissue

Paper Christmas

Greens

302

Look

Very Natural.

Gift Days

Things for Home,

304

sheet

of the

each

red

and

for the

thread

of fine wire

or

branches

twigs,or

or

Begin

with

and

Besides

stems.
coarse

the
for

roll of

will

paper

will want,

for all the berries you

answer

white

paper

winding

Fairs

probably

sheet

one

heavy

and

of

be

sufficient

gray-brown

you

must

have

and

some

natural

bonnet

wire

will

spool

bare

for stems.

the

Holly
and

cut

sheet

one

of the

Fold

(Fig. 395).

the

middle

the

through

the middle

as

Bring

the

Fig.

397.

the dotted

half

and

through

line,and

dark

sheet

you

shown
two

it will

according

will have

by
ends

tissue

moss-green

the
of

give you

dotted

Fig.

"

Cut

sheet

of tissue

paper

in half.

line and

397

dotted

Fold

Fig. 396.

half
lines

Fig. 396

there

will be

together,folding at

Fig. 398.
the

dotted

you

will have

through

Fig- 395-

the

to

in

paper

Again
central

line

Fig. 399.

the

Fig- 397-

fold

middle,

"

Fold

again.

along
and
Fold

along

Christmas

New

Fig. 398."

the

dotted

one

and

line,for

the

Fig.

the

last time
wide

pencil draw

of the outline.
will be sixteen

there

"

and

like this.

The

leaf

paper
cut

Cut

305

Fold

FiS- 399-"

together.

pattern (Fig. 400), the

400.

folded

ends

soft lead

straightedge
fold and

the

three-quarterinches

With
after

Bring

Decorations

and

there

by
the

along

leaves like

the

of

the

of

more.

oblong,

an

long.

five inches

outline

fold

will be

once

half

paper

holly leaf

forming

pencil line,open

Fig.401.

The

Sixteen

leaves

dotted

is
out

Fig.

401.

"

like this.

the
the

line

306

Gift Days

Things for Home,

and

lengthwise through

running
the

middle

where

of

paper

right

your

in

handling

Take
hand

and

each

twist
into

the

Fig.
Fig. 402.

Begin

"

at

the

top

to

twist

the points.

(Fig. 403) and, refolding the

the

middle, pinch

fold

to

Fig.

the

form

403.

"

Pinch
the

the

the

mid-rib.

form

lips

your

in

paper.

left

your
the

moist

your

right

hand

point

of

the

leaf

sharp spike,beginning
top of

the

Twist

402.

part of the

leaf

leaf

as

the

lower

into

in

Stem

of the

mid-rib, bringing

to

the

on

leaf down

underside

underside

fingers

green

with

fingers of

ready

hand

leaf

one

folded.

the

with

never

"

shows

sponge

moisten
slightly

sponge

at

leaf
was

damp

and

the

of

the

Have

Fairs

your

Fig.

404.

"

The

finished

will look like this,

leaf

Christmas

New

two

the

to

the

to

natural

should

leaf

look
smaller

of the

leaf.

You

pattern, for experiment has

Before

resemble

leaves

putting your

on

and

may

others, but

than

proved

you

twisting adds
the

do

it to be
make

The
much

possible

as

good

so

size,making

nearly

as

stems

as

Fig. 404.

vary

keep

the

307

little

paper

given by pinching

appearance

leaves

some

finished

The

(Fig. 403).
crinkled

puffing the

together and

hands

Decorations

one.

the

Holly Berries,
for

they
From

be

must

red

your

half inches

Fig. 405.

square,

Place

"

centre

407.

fastened

"

stems

the

tissue

paper

make

cotton

of the

paper.

Wrap

the

together.

first.

on

in

the

cut

number

littleball of

raw

of

pieces two

cotten

Fig. 406.

"

trifle

the

Draw

around

three

ragged

Cut

off

ends.

larger

paper

the ball.

Fig. 408."

and

the

308

Things for Home,

Fig. 409.

the

Fig.

411.

wrapped

"

the

Fasten

"

end

The
with

of

stem

paper.

berries

twig.

Gift Days

and

Fairs

to

Fig. 410.

"

Beginning

to wrap

the stem.

is

Fig. 412.

"

Fasten

the leaves

to the stem.

Christmas

New

than

of

squares

and

pea

place it

into

paper
stems

tightly

as

possible
them.

the three

and
ends

and

the

wrap
the

end

the

wrap

Take

the

to

Cut

strip of

paper

inch

wide

four

inches

an

and

berries,twistingtheir

as

gray-brown

half

of the

twig (Fig.

409).

remainder

stems

berries

of

around

branch

natural

three

the

and

ragged

(Fig.408).

up

twist

up

the

(Fig. 407)

off the

cut

paper

of

one

closely

stems

together

the

of

centre

fine

your

thread,

or

Make

the

309

bunch

and

With

wire

(Fig. 406).

stem

in

Draw

(Fig. 405).

paper

ball, completely covering it,then

the

of

sized

good

Decorations

about

long, and, beginning

close

the

to

(Fig. 410),

as

shown

in

Fasten
to

the

leaves

stem

about

When

paper

Fig. 411.

three

the other

the

wrap

the

with

stem

berries

close
one

inch

side of the

the

to

berries

the

as

in

leaves

about

Fig. 412,

and

other

apart, alternatingfirst

stem

hollyis

the

Fig- ^--Place

leaves

to

(Fig.413).
be

made

into

on

one

one

inch

place

apart.

other

side then

on

Things for Home,

310

and

Gift Days

Fairs

Wreaths,
the

hoop

should

hoop

the

and

of

extending
A

large and

foundation

branches

wreath.
the

be

not

the

form

small

another

one

should

branches

bright red

hollywreath, gives it

still

For
cut

the

inches
a

tissue

gray-green

long by

and

one

Bring

the

ends

two

into

paper

form

to

erous
gen-

the top of

at

pieces eight and

wide.

the

Bring

middle,

"

Cut

to

one-half
ends

the two
the

form

the

out

of

oblong

leaf in this

mistletoe

way.

strip

the

overlapping

Mistletoe

half inches

of

hoop

this

realistic effect.

Fig. 415
"

bound,

the

wire

or

Upon

bow, fastened

more

striptogether,folding through

Fig. 414--

wooden

wreath.

be

beyond

ribbon

the

of

holly must

out

small

together.

Fold

(Fig.414).
the

dotted

line and

the

leaf,with

Fig. 414
on

lengthwise through

straightedge

Fig. 416.

the
open

short

fold of the

the folds and

the two

open

paper

you

leaves

the

on

of half

the outline

it draw

The

"

long

twin

fold and

twin

togetherand

of

the

along

mistletoe

stem

end

on

leaves.

(Fig.415).

will have

the middle

Cut

leaves

twist

the

along

like

this outline,

Fig. 416.

Bring

connecting part

into

312

Things for Home,

fastened

the

with

on

with the paper.

show

are

will find

as

under

that

There

Put

"

the

color

bunch
no

one

of
will
be

can

games
the

real

Fold
then

fold

stem

berries

on

covered

of the natural

the stem.

the leaves,so

as

then

no

dark

wood

must

the

sheet

again

to

stop

from

chandelier

the

examine

it too

and

and
closely,

played just as merrily under

you
the

the paper

mistletoe.
but

remains

now

complete

and

leaves

entire

Fairs

that the stems

mistletoe

Ropes
to

the

and

branch.

your

Christmas

and

will remember

pale in

as

in your

Hang

berries

You

Fig. 419.

mistletoe

Gift Days

time-honored
of
and

the
of

Evergreen

Christmas

the

dark

you

will have

moss-green
an

decorations.
tissue

oblong

paper

crosswise,

little less than

four

Christmas

New
and

wide

inches

flat and

down

the
cut

length of

them

open

Fig.

420.

"

Cut

oblong

this

into

crosswise

like

Fig.

to
more

420.

within
than

one

Cut
inch

the

this

with

one-quarter of

"

middle

oblong

of the

Fig. 422.

Press

the folds

knife,then, keeping

paper

through

The

Begin

"

and
into

an

inch

wide

rope

evergreen

the

there

the

middle; again

evergreen

will

in this way.

rope

be

oblong

an

fringe,bringing

top edge and

separate four piecesto loosen

of the four

paper's width.

Fig. 421.

through

313

fringe.

fold

the

crosswise

stripstogether,fold

the

Decorations

making

each

(Fig.420).

is made

the

slits

stripnot

Unfold

and

like this.

fringe,then place the top edges

and, taking a long piece of
more

the

piecestogetheronce

strong twine, curl the righthand

upper

corner

of the

heading

of

Things

314

the

fringe

start

to

the

of

make

may

assurance

will

they
not

this

are

well
in

decorated

be

of

the

real

mind
with

the

risks

rooms

the

forming

of

tissue

and

may

paper

gas,

neither
be

is

this

with

go

ropes

or

lamp,

natural

all

at

inexpensively,
Christmas

more

where
for

greens,

prettily

the

they
while
it

is

With

necessary.

greens.

way

and

decorations

the

four

wish.

must

candle

it

four

In

you

and

than

first

of

Christmas
wreaths

your

flames

as

which

these

the

of

before.

as

long

as

inflammable

any

twine

headings

wrap

caution

of

hang

more

your

to

of

ends

the

of

rope

beauty

to

this

From

421).
the

the

continue

to

exposed

take

ends

word

one

scarcely
to

the

evergreen

Remember

is:

not

just

(Fig.

around

reached

and

your

is

and

almost

first

end

422.

paste

the

to

on

around

Fairs

and

Days

the

near

Fig.

have

fringe,

There

that

in

you

strips

twine

fringe

shown

When

you

the

wrap

rope

strips

the

over

Gift

Home,

for

and

safely

CHAPTER

DOLL

XXVI

HOUSE

OF

OUNTRY

houses

the

toy

Here

It

has

the

doors

windows
make

can

different
a

sizes

hint, just

round

piece

and
to

of

kinds

all

and

any

of

pieces

show

the

how

and

you

resemble
may
To

about

will

have

mahogany.
be
make

fourteen

found

in

the

doll
inches

the

"What
house.

long,

the

the

All

You

spools

empty
various
is

of

floor

furnish.

to

furniture

As

ways.

made,

of

glue

of

little table;
need
a

and

Spool

Large

you

in

real

different, colored

with
cut

and

like

rug.

ready

and

shut,

knobs

walls,

furniture

top

pretty
If

is

in.

open

and

handsome

pasteboard

on

live

to

to

door

has

the

house

of

people

open

little

easily

pasteboard

will

room

with

and

curtained,

are

have

around

covered

is

doll

shutters

that

Each

frieze

the

window

ones.

living-room

for

charm.

certain

even

big, beautiful, country

great,

doors

attractive,

very

possess

house

close,

are

ones

is

doll

the

PASTEBOARD

Get
thirteen
315

it

red

suggestions,

more

Girl

paint

Can
three

Make
sitff

inches

and

brown

spool

ture
furni-

Do."

boxes

pasteboard
wide

to

and

six

and

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

316

one-half

inches

front

and

from

the

the

the

the

fourteen-inch

flat

on

pasteboard box

straightlines

two

let

each

and

one-fourth

side.

you

be

the

at each

the

Cut

third

box

then

the
the

on

aid

inside

to

end

box;

(Fig.425).
front

side

from

"

Front

right-band

and

Mark

two

high

windows

Make

and

one-half

two

and

fourths
them.
corners

box.

(Fig. 427)

left

on

front

the

box

first box

each

of

Lay

of

inch

two

high

inches

space
an

(Fig.

window

inches

one-half
a

on

the front of the

inside,near

leaving

with

side cut from

the

424).

box

of the

the

form

(Fig.426).

Second

ruler,

the

left side of the

"

of

cut

the

Fig. 425.

injury,

it is

as

thirteen-inch

left-hand

of

the

Fig. 424.

and

fear

be

can

one

front, leaving

upright pieces
corners

old, common

the lines with

score

sharp penknife;

out

down

from

box

with

the front

across

about

inch
the

Keep

while
a

line

front

lay

for doll house.

and
draw

and

which

without

side

(Fig. 424).
box

an

table

used
First

"

right-hand

second

top of

(Fig.

thirteen-inch

first box

wooden

Fig. 423.

high

the

Cut

423).

Take

Fairs

and

wide,
three-

between

this left side

flat down

on

of

the table

and

lines.

heavy

the

Always
the

otherwise

box,
will

sharp penknife

the

use

of Pasteboard

House

Doll

to

and

cut

shutters

the

score

dotted

from

score

lines and

the

inside

cut

the

of

inward.

turn

is scored

the window

When

cut, throw

and

and

Open

the

look

out

little

cut

wide

the

of

doll's

(Fig.428).

second

box

the

through

Fig. 426.

Third

"

box

inches

one-half

left side

wall,

high

and

one

and

high

marked

windows

in

left

of first box.

through

and

the

it wide

bend

Make

cut

right-hand
open

side wall

each side of both

doors

with
broom-

the

back

wall.

each

high

an

The
two

inches

inches

two

of

wide

and

the

four

inches

one-fourth

Cut

inches

the

wide,

the

on

another

and

two

must

marked

near

and

high

door

front

back

in

the

wall
room

(Fig. 431)

and

Doorknobs
fasten

on

inches

(Fig.432).

beads,and
large-sized

one

three

ordinary large window,

(Fig. 430).

left-hand

one

be

(Fig. 429)

and

one-fourth

and

wall

and

high windows,

two

Two

front
off.

three-fourths

inch from

Fig. 427."

with

side cut

(Fig.

five and

door

the

through

window

the

In

425)

Shutters

opening

kitchen

of

317

strong, heavy piece of

straw

run

through and

Fig. 428.

"

Look

through

the open

windows.

Fairs

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

318

in

glued

hole

through
with

needle

the
Fig. 429.

and

high

Two

"

of second

wall

window

ordinary

one

each

on

broom-

door

with

strip of

thin

each

cloth

cotton

door,

half

half

and

on

on

pasted

the

open

the

door

the wall.

opened.

In the third box

426)

cut

large window

inches

high

and

this window

shows

with

shutter

one

through

three

and

the

Strengthen

lengthwise on

box

and

securely in

narrow

white

in second

of

straw

them

glue

box.

Windows

end

in back

hinges of

"

Slide

hatpin.

or

place.

Fig. 430.

door

darning

coarse

bead

tured
punc-

the

the

back

one-fourth

wall
inches

four

and

wide.

(Fig.

one-half

Fig.

433

in detail
and

open

closed.

one

Excellent

of

Can

Glass

Window
white

tissue

fit the

Immerse
on

with

off the

cut

paper

one-fourth
on

Made

windows,

various

extension

Be

of

the

paper

both

sides

dry, clean

Fig. 431.

"

Door

in

right-hand

wall

of second

lowing
alinch

an

all four

to

sides.
oughly
thorin

oil;

cloth

wipe

oil;again immerse

the

Fig. 432"

Door

opened.

box.

320

Things for Home,

wide,

and

paste them

on

the

as

Fig.

window

436.

"

off the

front of

each

of

straight and
well

to

as

the

cover

window

edges

Fairs

glass with

form

to

even

and

strips,

woodwork

of the

Fig. 437-

the

around

glass (Fig.436).

Kitchen,

"

frame.

Fit the second

cut

edges

woodwork

Paper

window

the

cover

Gift Days

box

(Fig.425)

portion of
do

Fig. 425;

in the first

the first box

thes

and

(Fig.424) extending beyond

with

ame

(Fig.424), mark

one

the third

box

(Fig.426),that

all three
be

of

and

when

boxes

and

may

equal depth,
fastened

the
line

the

long
be

may

gether
to-

front

straight

even.

If You

Want

House

the

to Last

Doll
for

Years,
Fig. 438.

"

The

living-room.

reinforce
with

stripsof wood

Fig. 426).

Where

(A
any

C, Fig. 424;

two

the

F, Fig. 425;

stripsmeet, glue

the

ends

building
G

I,

together

House

Doll

and

fasten

pasteboard

wood,

obtain

use

pasteboard

If

walls.

thin

very

321

the

to

cannot

you

of Pasteboard

strips

of

strips

of

stiff

as

as

wood.
Be

paste has

flour

your

boiled

is strong and

and

well

that

sure

Fig. 439-

for

thick,

the three

layer
the

edge

of the

of the

floor

paste and
on

together.

rooms

the

paste down

of

floor at

and

press

back
it

Close

the

on

the

books
press

inside
close

up

edge

open
of the

of

bedroom.

the

of

the

of

againstthe

the side walls

out

of

wall

generous
and

Fasten

fit the left-hand

the bedroom

in the

same

House

the

on

floor

of the

plumb;

put weights along

toy living-room and

wall;

back

Floor

then

keep

the

at

them

thin

the

the
bottom

of the

house

is like

this.

end.

pile

do

time

same

not

straight.
the

stripof
entire

top of the

The

the

over

(Fig.439)

perfectlydry,

"

edge

manner.

When

Fig. 440.

along

and

Doll

the

back

living-room (Fig.438)

tightup against the wall;

edges

(Fig.437)

side ; then

Fig. 438

little shutters

real room,

the

the kitchen

firmlyin place.

Place

of

Give

inside

wall

right-hand side

the

The

"

fastening

house
You

is

house
tack

wood

one

across

length

of

the

back

wall

of

from

end

to

can

manage

this very
flat

the

on

Be

then

of the wall

back

wall

of wood

the ends

side

along

the

under

wall

of the

edge

the house

at

wood.

floor

the

wall

strip.

for every

A
warm

soft

the

Cut

this for

the

like

paper

frieze.

Fold

When

time, making

different

Brush

thin

layer of paste

the

"^?"svl
"

and

will

and

bottom

Fig. 440.

wide.

through

the centre,

the

Cut

paper.
have

let the

tissue

inch

an

Fig. 442.
colors

and
living-room,

vary.

light,

pleasing variety.

width

of the

^V"^SV?
Frieze

right
up-

under-

stripsof

three

you

for

green
are

442.

the

again fold through

room,

for bedroom

Fig.

the

of

to

into

Frieze

eight layersof

pattern in each

yellow pink

ends

floor

separate stripcrosswise

unfold,

yellow for kitchen,sage

of the

five-eighthsof

the centre

third

the inside

resemble

the

strips
Fit

finished,the

of

room

each

striplike Fig. 441,

for

the

house.

stripsfast

should

cut

paper

Try

wood.

thin

pasteboard
the

Make

folded

the

tack

from

Make

of the house

fold

the

from

to

of the

tack

through
side

and

wall

stripssecurelyto

bottom

and

time

the

"

walls

positionand

proper

house

Fig. 441.

intervals

long

at

back

barely covering the

pasteboard

of the

upright in

house

stripunder

one

the

fasten

wall

the

tack

can

you

of

laying the

and

strip.

the

Set

and

glue

to

sure

house

table, the top edge

strip of wood;
inside

the

readilyby turning

Fairs

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

322

opened

out.

frieze

along

the

5Vcv3v|

top edge of the walls

yellow
the

frieze.

of the

the

Do

frieze

green

of Pasteboard

House

Doll

kitchen

(Fig. 425),

and

and

(Fig.424)

with

same

the

fasten

on

the

living-room,fastening on

in the

bedroom

the

pink

frieze

(Fig.426).
Cut
from

tissue

sage-green

and

one-half

the

centre, then

and

inches

second

Cut

layers.

diagonally
dotted
out

the

loose

the

floor

with

using

both

With

eight

"^

once

fold

N;

according

corners

to

(Fig.445). Open

thin

hands,
the

Fig. 443.

required space

layer

of

avoid

to

kind

same

on

the

all

living-room

paste, place the

"

Cut

through

layers of rug.

down

rug

it.

over

wrinkles.

of

wrapping-paper

used

projecting window-sills.

make

can

you

designs

and

seven

centre,

(Fig.446).

rug

Cover

the

and

long

lengthwise through

paper

unfold

Fig. 443,

design M

cut

the

through

to

inches

it ten

crosswise, making

the

cut

line and

the

crosswise

according

(Fig.444), and

Fold

wide.

Living-Room

make

paper;

time

the

for

Rug

for

Fold

the
and

work
woodcrease

nr
/

1
L

Fig. 444.

"

Cut

the paper

window,

out

into

designs

narrow

including the

turned-down
Make

"y^"

"?*""c^

edges
three

on

and

N.

Fig. 445.

box-lid

long enough

woodwork;
the

wall

below

glue

one

"

Cut

out

to extend

of

the window

the

design M.

across

the

lengthwise

glass.

324

Things for Home,

Gift Days

Shelves
of the

the ends

with
Fasten

the

shelves

for

and

Books,

turned

to

up

lengthwise turned-down

hold

edge

the books

of the

"2

place.

inch

high

below

window

the

the

other

below

cut

paper

fold.

The

rug

for

the desired

and

in the

ones

Little shelves
manner,

SS

size and

living-room, white

yellow

tances
dis-

short

at

You

easily

can

books

of

make

tiny

several

piecesof folded

together through

sewed

the

centre

red

Hang

the

shelves

two

living-room.

the

Tissue
in

paste

apart.

"5^"^=^^)"^"
"

the

in

living-room,and

Fig. 446.

the

on

three-quartersof

an

G^c^v^c^

in

first shelf

wall

a?

Fairs

also

over

Paper

Curtains

tissue-papercurtains

kitchen, as

seen

the tops of the

cunning

Fig. 447-

"

in

ready

for

the

bedroom,

Fig. 447.

doors

may

little three-cornered

House

in

spool furniture.

be

made

bracket

to

in like
fit the

Doll

corner

yellow

the

of

round
fastened

the

straight

length
disk

on

of

paper.

broom-straws.

Fill

tiny

the

Japanese

straw

common

vase

325

kind,

up-and-down
of

section

Pasteboard

of

holding

for

room

ware,

fourth-inch

House

with

tiny

of

vase

made

of

pasted
red

paper

on

satiny
three-

wee

flowers

XXVII

CHAPTER

MAKING

THE

'ROWING

all

wild

from

CANDLE

BAYBERRY

OF

along

Scotia

Nova

bayberry-bush,
valued,

is held
A

that

flame

yields

There

is

Mother
a

"

are

joy

incense

an

hands

unknown

to

manufactured
candles

First

locate

then, just
the
berries
The
covered

into

smelling

berries.

beautiful

brittle

hard,
and

little time,

have

we

whose

and

expiring

who

work

get the

most

at

the

only

the

fresh

from

of

things

beginning
with

materials

of the

out

with

begin

material

raw

part

take

of

them

out-of-door

exercise

September
home

which
of

for

or

early

future
to

seem

wax,

do

pelletsthat

will

coating

gray

Bayberry-Bushes
when

bayberries,

small

the

starting

must

you

time

latter

with

to

gotten,
for-

work

of

that

making

bayberries.

your

the

and

those

almost

aromatic.

using

and

and

"

and

in

peculiar joy

and

the
and

of sweet

bayberries,

melt

not

sweet

tiny

candle,

wax

will

weather

Nature's

bayberry

up

hot

of

trouble,

green

smooth,

its

is

known

and

wealth

in

quart

little

well

overlooked

now

although
wax

Florida

to

once

coast

eastern

our

326

not

in

begins

to

be

gather

October,

light,
dethe

use.

be

nothing
decay

keep,

but

tiny

quickly,

it is said,

shrivel

but

year

stones

or

more.

Making
Look
low

in

for

that

is most

and

the

is stiff and

in

seen

flourish

the

amid

oblong

(Fig. 448).

and

from

They

to

two

"

The

it will grow

rocks

three

usually have

Fig. 448.

thrive

to

on

at times

best

in almost

barren

and
any

hillside.

Leaves

The
are

blueberry,though

It appears

sandy soil,but

even

329

irregular,generallygrowing
the

height of eight feet.

often

Candle

Bayberry

patches like

closelycrowded

reaching
kind

bush

bayberry

and

several

leaf

looks

half

inches

teeth, or

like

this.

in

length

notches,

near

330

the

Things for Home,

tip and

pale
a

quite narrow

are

and

scattered

again

the

of
in

crushed

fragrant when
and

with

frequently tinged

green

the

Fig.

small

quite
449

size-

gives

They

and
the

are

thick

berries, drawn

green

at

matured
and

The

golden

are

are

they

they

bark

are

are

very

is brownish

brown.

clusters

from

of

quart

candle

you

the

the

it will

berries

of

actual

take

of candles

you

in

about

make

to

your

berries

light

adapt

may

number

Keep

and

stems.

ripe,turn

As

silvery gray.
one

short

on

nature

first,but, when

to

leaves

young

when

they

Berries
in

grow

The

hands.

Fairs

Sometimes

leatherytexture

The
are

and

base.

red;

light,or

stems

young

the

at

in close bunches.

bright green, glossy,and

gray

Gift Days

one

picking
want.

dry place

your

Candles,

until

You

Ready

are

then

into

pour

three

to

the

Make

six-quart preserve-kettle

quarts

brim

allows

to

with

two

quarts

quart of berries.
the

range

hours

The

"

These

are

the

actual size.

cold

and

of

water

to

the

Put

the

the brim

water

kettle

with

with

will

one
on

steadilyfour
and

"

gets three

fillit up

fill
This

water.

let it boil

boiling berries

house
Fig. 449.

berries

actually boil,remember

"

whenever
below

and

of

inches

hot water.

perfume

spicy balsamic

odor

the
that

bayberries,

is

delightful.When

the

four

hours

Making
are
or

kettle back

the

set

up

two, then
them

off

the

them

from

the

kettle.

to

the

obtain

hot

after

do

into

is never,

berries

Let

at

of the

this time
So

At

night

removing

boilingpoint

be very

gradual

and

simmering

hard

keeping

and

wire

through

much

floats

the

morning,

be

lifted out.

as

bits of dried

wax

shallow

hard,

bowl

then

strain

fine sheer

there

pan
sauce-

strain

soup-plate.

or

and

melt
or

But

wax.

slowly;

leaves,

strained.

be

it must

it will melt

and

the

Wax

cheese-cloth

bayberry

cling to

shallow
porcelain-lined,

into

piece of

for the

to

berries, and

quite cold
a

until

ready

where

range
strainer

become

wax

and

and

sink

to

wax

impurities,such

put it in

the

on

fine

forgetthem,

to

it forms

as

wax

Bayberry

from

and

wax

it

night,try

left undisturbed

When

occasionallywhole

set

the

disturb

much

cause

free
first,

the

up

the

should

the

hot.

the

hour

an

without

from

form

for the

away

to

large cake,

and

through

cool

to

cooling down

The

and

for

ering
top of the water, for breaking through the gath-

on

beneath.

Break

simmer

simply keep

away

begins to

wax

tempted

will

crust

stems

set

results,therefore

the

be

in little cakes

forms

it will

331

boiling.

not

berries

and
The

the

best

Having put
and

where

range

point where

let the berries

and

back

farther

take

to the

Bay berry Candle

again,

lawn.

also be

must

Candle-Moulds
for

making bayberry candles,

old-fashioned
fortunate
wax

to

fill these

old

reallylarger than
will be

best

will find

in any

it takes

moulds,

you

need;

case.

not

if you

Even

treasures.

few, you

and

and
so

the

the

many

of

happen

us

great deal
candles

home-made

be

to

one

of the

made

these

possess

of

the

precious

in them

are

candle-moulds

From

and

sheet

half inches

of

which

and,

half

toward

edge
,,

candle
the

edge

the

paper

the

down

are

not

four

inches

wide

strip eleven

(Fig.450).

Take

an

\ \ sJz inches

the

the

the

firmly and

unwrap

"

Bring

the

Fig. 450.

"

bring
over

paper

wrapping
even,

and

it

Fig. 451.

way

writing-paper cut

tallow

lay

you,
on

of

Fairs

table, short
.,

j
down

and

dle,
can-

placing

the

on

paper

and

neither

is

wax,

nor

legalcap

long

ordinary adamantine

this

Gift Days

Things for Home,

332

the

roll the

edge of the

paper

and

candle,

"

as

candle

paper

Cut

in

from

Press
you,

in

the candle.

over

To

paper.

Fig. 451.

away

closely around

try again.

strip of

have

it.
a

If the

edges

perfectmoufd

Making
keep

must

you

edge

bottom
the

to

end

of

as

in

within
the

the

When

the

paper

is

line with

wrapped

the

around

brush

of the paper

and

roll

exactlyon

333

inch

one

the

Bring

Fig. 452.

over

paper

paper,

the end

glue across

of the

of the candle.

candle
the

of

edge

one

Candle

Bayberry

press

edge
down

(Fig. 453).
another

Take

size, stand

same

paper

and,

draw

around

with
the

candle
it

on

of the

piece of
Fig. 452.

lead-pencil,

bottom

"

Pass

glue

brush

over

the

in

in

around

half

the

inch

an

inner

circle,

Fig. 455.

Fig.

Fig.

453-

"

Bring

edge

over

press

down.

454-

"

Leave

border

on

of

circle.

the

the

edge

the
and

strong

end.

edge,

Cut
pressingthe pencil point close to the candle.
its edge
circle you have made, leaving a border
on
wide, as in Fig. 454, and slash the border up to the
as

dipped

Fig. 455"

Slash

circle.

the

Fig. 456.

"

Lap

them

in regular order.

Things for Home,

334

another

Draw
in it to

mark

the

circle,this
size,and

time

of

quarters

the

roll

candle

inch

the

circle,and

them

in

as

in

laps

make

the

pencil on
in the

Fig. 456.
the

with

bottom
of the

centre

in

place until

dot

the

up

they are firmlyglued to

then

roll,
your

exactly

and
circle,

the roll aside for the

lay
J
to

harden

while

you

The

Candlewick
s

braided

the

make

wick

Braid

Fig. 457."

the

wick,

together
as

Take
cut

melt

the candle
notches

two

the
it

candle

shown

from

the

in
in

pour

balls.

is

It

which

must

finished

wick.

Cut

pieces

nine

for each

bunches

two

of

be
from

inches

long,

candle, tie

threes, and

posed
com-

them

braid,

Fig. 457.

roll,and

it while

again directly. This

in

strands

directlyopposite
and

Cut

in the top.

notches

strands

several

select three

"

Fig. 458."

Candlewicks

cotton

to

glue
b

prepare

comes

I %

of

the"

Cover

the

another

one

the

the

slash

time, lapping

regular order,
Hold

then

three-

the penciled

turn

over

candle

glue,

containing

at

the

first.

with

455

exactlywithin

laps, one

roll with

wide,

did

you

Fig.

Fairs

it,leaving a border

an

of

laps
set

as

the

using

around

cut

border

and

Gift Days

will

in the

each

top edge of the roll

other

(Fig. 458),

hot

into

the

give

the

inside

mould,
a

then

ing
empty-

coating

of

336

Things for Home,

Fig. 461.

"

Run

Gift Days

hat

up

and

the

Melt

slowly,never
enough

at

to

the

to

the

until

"

Peel

off the

paper.

filleach

mould

In

pin.

time

remains

wax

Leave

Fig. 462.

and

smoke,

each

hollow

from

get hot

short

leave

top of the candle.

the

not

it to

allowing

hat

Wax

Bayberry

will settle and

wax

the

Fairs

pin through the wick.

Break

up

and

they

this
even

the candles
are

hard

quite cold, then

the wicks

begin

at

the

hollow

Fill up

across

the

until

occurs

the

top.

in their moulds
and

draw

almost,
the

and, taking one

top

time

and

peel

hat

but

pin

mould,
off

the

Making

spirally,

around

the

between
and

the

cut

around

the

off

the

the

from

and
first

then

which

bottom

the

to

the

candle

the

you

the

can

remainder

mould.

Cut
close

candle

penknife

bottom,

after

462.

Remove

edge.
the

of

Fig.

mould,

the

of

the

the

draw

of

337

and

bottom

layer,

other

in
of

bottom

layer

one

around

as

blade

the

Insert

of

it

carrying

paper,

Candle

Bayberry

top

about

one

candle

(Fig.

candle,
of

the
inch

end
and

wick,

long

of

the
also

wick
trim

making
above

it
the
Fig.

463).

463.

The
"

bayberry
finished.

candle

is

CHAPTER

WAX

LITTLE

TOYS"

WATER

XXVIII

PEOPLE
ON

RIDE

of

the

than

when

girls

and

edge

the

water;

of

as

still

daring

The

are

ten

each
raven

boys

Figs. 464,

of

pieces

lengthwise
ten

in

given

Patterns

folded

half

of

(Fig. 466)

girl's
black,

hair
from

for

466,

white

Fig. 464
from
different

golden

the

little

Little

and

white

half

blond

to

338

sit

and

dash

up
upon

that

satisfied

often

turn

in

both

dance

find

on

feet

with

not

Cut

of

the

after

varying
dark

girls

ten

first

the
with
pletely
com-

(Fig. 467).

from
auburn.

from

tracing

(Fig. 465).

paper

writing-paper

color,

wax

People

480.

writing-paper
on

the

their

waves

are

will

water

to

cling

will

you
ones

the
of

with

at

more

content

will

fond

rope.

the

477

in

life-rope

but

the

grasping

be

shore

though

jumping,
while

will

the

are

Some

others

down

more

AND

very

they

land.

the

are

happier

on

to

them,

fact

far

boys

the

hands

over

in

and

and

people

wax

water;

home

SWIM

RAFTS

little

|HESE

THAT

light

brown

Paint

the
Cut

Paint
to

their

Water

Toys

339

bathing dresses red,blue, pink, orange,

brown,
red

the

Paint

boys'bathing
mark

similar manner;

and

spotted blue

white, and

and

white.
a

yellow, purple,striped

green,

suits in

the features

of

Fig. 465.
Fig. 464.

both

girlsand

and

feet

the

front

and

two

bend
one

bend

The

"

boys
Use

pink.
of

the

boys

several

dolls

the water

and

hands
from

in

When

in

one

their

color

height.

This

the

paint the
paint

backward,
front

on

is

as

if

those

take

they
you

at

as

take
the

wish

to

way

legs

well
two

as

girls

shoulders;

others
were

the

girl.

arms,

back

dry,

forward

arms

is
the

out

face, hands,

sittingposition;

together in
a

then

water-colors,and

bend

"

cut

ink,

dolls.

and

leg forward
the

girl

bather.

and

bend

walking, and
to

dive

into

340

Things for Ho?ne,

Fig. 466.

When

all

are

The

"

One-half
Be

that

sure

with

wax,

and

coarse

string on

boy,

with

the

they are

Doll

Each

doll

each

instead

in

Melted

will

wax-candle
is

be

needle

and

Wax
for

covered

dolls you

the

thread

Toy

thread

both

sides

twenty

funny

on

will have

and

needle

drawing

made

and
to hold

on

to

work.

the

the

wax.

make

Life

Rope

dolls with

four

girl,a boy

*"

*^SISX"*

sufficient

completely

of paper

and

"*

dolls,the coloring showing distinctly

through

little wax

With

Fairs

boy bather.

ready,
Dip

and

Gift Days

arms

girl by piercing the

"

the

thread

the thread

hands

through.

rope.

forward

bent

In

"

of each
this

way

Water

Choose

clear,shallow

pool

The
Tie

the thread
the

securelyin
the

above

hand

as

to

ground

you

out

into

carefullyslide

in shallow
the

you

keep

dolls

jump

and

the

"

The

bathers

The

thread
like

make

long

fifteen paper
and

life rope

moving

up

bathers

the

pond

the

an

stands
taut

in

life rope

out
one

until

fun.

reaches
cause

and

from

the
down

the land
to

waves

to

make

rise

the

(Fig. 468).

Raft

lightersof stripsof writing paper

of
three-quarters

for

be fastened

must

thread

along

having

are

and

For

its top end

of the

water

real

of

of which

the bathers

Stir the

frolic

edge

while

water

water.

water.

while

end

the loose end

Hold

341

Place

Bathing

under

Fig. 468.

all stand

the

or

stick,the lower

water.

Toys

inch

wide

nine

inches

(Fig. 469). Begin

at

342

one

the top

roll the

and

corner

the

keep

to

lighterfrom

each

one

each

of

or

from

lighteron
parallel

half

each

to

yard

the

centre

this

Lay

front

of

and

another

place

you;

in

lighter

end.
in

each

Dip

then

waxed

over

string,

cross

table

stick;fold

it is

over;

common

string on

inch

one

all

generous

Tie

length.

until

wax

coated

Fairs

unrolling (Fig.470).

pieces of

two

round

long

melted

completely
wax

into

paper

lighter in

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

lighterup against the ties,allowing

each

string from

one

and

over

lighter(Fig.471).
each

and

472);

the

upper

then

lay

against the

the

Cross

the

come

second
two

the

stringover

lighter,bringing
up

the

under

one

lengths of

tie to

lower

string

stringdown
another

crossed

last

(Fig.

lighterup

strings,carrying Fig.

the

strings

in

(Fig.473).
the

This

is for the

strip

lighter.

all the

and

the

side of
the

the

fourteen

haye

them

are

ends
ends

always

"

on

one

the

on

lighter
raft.

lighter

before

in

the

the lower

alternate

lightersas

this

equally balanced

Continue

raft.

stringsand

the

of

large

over

stringdown

upper

ends

small

turn

Again bring

lighter,and
Fig. 469."

470."
f"r

placing
the

Fig.
and

and

string up
in

another

large and
474
to

in

small

order

avoid

to

ing
bring-

side
other

crossing

adding lightersuntil

bound

into

float; then

Fig. 471-"

Second

lighter is in place.

344

Fig. 476.

"

The

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

raft is launched

with

lumberman

lighter,up
the

forward

and

under

keeps

the

board.

on

the

through

the next

over

Fairs

lighterand

through
it
the

lighters of
firm

mast

down

space,

Weaving

space.

the

next

and

over

raft

steady (Fig.

476).
Make

Little

Fig. 477.

Fold

writing paper;

trace

lumberman

it

like

out

the

painted
the

tie"
lumberman.

Weave

mast

on

figure.
and

his

white

piece of

one-half

of

(Fig.478), and
he

When

waxed,

with

Lumberman

one

feet in

has

stand
arm

the

him

around
raft

as

the
cut

been

by
it.
you

Water

the

wove

will stand

he

mast, and

345

Toys
straightas

as

up

good

soldier

(Fig.476).
the

Launch

the

on

the

and

the

raft

the

children

them

swim

raft

them

for

climb

and

off

into

the

Then

you

on

Should

water,

is what

help

can

the

sit

floatingabout.

while, for that

of

some

up

over

them

let

they
on

land.
the

riding the

raft

is
the

waves,

bathers

holding
the

the life-line and

other

have

merrily

again or bring

When

on

can

you

tumble

do.

to

four

dance

it goes

as

to

the

will

children

wax

want

it

water;

waves,

other

Raft

girls and

wax

in

the

sand, wading and

ing
div-

boys playing
in the

mermaid

water, let

slowly

come

swimming through the

Fig. 478.

"

Half

of the

berman.
lum-

Make

of

and

paper

paper.

the
her

beautiful

Mermaid

flowing

Mermaids

with

mermaid, though,

tresses, also of
for

famous

are

hair, which

always combing

them.

toward

water

they

must

be

to

seem

golden

comb.

content

their
be

Your
to

swim
Fig. 479.

and

enjoy

herself without

the

goldencomb.

"

Fold
cut

the

paper

like this.

and

Fold
half

of the

(Fig. 481)
sides.

the

for

with

and

paint

The

color.

same

when

ink;

arms

and

body

remaining part

of

mark

from

fish scales

fringe of
head

from

hair

across

side

to

Fairs

the

out

the

lengthwise

mermaid

(Fig.

long, finelyfringed paper

them

brown

golden
head

and

both

on

the hair

around

mermaid.

Mark

the

dry, color
J

face,

rather

and

trace

cut

of the mermaid's

the back

the

and

(Fig.479)

hair,

"

writing paper;

pieces of

two

cut

Fig. 480.

features

it

figureon

Paint

face

white

of

piece

then

480);

her

Gift Days

Tilings for Home,

346

pink;

the

hair

the

centre

of

Glue

the

side.

the

After

figure gray.
waist

in

two

parts.

the

paint

the

mermaid's

Kg. 48i.-The

the

'

down;

back

other

has

dried

glue the straighttop

then

the

paint

of

the

piece at

mermaid's

the

extreme

IVater

top of the
bend

dry,

of

any
a

back
all

it to

of

the

hair

the

waist-line,

the

water,
she

and
under

the

in

and

the

little

will

These

kept

hair

all
wax

tell

perhaps

the

the

mermaid

flowing

them

fairy

allow-

not

little backward

then

in

the

wax

tresses.

When

will

thoroughly-

Do

forward;

(Fig. 482).
children

head.

body

arms

has

is

of

the

is

in

with

her,

beautiful

life

friends

make

stories

mermaid

the

waves.

water
a

The

"

Bend

mermaid

her

from

out

347

the

After

flat.

Fig. 482.

mermaid,

head.

lie down

from

curve

the

of

Toys

cool

toys

place

will

where

last
the

wax

long
will

time
not

if well
melt.

cared

for

and

The

Process

is

348

Very

Simple.

CHAPTER

WEAVE

TO

HOW

XXIX

WITHOUT

Invented

Method

UGS,

in

be

can

loom.

some

old

rags

and

the

and

used,

design
of

snip

the

in

scissors

will

and

will

it

see

the

so

them

or

off

cut

pattern

soft,

as

less

yard

inches

in

width

width

long
and
is what

will
is
an

of

fingers

your

warm

answer

It
sit amid

you

is

quick

wool,

loose
few

into

or

one,

be

can

any
A

weaving.

insert

two

or

and

work

vari-colored

your

be

colors, for

stitch

and

heavy

or

is

you
rags
ored
col-

harmoniously

rugs.

Board

forty

color,

one

that

or

the

in

the

may

cotton

or

for

tacks

woven

the

as

followed

grows.

beneath

grow

hangings

be

all

These

colors

varied

as

can

absorbing

very

be

can

lines

another,

and

patterns

be

weave

Many

and
of

strips.
silk,

out
with-

it,

paper

may

close

that

woven

do

can

new,

piece

purpose.

straight

the

find

intended

its

or

be

simple

in

cut

rags

light, in
suit

one

board,

bedspreads,
anything

can

extremely

is

required

Author

almost

rags,

Any

is

process

the

covers,

fact,
of

woven

LOOM

by

table

portieres,

hammocks,

to

for

weaving

convenient

ordinary

loom
349

size

anything
to

handle.

produces,

but

yard

one

The
if you

one-

would

or

Things for Home,

350

have

your

should

be

not

board

your
should

for

both

on

weaving

Fairs

the

why

reason

material

from
the

on

board

catching,
and

edge

it

board

good-sized pastry

less than

piece

no

sides and

possible.

as

is
the

prevent

smooth

be

wide

as

excellent

To

longer.

must

be

there

portierevyider

or

rug

and

Gift Days

is

inches

twenty-two

in

width.

Rags
for both

and

warp

of the
of

those

are

is like

process
directions

that
for

are

for bedroom

for the

wide,

loom

for

there

is to

be

the

the rug, the warp

Take

one

left-hand

piece

edge.
drive

Leave
the tack

blue

at

stripof
of

corner

one

warp

in the

be

posed
com-

the woof
the

and

warp,
The

more

is

work,

the

across

following

border

the blue

end

only part

have

to

not

Rug

board
of

the

the

and

the

into

make

while

length of

the
the

an

inch

balls

work
board

as

gresses.
proone

this line

inches

wide, entirelyaround

all blue.
tack

about

it
two

the line

on

inches

longer

warp

of the way

good

Warp

four
be

where

it,into stripshalf

whole

along

is

flat.

needed

the

goods

new

and

tear

as

flannel

canton

new

smooth

them

first must

the

Cotton

stripstogether,and

top edge, then

is to be

The

splintbasket.

it is better

Tack

As

firm.

out

Heavy,

straightline

the

should

down

White

flannel,do

weaving;

below

and

and

and

sew

Draw

inch

Blue

rug

not

they

making

canton

do

but

and

weaving

in this case,

the

Cut

of

and

up

in

bathroom.

or

as

weave,

run

soft

and

new

woven

material

when

stripswhich

that

if old

woof;

than

tightlypacked

Used

are

in

than

(Fig.483).

at

from
the
Give

the upper
the

other
the

side
and

strip

352

Things for Home,

them

Sew
them

securelylike Fig. 486

lie

will

give

top and
and

bottom

edge

the end

whip

and

of

each

the

tack

it

edges

warp

the

blue

the

keep

will

and

top

keep

Frequent
and

the warp

is

rug

until

it is

Sew

pieces

very

"

the

securely.

distance

same

each

at

border

border.

the

true

your

make

measure

(Fig. 487).

top

of

centre

the

across

This

"

border

down

warp

Fig. 486.
Fig. 485.

and

make

to

the

Be

of

with

strip of
near

board.

the

of warp

centre

Draw

taut

have

to

white

sides.

smooth

careful

and

Fairs

perfectlyflat.

This
the

and

Gift Days

stripin

the

across

bottom

straightline

while

measurements

as

from

the

weaving

will

the two

prevent narrowing between

rows

tacks.
When

ready

take

To

Tack

the

the

left and

end

of

the

and, startingunder

the

several

draw

do
warp

times; then

needle
flat and

and
even

thread
when

the

first

stripof

blue

and

begin

Weave

strip,which

trifle below

is

upper

stripof

the
after
it is

warp

the

now

left-hand
warp,
out

warp,
tack

several

woven

and

length

stitches.

push

it up

to

(Fig. 487)

it in and

weave

its full

taking

little

as

you

Keep
close

out

to

the
the

tacks.
the

Weave

drawing

the woof

it and

over

the

out

the

reached

have

you

this way,

in

across

next, and

When

Without

to Weave

How

end

last
back

weave

always
of

the

stripof
again

353

Loom

under

woof

on

in the

same

over

little while.

every

warp

and

one

the

right,turn
(Fig.

manner

487).
The

that

white

blue

of

rows

tacks

can

you

is

entirelyof blue, and

you

weave

will
and

woven

as

between

the
the

take

tacks,

out,

Move

the

and

tack

the

second

woof

the

the

after

moved

in

then
at

as

place. Fig.

the

two

the

rug

has

also

the

the

up

woof

warp;

checker-board

moving

ting
put-

the

down

and

up

of the

bottom,

warp

shows

of

row

through

tack

first and

tacks

third

stripof

each

draw

again along

or

tack

Up

Part

Woven
across

from
a

of

rows

been
Fig. 487.

weaving

almost

the

warp

perfectly straight.

it

border.

This

possibleto

weave

of

manner

any

length

desire.

may

you

blue

and

part makes

woven

Keep

"

effect

Lengthen
as

as

centre.

have

you

as

two

you

you

checker-board

much

488

warp

it makes

When

into

for this rug

the white

across

find

woof

weave
as

by sewing

long

as

you

want

on

the

new

it,cut

Warp

pieces,and
off the

when

white

warp

the

centre

is

evenly and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

354

blue,

on

sew

then

of that at the top and

width

the

until

weave

sides.

Fairs

and

border

the

at

bottom

off the woof

Cut

is the

that is left after

the

weaving

last row,

and, turning in
sew

it

last

row

Off

the

one-half

long;

turn

the

side

one

on

the

next

the

splints
in

edge

off

binding

of the

as

the

over

will

on

side,

turn

sew

end

One

of

last

and

woof

it down.

other

end

over

of

one

inches

each

warp

rug,

Warp,
about

and

turn

the

securely to

leaving ends

row

end,

of warp.

Cut

the

the

splint

basket.
It is best

Fig. 488.

After

"

the

has

rug

cuttingthe next,
out

of

under

the

shows

how

cut
row

off

binding

of woof

row

of woof.

up

on

the

other

to

the

last

row

is
is

an

an

side
of woof

up.

off.

just above

this is done.

evenly, F

moved

end

of

the

and

sew

it

down

G, H
end

end

turned
which

of the

and

it and

and

rug.
is

I
up

the

and

has

been

off

warp
fore
be-

slipping

of the

warp

again. Fig. 489

ends

sewed
under

from

end

sew

are

is to turn

woof

each

Tuck

cut

one

this will prevent the

as

the

place during

been

to

of the

to

the

and

be

turned

justbeing slipped under

warp

bottom

brought

up,
the

sewed

third

Fig. 490.

"

Rug

Woven

by the Author.

3SS

How

of

row

side

tucked

under

of woof

and

end

sewed

the

to

make

in

realityit
the

idea

look

like

has

by

board.

Fig. 490.

turned

of

and

will

This

rug

on

half of blue

of

To

the

of warp

strip.

flat weave,

close

strips close

Diamonds,
you

can

work

white
for

together

the

end

of

the

rug

in

and

for

Heavier

the

yard

and

Rug
That

warp.

by using

the

together as

others

one

weaving.

Make

squares
out

flannel

canton

is made

it

off

this way.

top of another, giving two

weave

tightly,crushing

Fig. 489.- -Finish

double

directlyon
A

pastry

Three-

used

were

one

twenty-two

yard

warp,

from

the writer

I\(

(Letter

by thirty-fourinches.

with

sewed,

up,

and

the

to

Its size is

quarters

the

on

of the

been

photographed

made

turned

place

hidden

be

is finished

rug

been

in

plainer,but

secured

sewed

your

has

fastened

357

woof

the

of the woof

A, Fig. 487)

is

The

last end

been

the first end

and

again.

should

the

has

over

row

and

Loom

woof.

When
warp

third

above

under

and

rug,

the

is shown

under

the

of

IVithout

is turned

woof, J.

other

JVeave

to

and

and

warp
in loom

Indian

soft

is, lay

piece

one

thicknesses

to

each

material, tacking the

pushing

the

woof

up

are

easy

and

weaving.

zigzag patterns

quite originalwith

yourself.

CHAPTER

HOW

TO

VERYTHING

with

that

certainty

It

big,

can

to

our

friends

the

invisible,

is

designs

every

one.

sweet

the

always
flowers

shading
hues.
When

the

welcome.
to

lilylightly
the

Paint

dry

cut

out

violet
the

and
a

all
be

of

filled

blest

inanimate

sweet

little

with

joy,

material

and

life;

of

things

things

of love,

It

assurance

material

good

smiles

people,

realities

card

may

to

far
you

convey

joy, kindness,

choose

Easter

Represent

Fig.

nearly

as

coloring
light

design;

blue
then
358

and

491

heavy

on

the

to

think

of

send

to

and

the

flower
its

card

paint

paper;

natural

passion

purple
bend

greeting

ness,
happi-

Flowers

possible
the

it

can

you

cheery

with

carry

remembered,"

to

as

Earth

joices
re-

Resurrection.

the

wonderful

Trace

resemble

when

is the

use

and

offering

the

are

can

to

Made

her

EASTER

life

old

old, should

It

Easter

which

dear

day

means

the

be

to

from

Cards

the

OWN

friendship.

simple, inexpensive
"it

the

brings

and

we

and

tenderness,

many

are

than

they
But

for

new

goodness

touch.

sympathy,

with

immortality.

and

see

GIFTS

and

is

young

and

are

AND

Easter

and

love

precious

more

CARDS

and

sympathy

because

life, light

YOUR

Easter;

flowers.

means

MAKE

awakens
on

and

XXX

blossoms,
in

natural

foliage
at

the

green.

dotted

Gift Days

Things for Home,

360

flower, in order

line

second

tracing.

of the flower

next

to

the

same

the

lilystems

in

The

lower

in

Notice

blossom

the

the

the

each

easy.

Paste

back

support;

three

very

tents

which

flat

cut

the

entire
the

be sent

alone.

make

One

through
up

board
card-

will

stand

Figs.493

front

and

folded

of

bend

and

its

it into

and

up

very

look

brought
of

danger

injury.

the

slit

the

and

down

top of

through

and

the

other;

one

tom
botthen

half of the

slide
cross.

violet

You

stiff paper,

the

of
"

the

meet

will be

in

stand

without

of

one

Cut

from

card

be

for Easter.

which

Fig. 493.

ner.
man-

appropriate

make

can

and

first

Cross

most

design

the

of the

work

to

may
mail

by

The

long

flowers

floral cards

to
layers,

494

meets

in like

violet

immediately

blossom

will enable

is

did

you

blossom

the

principlethe

the

out

These

attractive.

togetherin

bright

then

the lower

blossom.

comprehend

you

as

of the

leaves

meets

When

side

one

largestflower, in

be traced

must

part of the passion flower, while

of the

with

paper

this twice

lower

outline

tops meet,

first and

flower

that

491

the

on

Trace

smallest

will understand

you

support- of the passion flower

Fig. 491.
Fig.

make

down.

portion of

last and

and

flower

two

upside

that the back

way

design.

the

Fairs

fit; then

parts may

lilyin Fig. 491

Unless

middle-sized
the

two

the

will be

tent

the

Place

the

Examine

clearly.

more

part

that

and

the

Fig. 494two

crosses

"

The

of the

other half

cross.

Cards

Easier

together by placing Fig.

through

down

pieces and

two

The

495.
the two

card

be

may
until

crosses

resemble

will

cross

your

closed

they

lie

flat

decorate

cross

by painting or pasting flowers

letteringit with
Another

the

"Easter

double

it,or

on

Greeting."

design is

new

The

(Fig.496).

words,

Fig.

by turning

this

other.

can

pa

closelyagainst

each

You

361

adjust the

top of Fig. 494,

the

Gifts

right angles

at

493

and

This

Tulip
you

can

Bud
open

at

will

and

Fig. 495-

Put

"

halves

make

it

bio

this

in

fall,as

it to

more

trace

Fig.

499

together and
499).

on

the

needle
the

back
the flowers

thread

six

them

stem

you
and

in order

on

on

(Fig.

to

the stem.
the

run

a.

thread

petals and

on

petals

petalsfirmly

position while

through

piece of

tulip

Hold

coarse

the

petals,then

place

the

paint

tulip petal;

fit the

cardboard,

to

Fig.

and

five

of

Cut

paper

resemble

the

ready

Fig. 497.

make

top

and

if

as

of white

498

tulip bud.

in

way.

it still further

petals appear

Fig. 496." The

two

ssom.

Open

in

the

together

board
cardfasten
Knot

outside

of

Things for Home,

362

and

Gift Days
the

petals

card.

petals.

Draw

the thread

keep

the

green

round

pieceof

the

flower

knots

paste

501.

of

paper

is

be

in

and
small

each

over

paper

fasten

its stem

on

tight

stem

which

Fig.

You

the

shown

as

When

the

bit

it will

painted

noticed.
can

another
understand
open

and

in

never

The

the

leaves

of

the

of

petals firmly

Paint

place.

"

the knot

portion

to

the

on

pasteboard

shows

Fig. 500

the

also

lower

on

Fig. 497.

and
of the

side

wrong

Fairs

this idea

use

flower

with

do

if you

painting in

not

water

colors.

flower.

Fig. 500.

"

The

knot

in the

petal.

o
Fig. 498.

"

The

petal.

tulip

Fig.

499.

"

Tulip stem
leaves.

and

Fig. 501.

"

Paste

paper

the knots.

over

Cards

Easter

The

wildflower
white

blossom

Paste

the

same

manner

as

especially
pretty
flowers

to

the

Gospel

you

move

the

than
like

will
four
the

petals of

cardboard.

petalsin place in

The

bloodroot

petalsand

will

the
look

the snowy

cause

day

fly out
dollars.

of manufactured

when

We

give almost,

secret

cross,

but

make

if not

when

It

sing.
can

This

cents.

Spain

inscribed

was

and

of

will

on

502.

"

Half

of the egg.

years

the

spring

inside

to

was

eggs
ago.

The

the

white

of

touched

was

said

was

have

little

four

cost

an

Egg

Card

quite as

much

be

Easter

some

of

opened

pleasure,for

pasteboard
a

and

little chicken

Fig. 503.
Fig.

the

cut

can

gray-green

the

sew

tulip.

Easter
that

on

the

Infanta

an

shell,and

would

thousand

and

beautiful

most

of Easter

enamelled
bird

when

presented to

one

of

363

open.

of the

One

those

you

flowers

securelydown

stem

and

white
the

fasten

Gifts

Bloodroot

Dainty

is pure

and

paper,

and

"

The

will
will

other
egg.

not

more

fold

flat

sit up

half

of

the

on

the inside
to

sing its

its beak

wide

littlechickie

song.

with

firmly on

end

one

as

and

open

its

than

More

Fairs

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

364

lifted

wings

that, our

Christopher Columbus

if

as

ready

will stand

egg

his famous

made

stand.

egg

Trace

Figs. 502,

and

503

in at

rightangles through

each

other.

504)

light yellow,

soft

the

dry make

Fig. 504-

lower
In

markings

The

"

the

slide the

the

outline

the

portion of

Jerusalem

fit the

slits into

when

and

ink; then

of

Fig.

505.

feet

of

the

two

the

chicken

eggs

and

little chicken

The

"

sit up

on

will

the inside.

diagonally over
will

you

have

the

Fig. 505.

the

Easter

ring

(Fig.502)

(Fig.

chicken.

slit at

cross

with

first egg

(Fig.503);

second

chicken

the

Paint

Slide the

504.

Bells

preciselynine o'clock in the morning, tellingthe

of the washing of the feet is
people that the religiousceremony
about
to take
of
place in the large court just outside the Church
the

out

at

Holy Sepulchre.

church

bells

On

Easter

morning

ring out joyously; and

the

in

our

gladdened

own

land

note

seems

the
to

Cards

Easter

be

given unconsciously by

joy having

card

Easter

Our

into

entered

and

the

bell

of bells is fashioned

often

are

which

alcoves

of the

body

cardboard

after the

of

the

seen

church.

three

case

this

out

of

you

did

allow

the

the thread

"

Make

three

bells.

Fig. 506

one

on

the

on

"

JOYOUS

BELLS

The

Easter

place

in this

triflelooser

of
"

each

church

the bells in

to be

on

three

Make

board.
card-

Fig. 508.

the

flat above

tulippetals,but

EASTER

these

in open

fasten

Sew

ING- THE.

Fig. 507.

suspended

dots

round

belfry(Fig.506).
as

church

Copy

and

Spanish

the

it out.

cut

Fig. 507

old

which

built up

are

and

bells like

Cut

Easter

his work.

bells

"

of his

ringer,some

in
styleof architecture,

Fig. 506.

365

Gifts

bell card.

Things for Home,

366

the

that

bells may

the card.

move

the

and

card

the

up

the

and

and. Fairs

forth, as

and

if

ringing,when

slit through the centre

the

along

crease

forward

stand

back

sway
Cut

Gift Days

other

This

backward.

alone

of

cardboard

colored

and

with

slightshading
Here

toys
novel

the

the

Fig.
like

Fig.

500.

it

Fig.

on

along
hind

the

the

side of the

egg-shelland

this is to make

the

adhere

remaining

make

turtle

in

the

same

eyes
mark

and

head

stripreach
the

tissue

paper

or

and
the
ing
seal-

place

(Fig.510)

partly on
the

on

the

writing

the

heavy

firmly together.

more

way,

from

the fore and

egg-shelland

strip

strong glue

paper

strips

two

Paint

510.

on

the

other

side

of

the

Turtle

out, and

it

with

strip of

turtle between

the

gifts or

egg-shellcut lengthwise and

partly underneath

writing-paper
Fasten

an

fasten

next

509;

small

Little

paper

the

on

ink.

shell.

edges of

foot, making

paper;

his

feet ; then

cover

wax

without

turtle

The

and

make.

Cut

Fig.

mouth
"

pen

heavy writing

on

tissue

white

indicate

as

first you

509.

cross

dry

Comical

Draw

gray-

cards.

dinner

Let
be

used

be

to

the

original Easter

some

are

will

Make

gildthe

and

When

bells.

give a

warm

the

card

(Fig.508).

belfry (Fig.506)

of

of

will

the

and

good platform
stand

stand

line, bending half

dotted

half

of the

you

Fig. 510.

bend

the

head

up

paper

"

Two

tissue

strips.

368

Things for Home,

Gift Days

gram,

Fig. 513,

the

the fore

leg; Fig. 516, the

Mark

legs.

Fig. 514.

"

eyes,

tail;Fig. 514,
Make

ear.

and

nose,

Piggie's fore

hind

curl the tail with

pig by spreading
of the

pig;
the

then

out

ears,

mouth

Fig. 51S.

leg.

shell ;

two

"

two

the

fore

small

scissors and

fastening them

in turn

bit of

;Fig. 517.

plainwhite

"

An

hind

"

of

Piggie's

the

ear.

and

glue it
on

ears

the

on

back

the

and

hold!
be-

Spoon

(Fig. 517) requiresa lengthwise half

and

hind

two

end

Fig. 516.

Piggie's

glue in place the legs

pig (Fig.512).

stiff cardboard

and

the

leg.

slits and

The

Fairs

leg; Fig. 515,

on

penknife or

the

and

of

an

a piece of
egg-shell,

tissue paper

egg-shell spoon.

for its

manu-

Cards

Easter

facture.

the

Cut

of half

edges

and

shell

pair of sharp scissors,being

careful

the

handle

then

operation;

Glue

and

outside

attach

cut

the

of the

the

with

handle

small

369

evenly all
to crack

not

from

around

with

the shell

cardboard

sealingwax

of the

end

Gifts

during

(Fig.518).

the

on

shell,bending the

Fig. 5i9.

handle
still

down

Cut

"

little where

(Fig.519)

that

over

shell.
be

When

made

of

protect

its

is

the

good

because

make

you

here

the

upper

turn

rain

out

paper

glued
little

if

the
can

such

size

for

desire

flaps; then

it

an

it

an

your
odd

(Fig.520).

umbrella,

down

only

cut

from

together as

and

outward

glue the

two

Fig. 520.

"

to

the

beyond

wise
other-

or

but

it is

(Fig.521), fold

Fig. 522,

extend

is

tissue

egg-shell would

an

from

little toy and

the

edges

large enough,

purpose,

on.

to

which

handle

Umbrella

half

us

umbrella

in

fasten

handle

of

the

(Fig.517).

An

paper

and

finished the spoon

ornamented

To

paper

tight down

gilded along

were

tissue

side of the handle

extensions

of the

paper

fastening.

joins the shell,secure

it

portion

egg-shell,allowing the
the

cardboard.

tightlyin place by fastening a piece

more

either

from

handle

the

The

"

tissue

Fig. 518.

little umbrella.

370

flaps down

out

handle

of the folded

sides

be

sealingwax;

inside

the handle

make

to

sure

of half

centre

Fairs

fasten

tightlytogether;next

the

on

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

the

spread-

egg-shell with

an

in the middle

come

of

e-jAy
Fig. 521.

the

the

umbrella

rim

and

handle

represent the
surface

outer

like

handle

the

shell,otherwise

The
to

Cut

"

umbrella

may
of

seams

be

paper,
way

you

lop

"

Fold

over

painted brown
umbrella

the

handle

in this way.

little to

one

side.

or

black,

and

lines

can

be

made

the

on

of the shell.

difficult to
not

will

real

The
is not

Fig. 522.

this.

too

may

make.

heavy,

Cut

ornament

fancy, then

Chair

Doll's

take

Fig.
it

as

half

523

in
an

from

Fig. 524

medium-weight
or

in

egg-shelland

any

other

glue

the

Cards

Easter

chair

seat

back

in

to

be

down

of the

Fig. 523.
seat

as

with

"

of

the

slit

fasten

in

Fig.

it should.

seat

The

place.

little and

the

of the

edges

the

524-

hole

cov-

Dolly's

"

chair.

Dolly's chair.

in order

paper,

If tinted

the appearance,
as

allow

bend

sealing wax,

and

back

The

melted

be levelled off

shell must

371

Gifts

egg-shelland

the

on

piece of

white

with

end

open

upright positionand

an

bent

bottom

ered

the

over

and

be

paper

though

ornamented

makes

the

chair

stand

making

this

toy it

make

to

used

in

the colored

paper

hances
en-

necessary,

little chair.

pretty

very

is not

up

Strawberry

strawberry is in realitya candy

The
and

egg

blow

black

ink

with

small

of green
shell
On

the

the

mark

candies

tissue

with

its contents, then

out

dots
and

paper

paste

used

as

cover

cut

like

in

dye

Fig.

the

Next

525.

Fig. 526.

at

top of the strawberry glue a bow

the

Fasten

only

paint it

or

opening

sparingly and

Take

box.

where

of

narrow

fine-looking

red

and

fillthe

egg-shell

top with
the

with

paper

piece

on

the

it is necessary.
green

ribbon

372

Things for Home,

Fig.

53S-"

The

Gift Days

and

Fig. 526.

shell
egg-

"

the

candy

box

Paste

this

on

top of the

strawberries.

strawberry.

and

Fairs

will be finished

and

ready

for

unique

Easter

gift.
A
can

be

pasted

fashioned
over

its

Little

from

edge, a

half
bow

Basket

Hanging

egg-shellwith

an

of the ribbon
more

at the

loop

of

the

The

egg
a

Fig. 527."

little hanging

basket.

same

the

on

Doll's

is made

in the desired

line with

ribbon

narrow

shell

two

ends, of

(Fig.527).

Cradle

by breaking

the

shape, first drawing

pencil,so

Fig. 528.

and

bottom

covering the

sides

securelyglued

(Fig. 528)

the

on

ribbon

narrow

"

that

it may

Dolly's cradle.

be

Cards

Easter

correct, then
wee

cradle

and

bent

piercingthe

thus

formed

down

pencil line

is

each

at

and

pasted

end

with

fine

rockers

on

373

Gifts
needle.

made

The

of stiff paper

(Fig.529).

^^^s^

Fig.

529.

"

the

Cut

rockers

Fig. 530.

this

by

An

"

egg-shell bird's nest.

pattern.

Bird's
The

bird's

nest

covered

first with

is to be

filled with

is

simply

thin coat

candy

eggs

Nest

half

of

of

the
egg-shell,

an

glue and

then

with

prettilyin

very

with

will sail

basin

is half

It

water.

of

the

paper

(Fig.532),folded

mast

line.
from

sail cut

edge

shell,

531),

tissue

of

tissue-papersail (Fig.

dotted

little sail boat.

Boat

boat
egg-shell

The

The

This

moss.

(Fig. 530).
Sail

Fig. 531."

outside

colored

the

fold

two

halves

or

The
sail is

of the

at

the

white

straight

placed

mast

of the

stiff

is the

Fig. 533

paper.

of the

of

cut

mast

and

in

the

pasted

together down
is slitup,

as

in

to

the

line at the

cross

532, and

diagram

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

374

This

bottom.

flapsbent

the

Fairs

in

lower

part

opposite direc-

1
tion.
and

These
are

are

glued to

used

for

the bottom
is

cut

of
on

Fig.

in

braces

holding the
The

of the boat.

535

represents the head

from

an

Mikado
egg.

The

face, as nearly as

painted on

the

the Mikado.

shell;then

egg.

purpose)

the

head,

and

must

made

be

pasted
to

stand

on

the Mikado,

stripof

narrow

(that encasing needles

the

contents

possibleresembling
the

first

must

egg

pierced at both ends, and

blown
out, leaving the hollow

paper

tened
fas-

of

be

black

and

paper,

top of the sail (Fig.531).

The

fashioned

(Fig.534)

pennant

tissue
bright-colored
the

upright

mast

will
the

erect

answer

back

with

of

the

376

Things for Home,

Use

hat

egg
for

shell and

Now,

for the
a

enlarge
had

Napoleon
one

was

the

this hole

the

have

it

keep

its

it
the

on

of

stamp

alone, and
When

went

around

egg

the

to

"

Fairs

size
a

given

for

the

from

egg

largesthole

the
shell

in the small
of

silver dime.

well-balanced

it could

be

not

end

head.

upset by-

Napoleon.

him.

So,

to make

Napoleon's character, we

position,or balance;

can

the

is called

what

Fig. 538.

bear

Blow

Make

and

dimensions

of his greatness;

cause

anythingthat

the

head;

large egg.

described.

manner

the

That

goose

intended

are

in the
of

Gift Days

to

be

done

in this way:

has

been

blown

from

stand

head

that will

contrive

must

erect, unaided

the shell

place the

littlemelted

sealingwax,

and

on

top of that pour

and

shell in

perfectlyupright position,large end down, in an egg-cup,

anything that will hold it steady. Into the large hole pour
a

to

or

little melted

lead,

taking

pieces

some

or

the

have

to

care

of

311

shot,

weight
to make

in the centre
fall directly
a

Gifts

and

Cards

Easter

perfectbalance.
Fig. 539 is Napoleon's face,

which

you

side of the
Ink

the shell

on

for the

hair

head.

In

the

shell

largest end

other
the

on

drawing

side,too,

the

face

on

shell is the
be

of the

head.

in the

top of his head

sure,

that

Fig. 539.

the

that

the

To

of the

back

remember
of

ink.

Blacken

black.

the

one

on

black

with

egg

hair

the

draw

must

the
we

Napoleon's face.

"

end

chin, the smallest

real

ever

Napoleon
heard

the

had

never

hole

in the

of,but the hole

top of

top

Napoleon's

our

head

will

not

show

when

his

hat

is on,

and

as

the hat is to be

glued in place no
will

be

ever

one

the

any

wiser.
make

To

the

Bras,"

"Chapeau
as

called

which

must

paper.

have
For

it, and
a

means

cocked

would

Napoleon

have

Fi"

hat,or

tary
mili-

hat,
some

you

black

the brim

Things for Home,

378

inches

piece five
the

brim

and

cut

up
the

hole.

turned

front to back

slits around

little

it

as

stripsor laps,as
other

The

front and

up

needed,
and

lines.

denoted

by

the

dotted

line

lines show

but

the

is the

From

front

line

them
the

540.

At

brim

put

on

the

the
a

finger,and,
but

Hero

and

we

points

shown

drop
head

the

if the

his head

though
will

Empress
coronation.

of

them

Place

been

his first
on

well

is the

2,

folded.

the

over

inside
lines

the

Fig.

on

the

of

the

meet

laps

of

front

the shell.

touch

him

crosses

level

with

on

set

your

and

position.

better

1805,

Now

will nod

placed, he
for

wife, Josephine, whom

December

be

Napoleon's chapeau

always regain its

is, Napoleon

cut, the

sides,bring

the
to

up

table,

has

the

heavy

be

the

dotted
on

glue it to

weight

quarter

The

the

to

and
the

give him
France

bring

side,

part

brim,

the

to

crosses

on

he

brim

the

by

you

will

the

according

Fig. 538,

before

at

ures
meas-

paste neatly. Fit

the

on

laps of

chapeau.

in

as

crown

paste and

of

of

little hero

bow,

brim

crown

Napoleon's
the

the

laps

the

to
a

it is to

together and

Fig. 541.

and

it is to

where

the

in

it

side

inches.

where

of

back

to

first.

on

pattern

narrowest

is two

line shows

up

the

is to be

glued

part, three

at

Bend
around

brim

inches; from

measure

Turn

be

541

widest

dotted

the

must

crown

inches;

Turn

where

out

the centre

near

heavy

at its

crown.

Cut

the

three

paste the

side to side.

by

crown.

brim, and

just that

measures

the hole

Cut

Fig.

of the

it

as

Fairs

shown

dotted

back,

and

from

pattern (Fig.540).

from
the

the

will be

square

from

inches

many

Gift Days

the

day

companion,
he

crowned

of his

own

Cards

Easter

To

express

in

the

measure

and

Gifts

379

regal dignityof

Josephine
on

occasion, her

that

shell,therefore,as

Fig.

542.

difference

"

Josephine's

of the

instead
Draw

the

paper,

it.

one

for

the

erect

; prepare

with

Napoleon's head,

the
this

Fig. 543-

weight

the

in

of the

end

small

egg-shell,

large end.

Josephine's queenly

diamonds

to cut

the

face.

egg-shell,placing her
gold

also be held

must

did

you

place

"

head

which

chin

you

of which

Fig. 544

is the

Crown

at

can

it

was

the

small

you

composed.

crown

her

like,to

Fig.

Empress Josephine
Fig. 544-

Make

end.

spangle, if

pattern for her

o\

(Fig. 542)

countenance

543
and

on

the

tiara of

represent

shows

how

should

also

380

be

l^hingsfor Home,
made

crown

of

gold

together to

form

with
been

shown

The

the small

of the real

and

needle

strung.

placeof

in the

meet

Empress.

in the sketch

The

Empress

middle, over
thread

bead

cross

"

will hide

which
With

of the band

the ends

draw

of the arches

the top.

the

small

glass bead

of the finished head

the

gether
to-

has

also take the

stitches and

fingercurve

these

Fasten

occupies that positionon

your

of the

Josephine.

which

on

ends

two

then
circle,

Fig- 545-

together to

the

Paste

paper.

Fairs

and

Gift Days

the

arches

(Fig. 545).

crown

out

as

Cards

Easter

The
on

tiara

and

crown

crowned.

around

to

back

rather

meet

of the

From

tiara

piece of

glue

the

to

opposite each
The

back

and

Napoleon

down

white

the

other

at

tissue

rufT with
and

the

two

she

set the

ends

crown

will

and

be

set

used

of

ruff,after pattern

of

knife

or

scissors

Josephine'shead.
amusing

very

them

cut

nodding

if you

and

place them

bowing, Josephine

Josephine.

to

for the
Chick

a piece of wire, some

simply an egg-shell,
light-yellow
worsted,
and
black beads
a small
piece of writing paper.

Fig. 547.

"

Cut

off the

Fig. 548.

small

"

Select
small

end,
shell

chicken's

The

chicken's

Fig.

nice
as

rinse

head

large egg,

evenly
it

as

and

with

(Fig.548) ;

sharp

possible, Fig.

carefully,and
cut

549.

"

Wrap

with

head.

end.

the

when

first,
bringing the

blade

Good-morning
are

tiara

back; then

paper
the

sides

Napoleon

materials

diamond

placed

are

glue in place.

little heads

These

the

wore

381

together,but

tiara to the head

low

and

(Fig. 546); crimp

and

the

Glue

Gifts

fastened

not

separately,for Josephine

was

to

are

and

while

from

547.

it is

knife
After

drying

lightquality of

the

rings

worsted.

cut

off the

emptying
make

the

cardboard

382

Things for Home,

rings like Fig. 549, place them

two

the

wrap
in the
the

and

rings over
is

centre

over,

as

nearly filled

up;

forefingerand

scissors

Fig.

in the

550.

the

"

worsted

tie

once,

clipand

part

all the way

the

550

and

thread

tightly.
trim

it

Fig. 554-"

on

head

Fig. 55

beak.

piece of strong

between

beak.

Pinch

little

mucilage

the

"The

Fig.
into
stick

550

shape
the

as

upper

until the hole

the two

IFig/552.

the

ball

the two

of

shown

end

by
of

thus

it around

round

"

made,
black

551

dotted

Fig.

551

and

beads

Good-morning.

writingpaper

Fig.

upper,

The

"

firmly,slide

rings,and, drawing

beak

sharp

beak.

still holding it

Sew

of

rings;cut

beak.

Fig. 555-

is the

the worsted

pair

lower

of the

the

of

between

foot.

the

with

Fig. 549,

point

rings from

the

Take

Fairs

then, holding it firmly between

round.
perfectly

The

in

around, and,

for eyes ; make

551.

shown

edge, slippingit

upper

and

together,and

insert

thumb,

outer

The

of the

part

Gift Days

the

after

lower

lines; and
to

the

Figs.

part of
with

underside

Things for Home,

384

Gift Days

the

egg,

then, boring

previously described, run

the

shell,as

in

seen

line of

Fig. 556.

Fairs

Chick

Good-night
first blow

and

with

needle

in

the

perforationslengthwise around

This

will allow

shells

of the

opened

the

with

edges neatly

down

pasted

long,

across

halves

of

the
the

shell,

made
Nestle

the

chicken

as

coseyly in the shell.

of

in

body.

closed

and

In
open,

the

as

it is not

will

which

giftit reallymakes.
shell

illustration

The

intended

(Fig. 558)

give
entire

to

come

some

idea

chicken
out.

rings

diameter
Trim

the

described

the

for

body

head

for

is shown

egg

be

is

same

Glue

of what
must

two

oval shape.
slightly

in

the

the

worsted

two

Morning."
the

should

chicken's

The

little

which

body.
a

Fig.

the

balls, using

into

in

as

coseyly within

nestle

inches

two

shell, to

Make

chicken,

same

inches

them,

connect

557.

the

twelve

ribbon,

"

binding.

piece of

both

on

like

Paste

the

ribbon

lutestring

sides

being

quite evenly.

Cover

Fig- 558.

manner

way

"Good
it to
both

pretty little

glued

in

the

CHAPTER

XXXI

HOMEMADE

in

working

are

you
a

CANDLESTICKS

few

candlesticks.

the

clay,

and

begin

why
this

the

even

half

candle

that

picturesqueness

to

his

picture

oil

individuality

of

wheel

coiling
the

into

up

and

the

of

desired

form

and

at

the

and

made,
ask

nearest

for

their

pottery
if it is

finest

clay.

where

Very

instead
wide

an

of

the
to

one's

to

making.
primitive

hurry,
for

way

as

scope

The

without

better

that

pottery

necessary.

nizes
recog-

home

building
workers.

Clay

Your

where

place

the

artist

its

certain

expression

of

gradually,

is far

Get

all

give

gives

charms

at

not

clay

it

that

greatest
is

the

candlesticks

again,

design,

one

potter's

method
it

in

is

originality
A

Then

lamp.

work?

with

the

chooses

once

decorative;

has

he

when
accessory

always
candlestick

tallow

burnt

at

some

fascinating

are

tin

haven't

you

get

most

old

making

try

If

not

Candlesticks

prosaic

clay

finer

anything
they

turn

frequently
385

than

out

they

flower

only
make

pots

is

earthenware

quantity

386

Things for Home,

pieces for holiday trade

of extra

busy

you

for
cents

then

small

pieces.

at

to

and

make
stiff,

rather

hole

with

good

it like

knead

will be

about

until

water
to

it

use

crock

with

for

and

it is

its lid and

sized

of

lump
This

bread.

clay,put

is

to

work

it

on

set

pastry board

all the

out

If the

stiff

cake,

together

Cut

"

the

clay in two

with

do

air where
not

to
a

expose

time,

it will
the

while

paletteknife

you
or

the

edges

and

until

piece

is

When

the

knead

the

whole

softened.

clay

is too

knife.
.

stiffen.

soon

clay but
are

pour

in the middle,

again

soft

put it in the

it out

spread

flat

and

clay seems

bring

Fig. 559-

make

close

grain

and

air and

littlewater

with

tency
consis-

Work

in

in two

has

finger,fill

your

closelywith

too

time

that

immediately,

clay

and

it is of the

fine.

From

half

hammer

the

of doors

sufficient

and

one

keep

are

you

out

will

earthen

an

in the

Ready
take

clay

of

pieces with

the crock

cover

wanted.

until

When

not

holes

several

water,

with

are

finer

prepare

potteries.
it into

Put

mix

If you

dough.

these

It sells at

small

into

powder.

for

twenty-fivepounds

of the

most

of its own,
of

away

and

Fairs

and

Fifty pounds

while

dry clay

your

pound

cover

each

of

pound

per

Break

long

number

and

they ordinarilyuse.

than

clay

Gift Days

let it

working

ordin~~

'

spread

If it is

dry

it out

and

freezingout

off in the

clay,cut
.e

the

house.

lump

(A, B, Fig.559).

Candlesticks

Homemade

the outside

Put

edges
Fig.

together (C, D,
and

560)

continue

kneading.

The

"

fessional
pro-

has

potter
wire

and

table

cuts

his

and

neatly
a

above

strung

his

but

it

on

clay quickly

knife

in

will

half,
answer

few, and

well.

very

by yourself.
the

walls

like

of

You

two

is useful

Fig. 561

Z^

in

work

tools,I
a

of

one
use

hairpin and
all and

when

summer,

found

for

be

tool

Fig. 562
of

kind,

any

modelling.

is

You

depended
tools

small

should

butchers

by

have

reach

handle
curved

are

upon

the

perform

can

jar made

the

save

wooden

is

for

also

good

of

of

old

an

my

modelling

blade.

spoon,

But

best

fingers,for

these

of the

most

entirelywith

fingers,having
a

In

purposes.

of

out

with

eraser

sensitive, flexible,natural
alone.

far

some

paletteknife, the

steel ink
to

most

clay.

for
own

most
al-

purpose

well.

pinning meat,
in cutting the

Useful

pin
hair-

wire

the

skewer, used

contrived

cutting away

thick, but

too

as

"

of

number

three

or

answers

Fig. 561.

together.

Tools

piece are

edges

have

may

well with

very

tool

wire

the

clay when

do

can

you

the outside

Fig. 560." Put

Modelling
or

387

the

been

work

hands,

used

in

no

the

good

Strong Table,
one

you

evenly on

have
the

no

fear

of

harming,

and

that

stands

firmly and

floor; a piece of smooth, rather thick board

about

388

Things for Home,

inches

ten

square

Place

plenty of lightand

the

wonders
At
and

water

until it is about

wet

it to

sponge

clay are

mix

to

apt

table

and

order

the

of

slipis simply clay softened

in

cream.

as

wipe

to

the

table

should

of

old

always

be

fingers.

your

when

the

clay is
board, clearingoff all

precaution is

taken

clay and

moist

large piece

and

the

scrape

small

complish
ac-

of

which

the

is

bowl

set

on

on

there

work

your

pieces as needed,

this

with

where

in

side and

particles.Unless

dried

thick

small

oilcloth to protect the

into

the

on

The

tear

one

window

piece of

pottery and

disturbing the general

place

as

near

Fairs

and

your

plunge

may

pastry board

your

lay

lay

slip.

can

you

hand, and

kneaded

of

cup

muslin, that

Place

you

without

water

at

it

convenient

build

to

table

under

floor; thus prepared

room.

which

upon

board.

pastry

Gift Days

crumbs

make

it

of

dry
and

rough

gritty.
and

Figs. 563, 564

will take

We

simplest and
Have

565

rather

the
bowl

off
saucer

of muslin

square

and

of water

extend

to

lay it

and

evenly as possibleand
Now

roll it between
and

so

model.

will

we

begin

Fig. 563
with

is the

that.

Saucer,

large enough
over

its

to

cover

the

inside

Dip the muslin in

pressing it down
saucer,

edge.

flat in the

smoothing

the

out

of
the
as

air bubbles.

take
A

you

for

sticks.
candle-

deep
China

tear

originaldesigns in

three

of these

one

easilymade,

most

ready

are

with

forth until it

your
an

Large

Handful

palms, lay it

even

pressure

lengthensout

and

on

of

Clay,

the pastry board

hands

of your
forms

in front of

roll it back

snake-like

piece a

and
little

Homemade

more

than

half

diameter
not

keep

let the
it

press
and

of

end
it with
flatten
to

as

top just

take

side

and

its

this is

in the centre
saucer

off

end

place one

"""*!*"

fingers

your
the

size

then

end,

When

narrow

sible
pos-

equal

an

to

roundness.

roll

Do

flatten,

round

as

enough
done

roll

389

in

(Fig.566).

and
from

inch

an

Candlesticks

of the
actly
ex-

up

of the

make

Fig. 566.

Close

"

Roll

the

clay back

forth*

and

Coil

like

Fig. 567, bringing

the

edges

nail.

thumb

coils

with

together
have

you

the

of

your

When

coiled

roll make

one

another

roll

and, cutting the

of

each,

fit them

make
even

like

saucer

Fig. 567.

"

Make

close

coil.

Fig. 568,

together
a

smooth

and
and

joint.
Continue

the

end

clay

coil

to

until

the

is filled to

edge, then

build

the

it up

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

390

one

coil

and

cut

higher
the

like this.

the ends

-Cut

them

rub

and

on

careful

be

it, but
the

edge

in the

it

making

when

else it will crack

place to

little and

the

that

must

you

clay is

will not
the

When

cool

the

clay

in

saucers

china.

Now

cover

the

another

the

Set

the

thing and
To

just here
while

work

again.

your

stiffens

It is

to

old,

to brush

clay

"set."

clay,

adding clay at

clay.

the

whole

with

coiled

with

the

continue

be

the

only

ful
success-

be of the kind

must

waiting periods.

has

firm

become

of muslin

square

the coil

lower

it is best

until

smooth

to

the

to

one

adding

necessary
saucer

joint

fill them

In

is called
to

the

roll

in

but

is still

water, spread it

and

saucer

one

to

and
firing,

work

what

your

trifle smaller

of three

not

pottery one's enthusiasm

Fit

of china

saucer

become

clay and begin over

during

clay

the

seams.

frequentlyspoilthe

of

quite pliable,dip
inside

in the

Press

Now

clay

new
or

stage of the

the

making

and

always

patience, for

use

is to bunch

in the

the

the

of

Water

clay in

slipbefore

piece becomes

soft will

too

remedy
that

this

at

away

saucer

filled with

be

or

to

depressions occur

of

must

dry

in

wet

cracks

no

piece

new

it,making

too

If

process.

piece with

one

the

time

the

get it

to

clay joining the edges

fresh

any

not

beneath

Fingers

edge

join the

down

the coiled

gently over

end

last

this end

invisible.

Your

Dip

the

on

did the first.

roll as you

Fairs

in

Another

than

the

within
your

the

small

Saucer

first.

This

will

other, first china,

board

with

wet

give you
then

muslin

pile

clay,then
and

turn

Candlesticks

Homemade

stack

your

of

and

saucer

showing
clay

have

you

china

smaller

piece

one

(Fig. 561)

saucer

You

will

find

or

and

did

you

so

thick, but

too

seem

thin

out

and

make

the

delicacy one
around

good thing
the

better
When

firm
the

made

by

to

raise

detect

you

have

done

With

it

of

little crossed

is
the

to

coil

make

the

wire

tool

and

obtain

collapse

board

the

of

around

It is often
in

eye

and

the

it

right

turn

between

to

order

china

adding

clay seems
side up

line

in

more

clay

the

clay

the

clay

This

saucer.

to

on

it from

keep

is still in

of the

of the

the bottom

often

the

turn

all traces

down

walls

which

saucer

remove

first to

at

fill

to

outline.

muslin

small

try

underside

wet

them

making

It is better

level

of

the

of

symmetrical.

the

to

ridge on

can

make

angle.

an

wooden

and

your

thin

support,

the

skewer
the

spirallyand

(Fig.569)

With

to

work,

you

work

stand

make

distance

A
wrap

and

saucer.

without

with

out

measuring

saucer,

them

beware

than

contour

finished

by smoothing
the

of the

inaccuracies

proceed

instead

curve

As

the

stand

to

the

the

of

seams

Parts
time

same

walls

the

sure

to

and

saucer

be

be

Lift

the

at

hands.

board, always

sticking.

the

naturally desires,for

to

enough

inside.

piece rather heavy

in unaccustomed
and

the

Down

the

weaken

to

as

join

the

top of

on

hairpin,carefully

Cut
that

all the

must

on

Lift off the top

inverted

clay

underside

as

the board.

on

your

saucer.

this

on

upside down

saucers

391

to

Half

fines with

directlyover
a

be

sure

centre

of the

it is exact, then

clay
take

Candle,

closelywith
it

dot in the

stripof

narrow

the

sharp tool,or

mark

hat

wet

(Fig.570).

pin, around

muslin
Make

the candle

392

Things for Home,

like

then

Fig. 571;

flatteningthe
Before

around

then
of

candle

did

you

close

to

for the

Fairs

candle

holder,

saucer.

coil

to

surface

with

roll

clay

clay for coilingthe

some

slip,

sharpened

one

press

saucer

as

roughened

the

the

roll

beginning

the

cover

roll

and

Gift Days

end
the

onto

the

candle

eo--^"

Fig. 569.

Wrap

"

of

the

candle

with

(Fig.572) and bring the

lines

top of the

on

strip

Fig. 570.

-Stand

the

candle

in the

centre

of the

muslin.

wet

roll

once

coil,brush

roughening the top

of the

around
with

the candle.

slip and

coil and

Make

coil

crossed

again.

tinue
Con-

covering with slipuntil

h
eoJ-S-j

Fig. S7i.

"

Make

little crossed
the

candle.

lines

around

Fig.

572.

"

Press

the

roll close

sharpened

to the

candle.

end

of the

Candlesticks

Homemade

have

you
a

little

the

built

then

saucer,

end

of
the

With

brush
to

where

it

pressed

out

this

part

the

join
in

the

of

coils and
round

have

been

shape,
allow

for

the

in
coil

-Sharpen

the

the walls of the holder

Smooth

use

rounded

slip.

the

firm

coil of

clay as

the base

If

of

the

join

Holder

this does
not

fill up

not
to

shown

in

of the holder

the

First

Fig. 574.

to the saucer,

then

the
the

small

the

the

proper
of

coil of clay.

edge

outside

Use

of the
size.

of the

your
the

of
first

hole

in

large coil

the

Build
saucer

which

coil,and

small

and

saucer.

the centre

handle

out

coil,joining

largercoil

fingerfor keeping

the

cracks

Handle

the

Make

the

the holder

press

the inside

"

roll and

enough gently remove

connects

Fig. 574.

the

top.

opening.
Make

Inside

tool,but be very careful

enlarge

or

the

with

fingerwet

shape

are

of

end
the

and

candle

with

the

it to

When

of

Fig. 573--

show.

to

of

slip,

and

even

may

we

the

extent

some

the coil

make

and

dipped

between

creases

from

(E, Fig. 573).

top

fill up,

up

sharpen

roll

your

it to

inches

two

over

holder

the

393

up

the

slantingly

394

Things for Home,

the

join

to

ridge

inner

extend

to

mind.

simply
it

were

down
of

the

in

after

away

several

days, or

almost

white, then

until the

steel tool

off at this

rubbing

use

be
a

piece

clayhas

the

law

of

kept

in

be

if it

as

rather

were

though

as

and

in

still moist, go

smoothing

water,

Sometimes

will

give

let it stand

coating

surface.

good

undisturbed

quitedry and

for

turned

has

imperfect in shape
Down

The

gradually

for if

clay

emery

and

too

is

easilyshaved

so

deep

pressed heavily on

the
final

this must

Even

the

and
the

For

patiently.

paper.

cut

be

clay it,also, will

deeply.

too

Do

not

put your

If dried

too

when

dries, never

it

because

the

work

away

rapidly the clay will

clay

has

the

clay is

not

still moist

pieceis perfectlydry

to

dry

mix

been
Cracks

Sometimes

may

be

near

or

sun

from

fire.

it will crack

shrinkage or

kneaded.
sufficiently
Occur

fillin with
some

in the

crack.

gradually; it

so

If

while

dipped

become

knife.

of fine

look

again, but

brush

this and

pocket

done

carefullyhandled,
cut

along

it,is

always

should

this way.

the

if it is still

or

should

stage the danger lies in making

should

work

Article

from

good shape

Scrape it
with

allow

whole.

brush

in with

worked

piece

off

is in

camel's-hair

the

outgrowth

might drop

little unevenness

any

slip,well

Set

natural

candlestick

your

it with

over

part of the

necessary

When

distance

with

Decoration

piece of pottery

and

on

short

decoration, which

part of

stuck

(F, Fig. 574) and

coil

outer

of

it appear

modeled

No

handle

the

Fairs

and

(G, Fig. 574).

Blending

itself,
making
in

the

saucer

This

beauty

of

from

of the

outside

coil

Gift Days

new

clay and

finelypowdered

slip.

baked

If the

clay with

396

it

Things for Home,

from

came

the

crack

without

perfectlysatisfactorycondition,

all the

for

pottery in the little group

full-page illustration,is Marshing's

mixed

or

the

color

with

one-half

and

Eight

waiting each

There

for

the

little

was

thoroughly
and

the

was

Another

of

the

arabic.

gum

one-half

teaspoonful
this

Apply

piece

evenly and

on

be

must

three

coats,
before

thoroughly dry
do

allow

not

edges.

into

beautiful

fired.

and

used,

clay
the

from
but

to

uncolored

after

the

clay by kneading.
the

colored

clay.

pared
Precolor

quite dry

but

dissolved

was

firing,and

the

almost

became

glaze

first

large

green"

or

When

sienna

raw

size of

"raw

dry

ivory yellow,

The

applied

second
way

of

lump

moist

tablespoonful of

one

modelled
not

was

the

ordinary paint shop.

an

when

arabic
fired

worked

color

at

cotta

into

color

dry

pitcherthen

pitcher turned
terra

and

to

Coloring Pottery

of

pitcher (Fig.575)

mineral

purchased

give

the

over

Methods

the

work

For

apple

run

color

decoration

candlesticks.

become

to

the

Lay

and

is to

various

are

is to

coat

glaze to

Other
One

solution

china

part dry color

one

powders

for two

brush

one

next.

of

little streams

in

dissolved

is sufficient

time
the

putting on

in

come

our

fired and

underglaze

proportion is

Both

8 camel's-hair

No.

piece has

pottery and
when

teaspoonfuls of glaze to

color

underglaze

with

gum

The

then

thoroughly mixed,

for

in

glaze which

Limoges

colors

the

unless

colored.

clay is

soft

glaze is transparent

parts dry glaze.

nine

of

mineral

The

sold.

painting are
be

where

obtained

be

may

Fairs

blemish.

or

glaze used

The

in

pottery

and

Gift Days,

the

in

pitcher

time.
color

slipthe consistencyof

your

cream

pottery is to mix
and

with

it

the

paint

raw

color with

design

on

the

Homemade

unbaked
it

adhere

be

fired

(Fig.

the
it

burnt

which

had

the

Colored

the

only

for

aids

and

more

and

means.

in

the

the

This

must

The

little

bowl

colors

used

of

coat

one

like

old

glaze

were

given

was

Indian

than

ware

and

depend
will

you

enjoy
can

you

get

experiment

the

your

for

sooner

your
your

saucers

able

to

glazed,

condition.

the

are

hold

to

be

may

porous

here

alone

designed

alone

and

you
eye

all

discard

to

guide

used

were

such

hands

vour

the

work.

have

clay,

dull

shown

if

and

inside

the

natural

its

upon

Bisque"
beautiful

kind

designs

563,

Probably
where

and

make

off.

applied.

more

very

any

various

Fig.

you

often

of

outside

the

Of

is

state

liquid

or

leaving

rubbing

way

will

slip

pottery

unglazed

water

the

to

surface.

"In

or

is

But

look

it

glossy

very

this

sienna.

makes

its

glaze
in

397

added

prevent

decorated

and

bowl

and

uncolored

the

was

sienna

raw

if

before

arabic

gum

closely

more

576)

little

clay.

Candlesticks

but

yourself

fired

candlesticks

your
if

secure

wish

you
a

kiln

to

carry

of

your

the

at

pottery
the

on

own

work

by

all

The

Light

of

the

398

Fairy

Lamp.

XXXII

CHAPTER

WHAT

MAKE

TO

blasts

icy

HILE

the

through
the

South

in the

the

through
and

the

the

on

orange

long-leaved

lemons
that

ripening
their

are

Save

too,

and

Long,
or

even

see

to

trees

hang

their

children

of

fruits

throw

these

peaches

and

Southern

Your

Orange,

what

delightful things

long
rowboats

before

ago,
in

the

and

so

and

Banana,

there

you

were

can

any

Isles, when

British
399

sifting

the

trees

ers
flow-

sunshine.

ripening,

are

fashion.
all

and

bunches

queer

them

the

even

and
when

have

plums

of
apples,
Pine-

growing

have

fruits,

they

of

warm

there,
may

And

away.

balls
the

are

are

beautiful

the

in

North

the

strawberries,
of

the

upside-down

funny
other

glad

very

good

too

seem

the

golden

many

delicious

own

We

and

great

banana
in

growing

bananas,

the

groves

ing,
snowball-

leaves

gently stirring
blossoming

and

little

visible,

is

breezes

green

and

until

noses

soft

while

ground,

up

pink

their

sweeping

North,

the

on

coasting, sleighing,

are

In

the

bundled

children,

except

of

deep

APPLES

still

are

cities

lies

snow

the

AND

ORANGES,

BANANAS,

OF

gone.
skins

are.

Apple
make

of

Skins,
them.

steamboats,
men's

sailboats

clothes

were

400

the

people

went

These

boats

dipped

the

to

wickerwork

water

huge

It is

of

"

Cut

an

she

as

an

blade

of

skin,

then

and

penknife
it

remove

Fig. 578.

When

ming
skim-

which

the
in

legs.
that you

make

can

all is taken

besides.
coracle

as

out

(Fig. 579)
in

of

Skin

Dolly

of the bath-tub

need

have

no

fear

of the boat.

"

Carefully

like

the pulp.

remove

Fig.

577.

Slide

the

from

the

quarters

piece by piece

orange

much

J"3

pulp

your

The

think, very

edge, loosening the pulp

your

was

his back

around

little boat

the

sent

halves

have

Place

hides

exactly in

the

cut

the

on

sits in the bottom

Fig. 578.

orange

his boat

would

coracles.

other.

exactly

orange

in half.

Cut

the

safelythe roughest waves

wetting her dainty skirts

Fig. 577.

Orange

an

were

paddle

a
on

primitiveone

water-tight,Miss
perfectly

it is

As

sea.

ride

float,too, and

its hind

on

of

Half
It will

then

boat

with

They
of

thongs, the

called

covered

means

Fairs

leather

boats

easilycarried

like this most

boat

the

man

walking

turtle

with

shape.

dry land, looking,one

transport it over

like

in

rapidlyby

side of

small

so

were

baskets

bowls

very

one

on

on

in little circular

resembled

and

tied

beasts

water

were

in first

coracles

the

on

of animals
over

of wild

skins

merely

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

basinful

in
you

and

of
.

wg.

579."

The

coracle.

water, put
a

stick, and

occupant

small

doll in it,stir the

watch

the

the

From

boat

of the

skin

all her

banana

be

made,

Indians

the

at

time

Fig. 580.

Make

"

Fig. 581.

with

wide,

smooth
make

black

line

the

cut

take

out

Cut
,

matches

which

space

slit with

banana
one

the
,,-,.

the

the

on

takes

piece at

out

the

one

piece at

upward

in

ends
,

ana

pieces

its surface

knife.

end

stem

the

of

slit

the

by

,i

place the

the

carefully,

and
'

(Fig.581).
off

the

must

you

shown

knife, as

Open

curves

middle

of the stem

curve

Fig. 580.

You

time.

Along

your

the

by

America.

that the

and

the

used

ridges on

point of your

other.

time

sulphur

(Fig. 582)

slit with

several

sharp point of
small

in

has

the

banana

with

if its little

like those

discovered

between

spaces

swiftlyas

as

much

very

Take

"

decidedly than

more

up

smooth

round

Canoe

banana

and

almost

Columbus

when

that

of course,

know,

will look

which

round

might.

an

Perfect

can

401

Apples

water

glide along

with

paddling

were

and

Oranges,

Bananas,

two
t,,i

little

Fig. 582."

-----

Cut

the

two

matches.

--"

sulphur

ends

off

402

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

Fairs

sticks

crosswise

the banana

skin, one

each

near

act

as

The

as

seat

and

canoe

for

the

the

coracle

selectinga

even-sided
In
to

case
one

one,

the

Banana

that

banana

is
in it

and

canoe

it may

Fig. 584

sides

shows

both

the

choose

canoe

perfect

small

coracle.

orange-skin

tip but

not
not

the

in

water.

for the

banana

side, place

regulated,

"

(Fig. 584).

in the

to

apart (Fig.583) and

canoe.

doll-man

Fig. 584.

In

little

end,

braces

holding
Fig. 583-"

in

sit

symmetrical

squarely on

and

weight

and

the

the

the

canoe

balance

or

water.

does

tip

will be

404

Things

Cut

half

about

enough

side

Slice

inch

an

thick

from

the

the

the

red

The

bowl,
be

way

lamp
number

of

the

will

little

fairy

light

shining

in

lump

skin

apple

(B,

in

place,

have

the

lamp

the

out

the

Fig.
and

under

bottom

Fit

588).
when

prettiest,

it

is

daintiest

imaginable.

The

these.

skin

all

glow

fairy
and

new

like

apple

transparent
casts

candle

you

hollow

over

candle

lit

Cut

fit

to

of

and

588)

Fairs

Candle

Ordinary

Fig.

candle

and

Days

an

(A,

the

allow

to

Gift

Home,

for

the

gives

around

looks
of

telling

through

effect

of

the

Bohemian

semi-

rosy,

glass

and

it.

very

pretty

lamps
how

floating

around
old

you

your
are.

in

water

birthday

in

cake

glass
will

CHAPTER

COLUMBUS

PAPER

LITTLE

XXXIII

AND

LACE

chair

tub, for

tub

is

lower

seat

the

tub,

build
is

book

the

bathtub

and

pretend

out

two

it is the

which

Spain,

on

throne,

Columbus

before
then

number

of

the
real

on

the

their

Indians

the

and

vessel.

wigwams,
stand

at

send

that
and

gazing

the

the

must

be
the

end

let
at

of

the

the

sail

will
careful

boat

bathtub,
and
in
405

along
to

reaches

Bring
him

her

on

the

men

speed;
Godwith

push

real
too

have
Indians

land,

spar

ship

hard

while

of

voyage

projecting

like

in

couple

Maria,

wild

some

astonishment.

nand,
Ferdi-

Isabella.

America,

his

Cut

King

bid

off

by

not

water

cardboard.

Santa

sailing

forward

Columbus
them

ship,

vessel

boat

craft

When

his

fill

ocean.

royal

them

let

of

Queen

of

the

then

full

for

one

the

piece

tub

half

for
seat

and

little

you

and

bent

in

push

the

but

chair

of

monarchs

and

Gently

ocean;

capsize

made

other

Spain,

Columbus

sailors,

stern,

is

the

put

discovery.
at

chair

the

of

rim

until

Atlantic

dolls,

paper

If

the

books

as

the

at

America.

than

than

more

the

Remember

high

bath

the

chair

for

with

up

as

of

another

and
the

chair

SHIP

end

one

of

the

top

PAPER

against

Spain,

end

other

HIS

on

and

ready
with
the

406

Things for Home,

Gift Days

and

Fairs

Before

make

we

the little paper

let

build

us

Columbus'

This

Ship.
is

ship

Santa

ship

the

which

in

Columbus

sailed,as
make

possible to

of

the

Maria,

real

is

be

to

like

nearly

as

ple,
peo-

Cut

paper.

pieceof lightweight
cardboard
and

fifteen

three

inches

fourths

and

long

seven

and

one-half

inches

wide

the

draw
the

this

on

diagram

boat

of

(Fig.589),

making

the

greatest

lengths

of

the

gram
dia-

exactlyas long
and

the

widths

greatest
wide

as

as

Find

the cardboard.
the

lengthwise
of the

The

hull of the Santa

Maria.

cardboard,

which

will

and

three

inches
Fig. 589."

tre
cen-

be

from

three

fourths
each

Columbus'

Ship Made

of Paper.

Columbus

side

long
wide.

line,

Draw

you

in

also

be

the

"

inches

of the

end

from

point A

and

the

of the

straightback
inches

three-fourths
The

flaps,is
the

the

line

last slash

of the

edge

lowest, and
When

of the

lines

prow

the

form
that

show

the

and
the

were

top the

sides

of the

inches
seven

A, and
B

B.

to

central
be

must

line,
and

one

the

side

longest distance

I and

dotted

lines.
the

far the

vessel

ships
much
was

Do

was
we

not

the

sides

slashed
Santa

very
find

higher

at

than

quite narrow

different

in

the

bends

for

you

build

the

the

by

circles
other

each

over

of the
at

dotted

These

present time.

while

lines

laps enclosed

the

middle

edge.

other

keep

to

Maria,

the

are

dotted

All

lap

G,

the

little craft.

four

the

bend

and

cardboard

the

taken

part

slashed

J, J, J, J, J, J.

sides

of the

shape

care

narrowest

and

the

three

E,

to

height touches

H, I) backward.

forward, and

bent

from

including the

are

pieces G
out

the

boat

from

boat

not

its greatest

at

ledge (H,

stern

inches, and

Bend

any

tom
bot-

line

long

deck, E,

lines.

Columbus'

stern

the

heavy

how

the

from

all the

correct

from

of

while

drawn

tiny circles along

merely

the

from

point

deck

the

cut

the

exactly on

back

of the

diagram

be

must

will

measure

back

the

have

the

on

the

inches;

piece,F,

the

are

line

one-fourth

must

bottom

at

The

cardboard,

along

Cut

side

or

so

you

extension

inch.

one

the

three-fourth

and

two

come

guide

to

across.

greatest width

The

and

to

end,

to

drawing

its widest

at

of

one-half

and

is three

inches

this central

bottom

point

must

line

the

length of

inches.

at

front

bottom

of two

the

cardboard;

end

boat;

407

one-half

Commence

distance

three-eighthsinches

The

two

at

its extreme

and

ship.

your

(Fig,589)

two

to

of

centre

from

the

Ship

and

seven

centre

of

diagram

Paper

is

the

along

the

making

the

from

line

His

cardboard

the

as

and

must

and
The

boat

bottom

to

know
ance
appearprow
and
it

at
was

408

Things for Home,

wide, making
and

and

fasten

side

at

the

section

has

the

bent

The

the

tightto

end

bent

the

in

of

the

flap O

the

over

the prow,

up

^^"^
"

This

up

of the prow,

half

inches

Slide

next

Bend

edge
the

on

of the sides.

after the
the

small

end
end

through

(Fig.589).
Paste

flat and

down

over

paste them

the
curely
se-

the

lapping

prow,

the

over

O, and

the

side

flap P

P.
the

Bowsprit
six and

long, splitthe

wide

the centre

inches, then

one-

end
two

fold the

lengthwise through

the

mast.
mizzen-

centre

the

of the boat ; bring

of cardboard

one-fourth

remainder

up

mast

lengthwise through

and

of

paste.

high

inches

tightfit.

deck

edge

(Fig.591)

590.

(Fig. 589)

Cut

the sides

place.
bend

Next

Is the

be

the

tom
bot-

Mizzenmast

beneath,

top of the sides and

Fig.

the

bottom

flaps of

edge

and

projectionsL

(Fig. 590).

hole should

the

the

on

in the after deck

Bend

strong, thick

or

lighter,ten

of the mast, from

the hole

the

sides, fittingthe short laps

over

been

at

paste the three laps of each

and

paper

ship big

together.

lap

Make

of

Fairs

top.

glue

the

onto

over

the

of

each

piece with
the back

up

rear

the littlecraft

put

up

the

small

Now

and

Gift Days

according

to

the

dotted

lines

L
Fig. 591.
bowsprit

"

Cut

the

like this.

410

Things for Home,

the

deck

down

bowsprit to
in the

splithalves
the
Fig. 595-

Forward

"

deck.

height of

illustration

and

of the

end

and

Make

the

sprit
bow-

deck

and

one-half

the

of

the

on

on

Fasten

bottom

the

two

bowsprit

of the prow.

tight on
paste

the

paste the

the

of

the

adjust

prow,

the inclined

foremast

boat

H, I, H, I (Fig. 589)

the

over

side of the inside

each

Fairs

and

Gifi Days

ledges,

Deck-Fence

for the stern

and

of

inch

one

the

stripof

piece of

wide.

it in

Cut

fringe cut

seven

paper

like

out

fringe with

Fig. 596.

inches
other

short

loose

fringe

every
the

Paste

long

miiffli
u
Fig. 596.

Fig-

ends

along
the

the

solid

illustration.

the

pasted

to

inches

long

three

597-

of

Cover

the

deck

with

The

the

only

the

the boat

stern

spar
about

of

the

should
two

boat
be

inches.

of fence.

lower
a

ends

band

as

of

you

of

an

fence

the fence
seven

paper

inch

ing
deck, allow-

alter

the

form

fringe to

three-eighthsof

the

u
fence.

top edges of the

Make
for

deck

Strip for bottom

"

outside

border

and

"

wide

rail.

when

and

they

See
are

one-half

(Fig. 597).

Spar
made

the

bowsprit Fig.

shorter, extending beyond the

Slide the

largeend

of the spar

stern

592,
of

through

and

Columbus

the

side of the

each

on

deck

in the

opening

at

the

Do

high.

inches

the

of

centre

Paper

the
make

boat

the

bend

not

another

of
the

bottom

the

centre,

asP"oL

and

of his

make

Indian

wild

Glue

peeping

sailors

the side of the

over

spool

is

for

ready

picture.

standing

the

mon
com-

trifle forward

little paper

cap,

of

vessel, one

the

from

the

ship

your

see

and

boat,

Columbus
the

on

in

the

boat.

stern

centre,

We

must

tin

piepan

our

before
and

sails

the

Maria

set

the

all

over

ship down

but

into

Use

sides, about

This

boat.

bath

test

Melt

set.

are

thoroughly.

of

wax

Watertight

half of

inch

one

should

the little craft

up

hot

water

pouring
the

the

cover

the

tom
bot-

liquid wax

bottom

of

the

tight,
ship perfectlywater-

your
to

in

to

wax

from

render

on

candle

wax

for

teaspoon

melted

the

make

sure

that

it does

leak.
Cut

of

and

lapped

through

mast

the

of

can

you

cloak

Santa

not

the

illustration shows

in his red

lightereleven

paper

spool (Fig. 598).

sails,as
The

with

splitends

paste the bottom

run

the

tight on

but

end,

wooden

mainmast

the

rest

Mainmast

edges together and

the

and

(Fig. 589)

411

Ship

mast.

For
at

His

the

Sails

light-weightwriting-paper,the top edge straight,side

Make
the
inward.
edges slanting, and bottom
edge curved
very

greatest height of the foresail for the bow

three

and

small

holes

one-half
in this

inches.

With

foresail,one

the

four

scissors

in the middle

inches, the width

point,punch
at

the

top and

two
one

412

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

middle

in the

the

the

twisting
holes

for the

must

be

down
and

fastened

made

on

the

on

like

; it will

the foremast

Fig. 600,

fourths

inches

wide.

Cut

the

diagram,

divide

four

squares

and

small, to

Bend

far

the

top

together to

that the sails may

in

the

vent
pre-

slidingtoo

of the sails

be

through

run

good

foresail

stiff breeze

have

you

stay in place without

mainmast,

and

holes

two

rather

all

glue.

just
Make

Paper Flag

for the

long

Slide

masts.

that

to

masts.

to

appear

when

masts

the paper,

curve

and

pencil

Remember

sails from

bottom

foresail.

Fig. S99.-The

lead

made

the

large
En-

pencil gently around

(Fig. 599).

the

bottom.

slightly
by inserting

of

point

the

at

the holes

Fairs

and

one

at

the

one

and

one

three-

one-half

side

inches
in

shown

as

Fig. 600."

remaining

paint

the

diagonal

two

Q,

The

flag.

and

into

space

squares,

red.

three

and

and

inches

one-fourth

wide

long

three- fourths

and

three

inches

Main-Topsail

the

Make

(Fig.601).

For

the

Crow's-Nest
saw

Fig. 601.

"

The

main-topsail.

or

cut

off

ordinary wooden

the

top of

an

spool and paint

Columbus

the
.

around

lower

red
the

be four

and

long

and

inches

Paint

wide.
it

on

in

shown

as

sail
Slide the main-

diagram.
well

at

Mainsail

inches
cross

two

bands

(Fig.603) must
five

band

edge (Fig.602).

The

one-half

413

centre, and

the

straight,narrow
the

edge,
b

top
r

pointed

crow's-nest,

Ship

Paper

around

points
The

His

downward

red

Fig. 602."

and

down

"crow's-nest";

on

next

mainmast

the

on

run

the

it

over

the

"0
for

spool top

slip the flag

and

main-topsail
on

the

place

tiptop.

The

Jigger Sail

the

mizzenmast
the

of

the

stern

must

be

and

five

inches

605) blue,

"

The

jigger sail

is

shaped like this.

(Fig.
bend

and

several

Slide

the

it

waves.

jigger

sail in

the mizzenmast

top it with

pennant.

the

Paint

into

place on

high
wide

pennant

paper

Fig. 604.

boat

five inches

(Fig. 604).

and

at

the

Your

blue
fin-

414

Things for Home,

Gift Days

and

Fairs

ished

vessel

should
Fig. 605.

"

bright colored

semble
re-

closely

pennant.

illustration.
want

If

the
you

to

the

Paint

Santa

Maria
do

before

so

the

bath.

wax

the

hull

the

light

masts

the

and

brown,

will

Color

reddish

brown,

giving it

sails

this

orange;

give a

pretty

very

effect.
for the

Now

of
drama.

acters
charlittle

our

Make

Columbus

of

heavy

stiff

or

paper

writingweight
light-

very

cardboard, like
the

pattern (Fig.606),

which
the
to

top
the

the
three
Fig. 606.

"

Cut

Columbus

out

by

this pattern.

from

measures

of

the

lowest

stand,
-

Without

head

edge
four

fourths

of

and

inches.

the stand

the

"

and

Columbus

His

Paper

Ship

415

Fig. 609.

Cut

"

like

Fig. 608.

back

-Turn

the front

Fig.

edges.

four

figure measures
cut

out

hair, and
cloak
at

fold

his

clothingin

black

ink.

lines

as

the
in

of red

tissue
the

across

The

"

hat

folded.

Carefully-

mark

back

front

inches.

Columbus,

(Fig.607)

dotted

610.
is

the hat

this.

features,
Cut

paper,

his

bend

shoulders, and

open

Fig.608.

Make

the

red

tissue paper

cap

(Fig. 609),

and

fold

lengthwise

across

centre

(Fig.610); then
put

both

and

hat

cloak
on

lumbus,
Co-

that he
be

may

ready to

start

on

journey
611).
Fig. 61

1,

"Columbus

in his red cloak,

his

(Fig.
Cut

number

out
01

Fig. 613,

"

One

of the

sailors,

416

Gift Days

Things for Home,

sailors

(Fig. 612)
and

Columbus,
for Columbus
shores

of

to

and

find

America,

at

when

he

the

other

with

boat

lot of Indians

to

the

on

go

Fairs

(Fig.613)
lands

on

end

the

of the

bathtub.

Make

for the
Bend
the

Indians

back

the

circles

the

into

will have

Fig. 614.

"

"

The

Indian.

Make

several

bent

paper

back.

wigwams.

in half circles.

of

each

half

pie-shaped pieces reach

top edges of

Fig. 613.

cut

pie-shaped piecesalong

narrow,

toward

up

of paper

straightedges

two

make

Wigwams

then

centre;

Fig. 615.

with

off the

Cut

"

the

together,and

one

wigwams,

midway

forms, pin the

tent-like

each

bend

circle,

King

the

half
two

you

doorway flaps

top peak of each,

Ferdinand

and

Queen

Isabella.

XXXIV

CHAPTER

MAKE

TO

HOW

STARS

THE

?HEN

used

you
the
moon,

people
the

starry

though

as

and

people

they

have

were

placed

been

There

friends

"

their

one

bear,

pets

perfectly

hundreds

is

of

animal
an

would

they

content

years
in

could

6.

However,

bear,
Four

the

an

particular

immense

the

needs

Great

the

bear

on

cardboard,

stars

they
the

in

cow

the

they
these

But

so.

behaved,

and

so

where

exactly

which

with

far

they

make

must

you

called

creature

bear

equally bright

more

big

and

earthly

the

ago.

Ursa
Never

animals

probably

doing

remain

to

that

followed

rhyme,

well

very

know
of

the

of

enjoy

are

the

and, while
have

nursery

about

over

among

moon,

example

feel

up

never

may

not

all sorts

were

near

often

did

you

and

recite

to

jumping

cow

there

WITH

FRIENDS

Major
such

have
is

Bear

and

are

tail

be
418

on

sure

tail

as

the

for

from

three

creature's
to

get

the

in

see

you

different

very

big, bushy
stars

Fig.

the

bright

nary
ordistars.

side.

Trace

stars

in

the

Friends

Making
Cut

rightplaces.
the

with

pin
in

or

the

then

the

needle

bear,

stars

of

the

hold

through
will

pierce

centre

Hon

see

Stars

large,coarse

light,as

the

out

pasteboard

and

IVith

the
in

hole

each

bear
little

up

star;

girl holds

Fig. 617.

the

bear

Look

and

you

tiny,twinkling

seven

forming a dipper.
have

you

the

to

tend
Pre-

stretched

Fig. 616.

stringfrom
will

Fig.

what

and

make

the holes in the centres

you

Look

618.

is not

again

dipper

Bear.

Great

star, and

resemble

if the

the

Major,

to

star

will

see

Ursa

"

distinct,

of the stars

larger.
After

how

Ursa

try

can

closed,peep
to

sky.

find
The

you

see

it

out

into the

your

friend

bear

is

the

recognize it by

you

know

that

the

the

big

evening

hours

see

Fig. 617." Making

the

friends

stars.

bear

with

June

and

July.

of

even

with

your

night

and

the

real

in

up

dipper, for

of

Great

sky looking down

starry

you

the

find

When

its

there,but

reallysee

cannot

precisely

with

looks

Major

dipper, and
eyes

learned

have

you

upon

the

must
course

itself.

animal

dipper
Bear
you.

you

is

in

You

will
the
can

during the early

March, April, May,

420

Things for Home,

Fairs

and

Gift Days

another

Fig. 619 gives

little one,

whose

Ursa
he

also has

with
Fig. 620.

"

Ursa

Little

and

side

the

on

Bear.

spangled

four

more

his

body

stars

Major, Great

handle.

Though

small, he

is very
the
his

end

of

must

call

star

shines

three

make

the

the

bear

star

cause
bethe

on

tail, which

the

is

important

large
Pole

you

This

star.

Bear.

is north

gets lost
his

upon

as

help

them

find

when

be

sailors

their

one

about

Pole

The

always
and

guide,

which

confused

or

way.

may

show

to

out

direction

to

tail

which

the

dipper;

the

on

of

Ursa

of

little

stars

"

tail

long

Minor,

form

Fig. 618.

is

name

Minor;

stars

bear,

star

depended
look

through

course

it

for

the

waters.

Minor

Ursa

direction

Fig. 619.

"

Ursa

Minor;

and

the

the

Pole

out

the

and

is turned

in

position from

the

makes

pose

it easy

when

star, because
of the

stars

Great

opposite

an

Great

for

us

we

once

in

Bear

Bear,
find

to

trace

the

real

Little Bear.

sky
stars

We
the

of
can

the

four

which

pretend

outside

top end

that
of

will

we

form

see

its

that

the

bowl, point

outermost

two
to

the

Pole

we

have

string on

the

the

Big Dipper (Figs.616

and

tied

star

618

star.

in

A),

Friends

Making
that

and
in

we

the end

line; then

the

where

the

Bear

Big

hold

the

The

Great

The

poor

what

Bear
mother

and

son

their

friend

them

and

restore

thought

up

the

to

holes

punch

Minor,

son,

stars, where

the

in

up

they

Jupiter had
them

to

light,head

far

the

from

best ; he

sky

this

to

Little
bears

enough

human

placed

the

forms.
the

the

power

two

stars.

her

Bear

by

ago

to

So

chant
disenhe

day.

Cassiopeia
In

the

sky

all of her

except the
a

one

when
will
eyes

hunt

you
be

able

to

her

is

and

star

This

the
cut

rather

appears
the

is

Autumn

Cassiopeia, you

the

see

This

K.

in

for

bright.

are
arms

Trace

but

times;

at

and

brilliant,

are

marked

shy little twinkler

faint

stars

K, if your

lady

wife
her

with

of

out,

lifted
up-

king.
punch

Fig. 621."

did

bears, mother

is

Fig. 621

son.

goddess

the

among

remain

into

long time

live among

the

not

their

that

us

not

turned

were

next

was

did

and

gentlelady, and

was

story tells

bears

not

were

and

he

and

620,

Tale

Fairy

The

starry bears.

animals

Juno,

and

Figs.618

in

is

the

these

star

months.

same

A
about

Ursa

out

little fellow

the

Pole

star

string.

cut

Dipper

the

stringon
in

421

the

Bear, too, is visible shining not

Little

during

There

and

Stars

from

shown

tail,as

represents

and

stars

The

down.

tie the

can

cardboard

on

through

line

dotted

Trace

we

Little Bear's

of the

the

stretchingthat stringout

are

direct

With

Cassiopeia.

Things for Home,

422

holes

the

the

through

train

sweeping

of the

centres

the

of

light,when

the

Cassiopeia.

"

beautiful, and

of

is

she

as

Now

always

the

make

will

we

then

visible
of

Leo, the
for he
in

his

fine-lookingwith

is very
mouth

Leo, and

him

cut

any

up

to

of
the

Fig. 622,

upside down,
head

and

will

You

night
January

be

it

of

is

its

lighted
devery-

August,

and

ruary,
Feb-

dark.

after

beasts,

Lion,

his

Trace

(Fig. 623).

like

constellation,for

December,

king

look

turned

hold

catch
her

feet.

Cassiopeia

September, October, November,

Fairs

hold

queen's

her

this

find

may

you

the

toward

with

and

chair

toward

down

back
Fig. 622.

dress

pinholes will

one

its feet

with

stars, then

seven

queen's

reminding

and

Gift Days

starry
the

and

star

almost

carefully,name

him

mane

lion

out;

pierceholes through the

up

hold the

and

stars
to

the

light.

little girlin

enjoying
much.

The

is

Fig. 617

her

Leo

very

how

Notice
she

earnestly
through

figure

peers

holes, for

the

she is determined

to

the

know

Fig. 623.

"

Leo, the Lion.

constella-

tion.
When

will

Fig'the
Lio~ne0'
as

find
in

look

you
that

the

Fig. 624.

through

the

resembles

constellation
The

Hon

is

pinholesof Leo,

in

you

sickle,

plain sight during

Friends

Making
February, March,
to

friends

make

the

you

see

can

beautiful

(Fig. 625), shining in

have

you

423

long

time

all the

we

have

constellations

Crown
half

brilliant

in the

of stars

gems

so

Stars

starry

Northern

The

June,

the

him.

Spring

also

and

made,

and

April,May

with

the

During

JVith

circle

as

sparkle and

crown

shown
shine

in
for

Fig. 626.
us

during

June, July, August,

April, May,

and

September

October.

V*^
Fig. 625.

The

The

"

little twin

of

sit

up

(Fig. 627).
are

clustered

we

say

knee

different

this

In
has

boy
and

mals
ani-

and

only

head,

All of the

constellations.

his

is

group

people

each

stars

together,

the

are

one

Pollux,

Gemini

When

constellation.

on

and

lation
constel-

is called

group

Northern

among

The

stars.

starry

The

Jupiter; always

together

the

"

brothers,
Castor

sons

Fig. 626.

Crown.

Northern

star

star

on

star

on

Fig. 627.

"

Gemini,

the

Twins.

Crown.

foot, which

one

twins

cardboard,

on

of each

the

of

Twins.

the

and

of stars

will

Winter

like

hole

together in

out

through

the

constellation

of

wee,

twins

and

the

Trace

centre

sparkling

will resemble
the

during

remember

you

the

to

up

January, February,

May,

Fig.

Fairs

stars.

them

cut

pinholes

the

December,

April

group

for

Look

628.
the

the

six

the

group

through

seen

Gemini,

Hold

star.

light,and

Fig. 628."

makes

pieceand punch

one

and

Gift Days

Things for Home,

424

stars

Fig.

months

March,
find

must

628.

bring
Orion

(Fig. 629).
can

him

see

Orion

is

man

says

of the
has

with

one

that

he

star

on

one

foot.
was

each

of
and

we

giant
his

ous
strenu-

hidden

make

by

foot and

star

one

right knee.
mighty
cut

there

his

on

him

on

left

his

Trace
hunter
out

as

Orion, the

Giant.

you

did

the

other

Fig. 629.

"

his

the star,

his

on

is another

and

The

shoulders

triangle; then

Fig. 630."

March.

There

cheek, forming

the

obliged to

we

and

the

and

one

down

are

where

fairytale

known.

ever

remains

January, February

it; so

The

and

foot,the other being

visible

in front of

mightiesthunter
is

November

brilliant of constellations.

most

but

seated

pet hare

in

appears

through December,

one

hunter

He

Orion, the Giant.

CHAPTER

STENCIL

XXXV

PAINTING
MAKE

need

OU
or

make

to

the

the

and
be

paint

even

the

of

TO

the

painting

is all

real

beauty

is

of

the

which

to

purposes

enough

easy

growing

work
it

may
and

more

popular.
stencil

the

window

may

the

number

With

scarf,

of

do

to

It

applied, stencilling

more

bureau

artist

an

HOW

STENCILS

stencils.

because

and,

THE

be

not

AND

curtain,

screen

trimmings

or

the

for

table

portiere,
walls

dress

decorate

can

you

of

if 'you

spread,
bed-

cover,

You

room.

your

it has

like;

been

done.

Stencilling
linen

and

is effective

wool.

attractive

are

very

cheese-cloth

dye

this

way,
The

dainty.

short

Both

apple-green.

in

sash
and

sash
and

swiss
on

may

be

and

pink

used,

and

but

cushion
pin-

is of

427

page
in

larly
particu-

are

bureau

stencilled

paints

silk, cotton,

curtains

drawing

curtain
oil

material:

any

cheese-cloth

decorated

covers

white

and

Swiss

almost

on

light

for

thing
any-

washable

Dyes
are

the

best,

There

is

tubes

like
to

inasmuch

as

inexpensive

an

oil

paint

handle,

as

and
it is

they

dye
does

on

now

the

to

market

necessary

426

to

that

dissolve

colors.

fast

be

require boiling.

not

merely

supposed

are

in

comes

This
it in

is

venient
con-

water.

This

Portiere

is

Made

of

Unbleached

Sheeting

Stencilled

in

Persian

Design.

Stencil

Tapestry dyes
Heavy,
The

non-

also

may

washable
used

color is not

Painting
used

be

material
a

as

and

but

may

Stencils

much

are

be

paint but

as

expensive.

more

stencilled
a

427

stain

with

and

oil colors.

be

must

en-

A"x."X\o"T2".'^"$o.-v"

Stencilled

tirelydissolved

in

turpentine

of

heavy

with
also

be

to

make

Curtain.

it flow

easily. Our

first

shows

drawing

made

Cheese-cloth

unbleached

Portiere

sheeting stencilled

dull-red,moss-green,
made

materials.

of

The

denim,

yellow and

crash, burlap

simplest way

to

in

black.

and

Persian

Curtains

number

of

tern
patmay

other

428

Things for Home,

Make

have

if you

select

to

becomes
a

stencil

the

unbroken

out

too

The

enough

lines

once

in

Suppose

hold

to
a
we

the

same

with

the

Design

off connections

cut

time

the flower

keeping
will

we

the

A, Fig. 634), and

Instead

634).
D, with

and,

to

line,we

two

of

for

"

conventional;
to* be

be

must
to

necessary

cut

space

break

the

To

for

the

it into

separate it into many

outline

stem

continuing the

curve

long

to

second

parts, at

Beginning

curves.

calyx (A, Fig. 633,.

embroidery.

(B, Fig. 633, and

we

will break

the stem

divides

interest

the first and

make

Stencilling

effect of the

Design

widen

give variety and

that

are

spaces

parts there

(Fig.633).

and

little bridges. This

will widen

and

separate the petalsand

Fig. 633.

and

remember

the

long nor

It is also

the pattern

take

little practicethis

simple, bold
too

for decorative

little bridges.

with

while

With

cut-out

firmly.

A
must

be

out, will be

carry

intended

one

or

use.

be

not

between

narrow,

to

own

principalthings to

should

design

lines must

wide

we

it to your

adapt

quite easy.

good

of your

gracefulembroidery pattern

painting and

Fairs

Stencil

Your

especialideas

no

and

Gift Days,

an

it at

into three

otherwise

parts of the

B, Fig.
C

and

parts,

monotonous
stem

at

the

Stencil

ends, curving

lower

of the

section

next

the

suggestion of
is the

the

third

The

in

flower

indicate

its

for

vanishing

This

the

of the
will

we

behind

is adapted

in

the

from

Fig. 633

flower

one

end

to

outline

an

the

furnishes

The

The

will

We

Fig. 634

to

buds

which

fill

design.

out

other

to

altogether,
the

conventionalize

broaden

and

stem

continuous

in

point

of

disappears under

will leave

stems,

leaf, the

it

embroidery

we

bridges or

necessary

flower.

separate it from

flower

fittingthe joint.

rounding

impression

bring

small

the

end

stem, where

the

This

the
each

curve

follow

the

the

rest

main

end,

leaf
one

of

curve

stem.

repetitionof

the

for the

Fig. 635
use

the

with

of

429

the

over

eye

design.

base

and

of its

the

fit the

Now

idea

crowd

would

leaves, dispense

to

inward

conveying

of this stem

curve

they

stem,

and

Stencils

ing
parts fittingtogether in stencil design-

section

"

end

carrying the

Fig. 633,

Fig. 634.

in the

wide

give the

to

of

intervening spaces
lines.

the

various

means

and

Painting

is

same,

making
section

immediately, without

section
which

of

pattern;

is reversed

of the
of the

the

as

the

curves

is but

alternate.

stencil.

design, actual

size,which

you

can

waiting to develop a design for yourself.

Things for Home,

430

Take

piece

of smooth

pattern (Fig.635) and, with

carefully. Fig. 635

ready

seventeen

Gift Days

is

white

tissue

very

soft lead

and

paper,

Fairs

lay

it

the

over

the pattern

pencil,trace

reversed,especiallyfor tracing. Have

perfectlysmooth piece of heavy Manila

inches wide.
inches long and seven

wrapping
With

the

paper

aid of

^w

Fig. 63S."

ruler

draw

and

(E, Fig.636), the

first line

(F).

this.

straightlines lengthwise

two

first line two

Trace

half inches

next

another

line

(G), and

another

line

(H).

of

an

one-half

the

the

inch

of

an

above

the

inch

below

the

paper,

top edge of the

three-eighthsinches

and

one

One-half

from

across

paper

below

the

first line E

draw

the line F

draw

432

an

inch

With

the

between

space

(Fig. 637),

and

the

taking great

in

will let in color

you

the

not

are

Out

stencil
stencil

then

lift it and

sticking.

the other
with
the

flat

side.

shellac
paper

as

on

away

the

out

board

stencil

When

quite dry

Be

sure

well

as

waterproof

it is absolutelydry,

and

the
the
and

from

like

and

edges of
rest

of the

durable.

the

member
Re-

design but

on

the

is cut

board

stencil

paper.
not

This

cut

over

parts
The

use

makes

out

of white

coat

the cut-out

Do

stencil.

intact.

design

give it

turn

the

snip beyond

this.

paper

place

spoil your

all of the

another

to

move

petalsI

outlines,for

the paper

Cut

"

the

place and

When

(Fig. 638).

flower

two

Design

design out leaving the surrounding

your

its

within

cut

Fig. 638.

the

Your

wrong

to

Fairs

(Fig. 637).

keep

to

care

the

and

scissors

pair of sharp

tips of

leaf K

Cut

the

Gift Days

Things for Home,

place

shellac,

to

prevent

and

shellac

are

covered

shellac makes

the stencil until

Stencil

Painting

and

433

Stencils

Trace
which

Fig. 639

is the

tionalized
conven-

flower, and
transfer
of

four-inch

of the
or

it to the centre

wrapping

make

the

prefer

have

it the

size of

in the border.

one

Cut

out

stencil

as

largerone
cloth the

of the

weave

this flower.

easier

mt

dye penetrates entirelythrough

so

the

given

process

stencillingthese
for

other

any

width

One

"

Dutch

quite a

the

curtain

of the

but
stencilling,
the

wide

of

for

answer

is

the

short

sufficient
If

window.

is too

effect of the

full

much

decoration

is lost.

Select

the finest

qualityOf

pig. 640." The

small

i_
the
A

the

effect

of cheese-cloth

curtains

for

will

the

(Fig.640).
closer

material, and

little

did

material.

half

each

for

you

Curtains

Cheese-cloth

and

of

the

the

I will describe

attractive

thin

work

design

The
is the

the

shellac

and

Trace

flower

if you

the

"

paper,

smaller
to

Fig. 639.

square

stencil.

is

434

Things for Home,

and

cheese-cloth

edge

and

lay

with

the

hem

that

the

Slide
the

the

the

moisture,

extra

about

blotter
then

Fig. 641.

Drive

pins.
each

petal and

between

the

the

pin
at

the

blur

Before

that
the

red.
two

tube

tacking the

of olive

Squeeze

with

keep

will not

absorb

to

rather

small

pins.

the

leaf,between

bridge

to

the hem.

flower, at the point of

each

and

is inclined

be

dye

with

so

along
lift

to

the

the

edges

(Fig. 641).

stencil

penetrate

petalsand
of
In

perfectlyflat

beyond

the

ings
open-

outlines.
stencil

Make

Buy

in every

must

the

down

down

curtain

half from

stencil

of each

point

the

on

bottom

lap-board

curtain

of

centre

on

the

the Stencil

the paper

endeavor
so

the

and

the

under

paper

Tack

leaves, also

cloth

and

"

stencil

inch

Fairs

Hem

smoothly

up,

your

one

tack

in the

the

design wherever

short, your
on

Place

top.

will be

piece of

new

required length.

curtain, right side

at

design

it the

cut

and

Gift Days

about

green
a

in

place

Your

dye, one

Dye
of

teaspoonful

of boiling water,
tablespoonfuls

Ready

yellow and
of

dye

stir

into

one
a

of cardinal

teacup, add

until dissolved, then

Stencil

add

enough boiling water

the

test

Each
be

depth

dye

added

be

the

to

the

with

of color

must

in

separate

after

green

as

With
on

stand

board

above

the

the

cause

side

and

dye.

should

yellow

before

board

of

on

old

brush

the

it is diluted

old white

muslin

muslin.

folded

in the

for

the

on

and

dye

spoil the

the

lap, set

your

moisture,

and

spread

to

pieceof

lay the

some

dye

in the

Brushes,

the

Dip

remove

can

ready

curtain.

to

little

You

cloth

dissolved,but

place, take

your

your

muslin

will

wet

at

and

painting,and

for oil

stencil in

your

dye

on

used

are

shade.

bits of white

Stiff Bristle

Two

such

it is

Have

desired

cup

435

Stencils

the

give

to

by dipping

water.

extra

and

Painting

rub

brush

outline

it
too

of

the

design.
Beginning
the

in
shade

and
be

must

darker

at

separate

firmly and
When

left hand

of your

the

design

of

openings

the

pink
at

the

the

sinks

dye
and

the

in

an

wish

the

stencilled

stencil farther

small

stencil

flower

at

of

the

the

the

single

dye.

Cut

the curtains

stripof

use

on

the
The

make

can

more

dye.

right

flowers

the

flowers

color.

Use

the

brush

Hold

design

Pins,

the

curtain, tack

border

is

flower

(Fig. 640)

over

The
finish

red

entire

the

Out

irregularintervals

which

and

along

until
stencilling

continue

you

cloth.

by applying

green

Pull
move

but

green,

it becomes

the

cloth
cheese-

the

upright position.

have

you

leaves

for the

brushes

until

entirelythrough

if you

centre

stencil,scrub

the

it down

finished; then

curtain.

and

and

take
stencil

the
the

For

Tassels

cheese-cloth

cheese-cloth

two

and

colored

with

half inches

the

green

wide, spread

Things for Home,

436

Fig.

642.

the

Crease

"

through

the

cloth

Gift Days

Fig. 643.

"

and

Leave

Fig. 644.

"

Tie

several
the

centre.

securely.

Fig. 645.

"

Fairs

Make

inches

of

thread

ends.

loop of the

floss.

at

Stencil

the

it flat

on

paint

brush

for

inches

floss,or

use

Fold

and

the

four

pieces
linen

board

centre

and

strand

of the

paint it

long. Dye
linen

green
the

it

crease

it

run

646.

Run

"

thread

another
each

across

gathering
of

half

dye, using

the

cloth

number

of

through

inches

of

643).

Draw

tie

around

"

to

the

the

is

bristle

your

dry

it into

cut

strands

of

tying the

crosswise

Thread

Fig. 647.

the

437

the

cheese-cloth

dyed

(Fig.642).

floss and

Stencils

silk floss for

or

and

Fig.

with

When

purpose.

piece of

one

Painting and

white

tassels.

needle

coarse

with

floss at

each

the material

end
into

(Fig.

gathers

securely (Fig. 644).

the

form

the

loop

leaving several

crease,

Wrap

the

through

648."

thread

the

neck.

Then

Trim

off

bottom.

tassel.

bring the
inch
the

an

gathers. Open
of the

another
inch

thread

the

and

the

Make

fasten

tassel,tie

the

each

across

the

tight,wrap

it around

several

and

with

fasten
and

with

several
the

ends

top

cut

floss

of the

trim

to

Cut
off the

on

in
the

off the ends.

(Fig. 646).
times

one

stitches

two

of the

half

stitches.

scissors

floss about

or

gathers and

close to the

gathers at

wrapping

the

of the

by taking one

fold,bring

gathering thread

below

(Fig. 647),
to

together.

long (Fig.645),

underside
Run

ends

two

form
the

tassel,half
Draw
the

the
neck

floss close

bottom

of the

438

Things

tassel

until

inches

in

is

apart

water,
rinse

before

them

for

an

wash

in

Do

curtains

To

be

or

more

the

curtain

the

shade.

the

tassels

curtains,

eral
sev-

shown

as

are

in

the

rub

in

the

Laundered

in

not

of

Fairs

Sew

648).

edge

the

carefully

thoroughly.
putting

hour

bottom

and

Days

(Fig.

even

the

When

then

Dry

perfectly
on

illustration.

soak

dust.

it

Gift

Home,

for

water

suds

the

solution

strong
of

soap
shake

white

pure

on

and

of

the

brush

salt

soap

material,
out

all

and

and

and

loose

Index

440

Caria, 257

Crystal,Japanese, 68

Cassiopeia,421

Cupid's door, 108

Castor, 423

Cups

Cats, black,

56

and

bowls, 59
Claus', 170

Santa

Cups,

Curtains, tissue paper,

Cella, 271

324

Chair, doll's,370
Bras," 377

"Chapeau

Pantomime,

Charades,

Chares, 233
Charm,

Cheops,

Dainty bloodroot, 363

Dais, upper, 264

67

lava,
219

Chephren, King,

Daisy Valentine,

224

Chick, good-morning, 381

Dance

Chicks, Easter, 143

Dance,
Date

decorations, 303

Christmas,
Christmas

tree,

Circus, home,

163

Diana, temple of, 269

Claus',

of Rhodes,

Columbus,

paper,

Columbus,

to

Columns,

chair, 370

Doorknobs,

skin, 400

Drama,

man's, 98

Costume,

Titania's, 82

of the, 145

Door, Cupid's, 108

414

temple, 269

Charades,

house, 315

Doll's

405

Costume,

Costumes,

Doll

Dolls, dance

Puritan

36

Disks, giltpaper,

233

make,

Coracle, orange

1 1

Decorations, living Christmas

169
Coloring pottery, 396

Colossus

palm, 227

Deck-fence, 410

Sostratus, 253

Cnidus,

of Titania, 75

Deck, forward, 409

15

Clay candlesticks, 386

Coat, Santa

1 10

dolls, 145

Daylight fireworks,

living, 173

little Santa,

Claus, jolly

of the

bead, 317

Punch

Dress, Punch's,
Dress, Puritan

Judy, 53

and

50

woman's,

Dye kettle, magic,

43

Cotton, stuffing,
237

Country picnic,132
Court, pumpkin

game,

Court, tether-ball, 2
Cow

jumped

the

over

139

Cradle, doll's,372
Cross,

to

make,

Crossing the

360

brook,

Crow's-nest, 412

90

1 1

133

moon,

to

make,

Easter

bells, 364

Easter

cards, 358

Easter

chicks, 143

Easter

egg

Easter

party, 33

cards,

Egg card, 363

363

98

tree,

177

Index

Egg tennis,
Eggs,

to

441

Garden

33

tennis, 34

for

prepare

planting game,

Gardens,

hanging,

Egypt, pyramids of, 219

Giant

Elephant, 20

Gilt paper

Valentine,
Diana

of

Ephesus, temple

invitation, 4

disks, 36

Girl, sun-bonnet,

Empress Josephine, 379

Entertainment,

firecracker

103
at, 26

159

279

149

Girls' fair, 179

Glazing candlesticks,

395

Euphrates, 279

Goddess

Evergreen

Good-night chick, 384

ropes,

312

Express office,girls'fair, 186

Diana, 272

Grass, invitation

rings of,

55

Half

Fair, girls',
179

Fairy airships,
70
Fairy lamp,

Hallowe'en

Fence, picnic,132
Fire, backyard,

Hanging

basket, 372

Hanging gardens,

279

Harmless

69

serpent,

Hat, peaked, 174

Head,

Flags, flowerbeds,

157

Judy's, 51

Heart, Valentine,

265

Footstool, Zeus,

Heavier

Forfeits, 95

jingle,71

Fortune

novel,
telling,
of

July

rug,

lawn

Holly berries, 307

frolic,3

Hollyhocks, paper,
Home

July, 3

candlesticks, 385

Horse, Rosebud's,
House,

Hurling

Blarney Stone,

18

doll, 315
the

lance,

10

71

butterfly,42

Game,
Game

129

circus, 15

Homemade
of

357

55

Frieze, doll house, 322

Frolic, Fourth

109

Holly, 304

Fortune

Game,

55

candle, 393

daylight,1 1

Flag, 412

Fourth

of, 245

201

invitations, 4

Fireworks,

merrymaking,

life in, 141

Handle,

Mausoleum

apple,60

Hallowe'en

403

Fairy waters,

Firecracker

candle, 391

Halicarnassus,

moving pictures,97

of egg

tennis, 39

Impromptu

new

Easter, 33

Inlaying Zeus' throne, 267

Games,
Garden,

plant your,

51

Invitation, giant firecrackers, 4

Index

442

J
Japanese crystal,68
Japanese tag,

142

Mermaid,

345

Mice, three
Mikado,

Jingle,fortune, 71

55

blind, 144

374

Mistletoe, 310

Claus,

Santa

Hallowe'en,

Merrymaking

134

Jigger sail,413
Jolly little

Mermaid,

163

Mizzenmast,

Josephine, 379

408

Modelling tools, 387

Judy's head, 51

Moon,

jumped

that

cow

Moulds,

candle, 331

Moving

animal

circus,

over,

141

Moving pictures,impromptu, 97
Myth, 12

Kettle, magic dye, 43

Napoleon, 375

Lamp, fairy,403

Nebuchadnezzar,

hurling the,

Lance,

Nest, bird's, 373

pumpkin,

Lantern,

93

Northern
Lava

frolic, Fourth

Lawn

crown,

67

charm,

of

Leaves, bayberry,

279

10

July, 3

Novel

Easter

Novel

fortune

423

party,

33

telling,
55

326

Leo, 422
O

Life rope, toy, 340

Lighthouse, first,245
Living Christmas

tree,

Olympia,

without, 349

Loom,

to

Love's

palette,1

weave

Lumberman,

fair, 186
Office, express, girls'
173

Orange

1 1

of Zeus

statue

85

games,

Orange-skin coracle,

344

Order

400

of entertainment,

Original Valentine, 103

Orion, 424
Rosebud,

Mademoiselle

16
Outdoor

Magic dye kettle, 43

Magic

-peep

Mainmast,

show,
41

fun, 207

Outfit, camping, 194

137

Oyster, sea

treasure,

Mainsail, 413

Main

topsail,412

Man,

Puritan, 98

Marble
Mausoleum

Media,

Palette, love's,
Palm,

steps, 252
of

279

Halicarnassus,

245

Pandora

date, 227
box,

Pantomime,

at, 259

12
102

1 1 :

69

Index

charades, 6

Pantomime,

Paper Columbus,

Rackets,

Rapid-transitstory,

Paper shower, 36

Reindeer,

Rings

Party, Thanksgiving, 85
doll house,

Pasteboard
Peaked

hat, 174

magic,

Performers,

wild

137

west

show,

of Alexandria,

Pharos

picnic,

Picnic, roof, 127

Rules

Pin

27

evergreen,

Roses, paper,

244

Rug,

Pig,

of, 233

invitation, 55

12

Rosebud, mademoiselle,

1.20

Phidias, 259

16

130

doll house, 323

of egg

tennis,41

367

make,

to

165

65
1

Ropes,

92

Claus,

of grass,

Rite, vesper,

Roof

Peep show,

Santa

Colossus

Rhodes,

Easter, 33

Party, novel

tether-ball, 214

Raft, toy, 341

405

36

Paper disks,

443

cushion, 375

Pitch-wood
Plant

fire,252

garden,

your

Saddle, camel, 230

151

Safe, backyard, 199

Babylonian, 299

Plants,

Sail boat, 373

hanging gardens',284

Platforms,

Sails, Columbus'

Pole, tether-ball, 207

ship,41

for

Pollux, 423

Sandpaper

Porcupine, 68

Santa

Claus,

Post-office, 104

Santa

Maria, 41

Properties,Thanksgiving stage,
Punch

games,

Judy show,
head, 46

Puritan

Pyramids,

45

Claus, 171

Sea

69

treasure,
of

Shelves, 324

Ship, Columbus',

219

Q
Queen

magic kettle, 43
Serpent, 69

98

woman,

10 1

Secret

85

and

Punch's

221

Screen, witch, 66

Pottery, coloring,396
Pumpkin

pyramids,

163

Saucers, Santa

fair, 192
girls'

Postmaster,

Titania, 75

Show,

magic

Show,

Punch

Show,

wild

Shower

405
137

peep,
and

Judy,

west,

of paper,

1 1

45

36

Shrubbery, Babylonian, 297

R

Shuffle race,

Race, shuffle, 10
Race, wedding, 61

Sides, choice

Rackets, egg
Rackets,

Sleigh,Santa

tennis, 38

palm-leaffan,

58

10

temple, 276

steps, Diana's

Side

of, 160
Claus, 164

Slides, peep show,

138

Index

444

Slippers,old, 58

Titania's

Sostratus,

Tools, clay modelling,387

253

dance, 75

Toys, water,

Sphinx, 225
Spool table,

338

Spoon, 368

Tree, livingChristmas, 173

Trousers, Santa Claus, 169

200
Spring, tin-pail,

Tulip bed, 361

Punch

Stage,

and

Judy, 45

Stage, Titania's, 75
Stamps, Valentine, 107

369

Umbrella,

Upper dais, 264

of Zeus, 259

Statue

366

Turtle,

Statues, Babylonian, 294

Ursa

major, 418

Stems,

Ursa

minor,

Stencil

painting,426

1 1

Stencils,

426

make,

to

Valentine
Diana's

Steps,

entertainment,

temple, 274

Steps, marble,

420

103

Vesper rite,65
252

Victory, winged, 268

Story, rapid transit, 92

Strawberry, 371

W
charade,

Sun-bonnet,
Sun-bonnet

girl,149

Sunflowers,

paper,

Warp, 350
Water

life,141

Water

toys, 338

127

Wax,

bayberry, 331

Weaving,
Table, backyard camp,
Table, spool,3
Table, wild

Tag, Japanese,
1

Wedding
Wicks,

show,

59

Temple

of Diana,

269

Tennis, egg, 33

Wig,

Santa

Wigwams,

416

Wild

show,

west

169

1 1

glass,318

victory,268
Wings, Titania's, 83

Winged

Witch

Test, bean

Claus,

1 13

Tent, backyard, 197

make,

candle, 334

Window

425

to

61

134

Taurus,

Tent,

race,

west

Tally card,

198

349

66

screen,

World,

valentine, 109

123

bag, 66

Wreaths,

310
Y

Tether-ball, 207

Thanksgiving party, 85
Three
Throne

blind

camping

in back,

mice, 144

of Zeus,

Tissue paper

Yard,

263

glass,318

Zeus,

statue

of, 259

194

THE

BOOKS

BEARD

for

Recreations
LINA

By

ADELIA

and

PEOPLE

YOUNG

FOR

Girls

B.

BEARD

Profusely illustrated by the authors.

This

book

new

for

Lina

girls, by

8vot $2.00

and
SOME

Adelia

Beard,

sports

have

whose

books

previous

instruction

practical

No

girls could

be

charming

more

for

book

desired.

The

It teaches

how

things of all kinds

how

also

tells

play

with.

lack

for

serviceable

of every

out

play and

to

The

make

to

how

girl who

occupation

and

of

kind

gets

things
will

book

to

May

Chicago Evening-

TO

HOW

AND
By LINA

infinite

book

for

girls,which

contains

and
worth

variety of things

doing

wealth

is set

the

chief

factors

some

six

hundred

The
A

How

book

Valentine
to

Get

is in
of

forth
in

the

every

worth

that
of

success

is

The

do

to

direction

authors.

in the

latest

widely popular
HoW

simplicity of
these

8vo, $2.00

comprised

its

to

material.

absolutely new
with

Kitchen

B. BEARD

doing
equal

way

Encampment

Colonial

THEM

DO

Profusely illustrated by the authors.

An

Amusements

Doing

ADELIA

and

Paper

Houses

Play

Indian

Toy

Dolls

Tissue

Post.

Worth

Things

of

in

Bay

An

pleasure."
"

Race

Air

Open

not

Cloth

Magic
New

Modeling

It

material".

make

to

this

useful

and

Wheel

Revels

Hallowe'en

A
"

Without

Pottery

recreations.

Loom
Flax

Spin

to

and

handicrafts

on

CHAPTERS

mass

How

of

THE

Home-made

classic, combines

become

OF

girls'

on

the

which
text

predecessors,
various

has

is

Beard

been

things
one

of

supplemented

by

drawings.
tells

of

such

Entertainment,

Up

Girls'

things
A

Fair,

Novel

as

these:
Easter

Wonderful

Circus

Party, Hallowe'en

at

Home,

Merrymaking,

THE

THE

BEARD

BOOKS

TO

AMUSE

nearly
One

Eight

book

and

in

winter

helpful

this

sense

have
hearts

that

and

by

added

of all the

the Authors

8vo, $2.00

square

been

OTHERS

B. BEARD

Illustrations

volume,

forty-two which

the

to

and

of the

text.

SUMMARY
First
Their

of

April

Day

Sports

Games

and

Midsummer

Sports

Flower

in

in

Holidays

"

Louisa

M.

people, as

I have

happy

most

am

Grace
would

Clubs

"

Apple

1898

Golf

"

Physical

"

New

Target

Wax

The

"

China

Gifts

Games

for

Bicycling
Culture

Shooting

ming
Swim-

"

"

Seashore

"

the

Girls'
Game-

"

Water

It is

book

for young
mothers.

once
possessed, no practical girl
home
a
attractive, comfortable,
making
and
preaches the gospel of cheerfulness, industry, economy,

"It

wrote:

with.

to

and

Festivities,

"
I have
wrote
:
put it in my list of good and useful books
and
from
little friends
their anxious
my
requests for advice
many
to commend
ingenious and entertaining book."
your
very

Greenwood

Use

Fairies.

Alcott

willingly part
artistic,and refined.
comiprt."

to

How

"

Christmas
and

Charles

Nature's

Oil-colors,
and

Home-made

Amusements

Make

to

How

Christmas

to

Husk

"

Parties

Clay
"

How

Corn

Eve
and

Paint

Painting

Sons

Fourth

"

How

"

Hallow

Nutting

"

Model

Scribner'S

"

Decorations

Draw,

NewYork

Weather

Dolls

All

"

Them

and

Hot

Hammock

Fans

Adelia BBe

Girl's

"

and

and

tage
Cot-

"

for

Make

Beard

"

Eve

Sea-side

"

to

May-

"

"

Fall

Una

How

"

Net

An
Album
July
Impression
Picnics, Burgoos, and Corn-Roasts
Botany as Applied to Art
Quiet

Games

BY

at

Walkirr

Games

"

Decoration

"handbook?

Flowers
The

"

Tennis

Lawn

of

The:Amerigan:Girls

Wild

"

Easter-Egg

"

Make

"

CONTENTS

OF

Preservation

Club

carried

its first ance,

appeartheir sports,
about

to know
girls of to-day want
is
told clearly and
evening work,
simply
volume.
The
volume
is fully and
somely
handentertaining
from
the
whose
in
the
authors,
drawings
are
by
designs

illustrative

have

since

people

young

the

afternoon

illustrated
best

the

to

everything

and

games,

chapters

new

famous

500

BOOK

AND

ADELIA

and

PEOPLE

HANDY

YOURSELF

By LINA
Vith

YOUNG

GIRL'S

AMERICAN
HOW

this

FOR.

an

is

treasure

invaluable

aid

which,

in

THE

The
FOR

Outdoor

With

"

more

It tells
than

of tops
where

to

dig

how
most

bait

300

than

FIELD

Illustrations

play all sorts

heard
boys ever

of

and

how

to

to

Square 8vo, $2.00

marbles, how

make

boats

FOREST

AND

Author.

the

by

with

games

of, how

fish, all about

Book

BEARD

C.

DANIEL

to

PEOPLE

Handy

PLAYGROUND,
By

YOUNG

FOR

BOOKS

BEARD

make

to

and

be

done

outdoors.

illustrated

delight

to

boy."

any

Kites

Make

Fishing
All

Kinds

and

Canoes

Outdoor
"

in

Bait, Live

Aquatic
Hints

"

Honey-Bee
Choosing
Out

Games

D.CBeard

Up and
Rhymes

"It"

of

"

I Spy
Tag
Sports for
"

"

"

"

Other

Boys

Tag

Gibson

book
is praiseworthy
long since passed to man's

"This

one

of the

"

It makes

from

end

estate."

"

to

The

man

Hockey,
Hunting

"

of

end, and

Snowball

"

for

Games

Golf,

"

"

Fish

"

Muskrats

Battle

and

and
Snow

Sleds.

"

boy and

will

find

boy of

favor

man."
with

even

those

who

Nation.

hardly
can
written, and with it one
ever
time.
It
at
anv
profitable amusement
land and water.
of doors, and
of the
in and
out
on
season
year,
for a boy's ingenuity and
it is that
it furnishes
employment

completest

could
be
how
a boy
for every
of directions
treats
One
of the best
things about
mechanical
skill. It seems
as

Indian

"

Turtle
Shinny
Stunning
Skating

1900

It is

Cries
Football

"

and

Sons.

"

ing
Count-

"

"

"

and

Scribnerls

conceive

"

"Zoo"

"

Charles

have

of

Shells

"

"

York

Dana

"

for Collectors

"

Charles

Dead

Rigs

"

Boats"

Messengers

"

BY

From

Air

Swimming
Leap Frog
Various
Hot
Days
Games
of Ball
Tip Cat
Mumbly
and
Peg, Hop-Scotch,
Jack Stones
Hints
for
Camping
Bicyclists
Out"
Boy's Ballista"
Tally-ho !"

Book

New

to

the

and

Sports

Smalt

for

How

"

Up

"

Things
Dragons

and

Wheels

Sucker

"

"

Latest

"

Fish

and

the
Stilts

on

CONTENTS

Tops

"

Aerial

"

Hoops

"

New

"

kinds

more

fancy kites,
things which

volume
is profusely
be an
unmixed
York
Tribune.

will

OF

Marbles
in

The

and

SUMMARY

Handy

spin

latest things in plain and

sailing,and a host of other

can

The

and

the

things of the kind

pleasant and

without

if this book

must

be destined

to

an

immense

popularity."
"The

Advance.

BOYS

AMERICAN

FOR

IDEAS

NEW

OR,

Trades

Jackof All

The

PEOPLE

YOUNG

FOR

BOOKS

BEARD

THE

C. BEARD

By DANIEL

Profusely Illustrated. Square 8vo, $2.00

of any

" "

for

boy

like to

time."

at any

Full of

"

one
capital

present at Christmas,

indeed

or

is

book

This

IV. Y. Tribune.

busy."

and

things that
boy and keep him happy
of

perfecttreasure-house
of

delightthe soul

Interior.

The

"

birthday,

boys who
interestingthings

tools and see

under their hands."

Outlook.

ideas for active

new

"

"

give any

to

on

The

"

use

growing

Companion.

Youth's

"

tools

with

Every boy who is handy

sort will enjoy this book."

"

CONTENTS
Fair Weather

Part L
Club-Houses

Tree-Top
Coops

to

How

to

Water

the

Furnish
House

How

"

"

on

Zoo

Back-Yard

The

Make
Build
How

"

Daniel

Boat

to

Boone

Capture

to

Back-Yard
Back-Yard
Fun

Have
Cabin

Aviary

on

Flat

"

and

"

Picnic-*"

Boatman's

Switchback

"

Club-House
a

Live

Animals

"

and
Bantam
Pigeon
shop
WorkBoy's Back-Yard
A Boys' Club-House
"

How

Build
and
The American

to

House
Build
to

How

"

Small-

Trap

Fish-Pond

Underground

an

Back-Yard

"

How

"

"

Ideas

"

Toboggan

How

to

Boy's
Slide

in

Back-Yard.

the

Part II.
A
with
Chalk

One
West

Home-Made
and

Talk

Santa
Show

"

Claus

Weather

Ideas

Fun
Toothpicks and Matches
Give
to Prepare and
a
Boys'
Two
Christmas
How
to Make
Boys into
Novelty for Boys
A
Wild
A Circus
in the Attic
A Boys' Stag Party
Circus

Scissors

Rainy

"

Good

Pasteboard

Games

and

Paper

with

"

How

"

"

"

in the

"

"

House

CHARLES

"

How

to

Have

SCRIBNER'S
'53-157

Fifth

Avenue.

Panorama

SONS,
New

Show.

Publishers
York